Registration No. 333-

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                              --------------------
                                    FORM S-4
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              --------------------
                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              AND OTHER REGISTRANTS
                     (See Table of Other Registrants Below)
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                              --------------------
         DELAWARE                           3433                22-2940760
(State or other jurisdiction of     (Primary Standard         (I.R.S. Employer 
 incorporation or organization)  Industrial Classification   Identification No.)
                                       Code Number)

              2701 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE, BOWLING GREEN, KENTUCKY 42102
                                 (502) 781-9600
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
               code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                              --------------------
                                 ROBERT H. ELMAN
                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              2701 Industrial Drive
                          Bowling Green, Kentucky 42102
                                 (502) 781-9600
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                              of agent for service)
                              --------------------
                                   Copies to:
                             MICHAEL A. MATZKA, ESQ.
                            SULLIVAN & WORCESTER LLP
                             One Post Office Square
                                Boston, MA 02109
                                 (617) 338-2800
                              --------------------
         Approximate  date of  commencement  of proposed sale to the public:  As
soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
         If the  securities  being  registered on this Form are being offered in
connection  with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. |_|
         If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  chech the
following box and list the  Securities  Act  registration  number of the earlier
registration statement for the same offering.|_|
         If this  form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(b) of the  Securities  Act,  chech the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration  number of the  earlier  registration  statement  for the same
offering. |_|


                                                  CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

          Title of Each Class of            Amount to be    Proposed Maximum Offering       Proposed Maximum          Amount of
       Securities to be Registered           Registered          Price Per Unit         Aggregate Offering Price   RegistrationFee
- - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          
97/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007    $130,000,000             100%(1)                 $130,000,000(1)           $38,350
Guarantees of the 97/8% Senior Subordinated $130,000,000             None(2)                     None(2)                 ---
Notes Due 2007
<FN>
(1)      Pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, the  registration  fee has been based on the book value of the
         securities to be received by the  Registrant in exchange for the  securities to be issued  hereunder in the Exchange  Offer
         described herein.
(2)      Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, no separate fee is payable for the Guarantees.
</FN>

   The  Registrant  hereby  amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant  will
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement will  thereafter  become  effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933, or until this  Registration  Statement will become
effective  on such  date  as the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  acting
pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.



                                            TABLE OF OTHER REGISTRANTS
===============================================================================================================================
                                                          Standard                          Address, Including Zip Code, and
                                                          Industry        IRS Employer      Telephone Number, Including Area
                                     Jurisdiction of   Classification    Identification     Code, of the Principal Executive
        Name of Corporation           Incorporation         Code             Number                     Offices
- - - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         
DESA Holdings Corporation                Delaware           3433           61-1251518      2701 Industrial Drive, Bowling
                                                                                           Green, Kentucky 42102
                                                                                           (502) 781-9600
===============================================================================================================================




                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY __, 1998

                                OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                                 all outstanding
                    97/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
                   ($130,000,000 principal amount outstanding)
                                       for
                    97/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
                                       of
                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                 ---------------

         The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time
                     on ____________, 1998, unless extended
                                 ---------------

     DESA International,  Inc. a Delaware corporation ("DESA" or the "Company"),
hereby  offers,  upon the terms and subject to the  conditions set forth in this
Prospectus  and  the   accompanying   Letter  of  Transmittal  (the  "Letter  of
Transmittal"), to exchange its 97/8% Senior Notes Due 2007 (the "New Notes"), in
an offering  which has been  registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended (the "Securities  Act"),  pursuant to a Registration  Statement of which
this  Prospectus  constitutes  a part,  for an  equal  principal  amount  of its
outstanding 97/8% Senior Notes Due 2007 (the "Old Notes"), of which an aggregate
of  $130,000,000  in principal  amount is outstanding as of the date hereof (the
"Exchange  Offer").  The New Notes and the Old Notes are  sometimes  referred to
herein  collectively as the "Notes." The form and terms of the New Notes will be
the same as the form and terms of the Old Notes  except  that the New Notes will
not bear  legends  restricting  the  transfer  thereof.  The New  Notes  will be
obligations of the Company  entitled to the benefits of the Indenture,  dated as
of November 26, 1997 (the "Indenture"),  by and among the Company, Desa Holdings
Corporation,  a Delaware corporation and the parent of the Company ("Holdings"),
and Marine Midland Bank as trustee (the  "Trustee"),  relating to the Notes. See
"Description of the New Notes."  Following the completion of the Exchange Offer,
none of the New Notes  will be  entitled  to any rights  under the  Registration
Rights  Agreement,  dated as of  November  26,  1997 (the  "Registration  Rights
Agreement"), by and among the Company, Holdings and the Initial Purchasers named
therein.

     See "Risk Factors" beginning on page __ for a discussion of certain factors
that should be considered in evaluating an investment in the New Notes.
                                 ---------------

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
         EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
         THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
              COMMISSION PASSED ON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
                      PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                         CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                                 ---------------

      THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT BEING MADE TO, NOR WILL THE COMPANY ACCEPT
       SURRENDERS FOR EXCHANGE FROM, HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES IN ANY JURISDIC-
           TION IN WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE ACCEPTANCE THEREOF
                WOULD NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES OR
                       BLUE SKY LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.

                 The date of this Prospectus is __________,1998.

                                        1


     The Old Notes were issued in a transaction (the "Prior Offering")  pursuant
to which the Company issued an aggregate of $130,000,000 principal amount of the
Old Notes to the Initial  Purchasers on November 26, 1997 (the  "Closing  Date")
pursuant  to a  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  November  26,  1997 (the  "Purchase
Agreement") among the Company and the Initial Purchasers. The Initial Purchasers
subsequently  resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities
Act. The  Company,  Holdings  and the Initial  Purchasers  also entered into the
Registration  Rights Agreement,  dated November 26, 1997,  pursuant to which the
Company granted certain  registration  rights for the benefit for the holders of
the Old  Notes.  The  Exchange  Offer is  intended  to  satisfy  certain  of the
Company's  obligations  under the Registration  Rights Agreement with respect to
the Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer-Purchase and Effect."

     The Old Notes were,  and the New Notes will be, issued under the Indenture,
dated as of November 26, 1997 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, Holdings and
Marine Midland Bank, as trustee (the  "Trustee"),  and the New Notes and the Old
Notes will  constitute a single series of debt  securities  under the Indenture.
The terms of the New Notes are  identical in all material  respects to the terms
of the Old Notes except that (i) the New Notes will have been  registered  under
the Securities Act and thus will not bear restrictive  legends restricting their
transfer pursuant to the Securities Act and will not be entitled to registration
rights, (ii) holders of New Notes will not be entitled to liquidated damages for
the  Company's  failure  to  register  the Old  Notes  or New  Notes  under  the
Registration  Rights Agreement,  and (iii) holders of New Notes will not be, and
upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Notes will no longer
be, entitled to certain rights under the Registration  Rights Agreement intended
for the holders of unregistered  securities.  The Exchange Offer shall be deemed
consummated upon the occurrence of the delivery by the Company to Marine Midland
Bank, as registrar of the Old Notes (in such capacity,  the  "Registrar")  under
the  Indenture,  of New  Notes in the same  aggregate  principal  amount  as the
aggregate  principal  amount of Old Notes that are  validly  tendered by holders
thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange  Offer-Termination  of
Certain  Rights,"  "-Procedures  for  Tendering Old Notes" and  "Description  of
Notes." In the event that the Exchange Offer is consummated, any Old Notes which
remain  outstanding  after  consummation of the Exchange Offer and the New Notes
issued in the Exchange  Offer will vote  together as a single class for purposes
of  determining  whether  holders of the  requisite  percentage  in  outstanding
principal amount of Notes have taken certain actions or exercised certain rights
under the Indenture.

     The New Notes will bear interest at a rate of 97/8% per annum.  Interest on
the New Notes is payable semiannually,  commencing June 15, 1998, on June 15 and
December 15 of each year (each,  an  "Interest  Payment  Date") and shall accrue
from  November  26,  1997 or from the most  recent  Interest  Payment  Date with
respect to the Old Notes to which  interest was paid or duly  provided  for. The
New Notes will mature on December 15, 2007. See "Description of Notes."

     The New Notes  will not be  redeemable  at the  Company's  option  prior to
December 15, 2002.  Thereafter,  the New Notes will be redeemable by the Company
at the redemption prices and subject to the conditions set forth in "Description
of Notes-Optional Redemption."  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time on or
before  December 15, 2000,  the Company may, at its option,  redeem up to 35% of
the original aggregate  principal amount of Notes with the net proceeds from one
or more Public Equity  Offerings (as defined) at the redemption  price set forth
herein,  plus accrued and unpaid interest,  if any, through the redemption date;
provided,  however, that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount
of Notes remain  outstanding  following such  redemption.  See  "Description  of
Notes-Redemption-Optional  Redemption."  Upon a Change of  Control  (as  defined
herein),  the Company (i) will be  required to make an offer to  repurchase  all
outstanding  Notes at 101% of the  principal  amount  thereof  plus  accrued and
unpaid  interest  thereon  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  to the  date  of
repurchase  and (ii) prior to  December  15, 2002 will have the option to redeem
the Notes,  in whole or in part,  at a redemption  price equal to the  principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
to the redemption date plus the Applicable  Premium (as defined  herein).  There
can be no assurance  that  sufficient  funds will be available to the Company at
the time of any Change of Control to make any required repurchases of Notes. See
"Risk  Factors  --  Potential  Inability  to  Fund  Change  of  Control  Offer,"
"Description  of Notes --  Repurchase  at the  Option  of  Holders  -- Change of
Control" and "-- Optional Redemption upon Change of Control." Depending upon the
circumstances  prevailing  at the time of such a Change of  Control,  there is a
risk that the  Company  may be unable to  satisfy  such  obligations.  See "Risk
Factors-Potential Inability to Fund Change of Control Offer."

     The Notes will be general  unsecured  obligations  of the Company,  will be
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior  Indebtedness
(as defined in the Indenture), including all obligations of the Company under

                                        2


the New Credit  Facility,  and will be pari  passu in right of payment  with any
senior  subordinated  indebtedness of the Company.  The Company conducts certain
operations through its foreign subsidiaries and, accordingly,  the Notes will be
effectively  subordinated to indebtedness and other  liabilities of such foreign
subsidiaries.  See  "Description  of  Notes-  Ranking."  See also  "Management's
Discussion    and   Analysis   of   Financial    Condition    and   Results   of
Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources."

     The  Company's   obligations  under  the  Notes  will  be  guaranteed  (the
"Guarantees")  on a senior  subordinated  basis by the  Company's  parent,  DESA
Holdings   Corporation   ("Holdings")  and  each  subsidiary  of  Holdings  that
guarantees any  indebtedness of the Company or any other obligor under the Notes
(the "Guarantors").  The Guarantees will be general unsecured obligations of the
Guarantors,  will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior  Indebtedness  of  the  Guarantors,  including  all  obligations  of  the
Guarantors  under the New Credit  Facility  and will rank pari passu in right of
payment with any senior subordinated indebtedness of the Guarantors.

     Based on existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the staff of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") set forth in "no-action"
letters issued to third parties in other transactions, the Company believes that
New Notes issued  pursuant to the  Exchange  Offer to any holder of Old Notes in
exchange  for  Old  Notes  may be  offered  for  resale,  resold  and  otherwise
transferred by such holder (other than a  broker-dealer  who purchased Old Notes
directly from the Company for resale  pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities
Act  or  any  other  available  exemption  under  the  Securities  Act)  without
compliance  with the  registration  and  prospectus  delivery  provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that such holder is not an affiliate of the Company, is
acquiring  the  New  Notes  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  and  is not
participating,  and has no  arrangement  or  understanding  with any  person  to
participate, in the distribution of the New Notes. Holders wishing to accept the
Exchange  Offer must represent to the Company,  as required by the  Registration
Rights  Agreement,  that such  conditions  have been met. In  addition,  if such
holder is not a broker-dealer,  it must represent that it is not engaged in, and
does  not  intend  to  engage  in,  a  distribution  of  the  New  Notes.   Each
broker-dealer  that  receives  New Notes as a result of  market-making  or other
trading  activities  must  acknowledge  that it will  deliver  a  prospectus  in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. See "The Exchange Offer-Resales of
the New Notes." For a period of 180 days from the  Expiration  Date, the Company
will  make  this  Prospectus,   as  amended  or  supplement   available  to  any
broker-dealer  for  use in  connection  with  any  such  resale.  See  "Plan  of
Distribution."

     There has previously been only a limited  secondary  market,  and no public
market, for the Old Notes. The Old Notes are eligible for trading in the Private
Offering,  Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages  ("PORTAL") market. In
addition,  each  Initial  Purchaser  has advised the Company  that it  currently
intends to make a market in the New Notes;  however,  the Initial Purchasers are
not obligated to do so and any market making  activities may be  discontinued by
the Initial Purchasers at any time. Therefore, there can be no assurance that an
active market for the New Notes will develop.  If such a trading market develops
for the New Notes, future trading prices will depend on many factors, including,
among  other  things,  prevailing  interest  rates,  the  Company's  results  of
operations and the market for similar securities. Depending on such factors, the
New Notes may trade at a discount from their face value. See "Risk  Factors-Lack
of Public Market."

     The Old Notes  were  issued  originally  in global  form (the  "Global  Old
Note").  The Global Old Note was deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository
Trust Company (the  "Depositary")  and  registered in the name of Cede & Co., as
nominee of the Depositary  (such nominee being referred to herein as the "Global
Note  Holder").  The use of the Global Old Note to represent  certain of the Old
Notes permits the  Depositary's  participants,  and anyone  holding a beneficial
interest  in an Old  Note  registered  in the  name  of such a  participant,  to
transfer  interests  in the Old  Notes  electronically  in  accordance  with the
Depositary's  established  procedures  without  the need to  transfer a physical
certificate.  New Notes  issued in exchange for the Global Old Note will also be
issued  initially as a note in global form (the "Global New Note" and,  together
with the Global Old Note, the "Global  Notes") and deposited  with, or on behalf
of, the Depositary. After the initial issuance of the Global New Note, New Notes
in  certificated  form will be issued in exchange  for a holder's  proportionate
interest in the Global New Note only as set forth in the Indenture.

     Any Old Notes not tendered  and accepted in the Exchange  Offer will remain
outstanding  and will be  entitled to all the same rights and will be subject to
the same limitations  applicable  thereto under the Indenture  (except for those
rights

                                        3


which terminate upon consummation of the Exchange Offer). Following consummation
of the Exchange  Offer,  the Holders of Old Notes will continue to be subject to
the existing  restrictions  upon  transfer  thereof and the Company will have no
further  obligation to such Holders (other than to certain Holders under certain
limited  circumstances) to provide for registration  under the Securities Act of
the Old Notes  held by them.  To the  extent  that Old Notes  are  tendered  and
accepted in the Exchange Offer, a Holder's  ability to sell untendered Old Notes
could be adversely  affected.  See "Risk Factors-  Consequences  of a Failure to
Exchange."

     This  Prospectus,  together with the Letter of Transmittal is being sent to
all registered Holders of Old Notes as of __________, 1998.

     The  Company  will not  receive  any  proceeds  from this  Exchange  Offer.
Pursuant to the  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  the Company will bear certain
registration expenses.

                                        4



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
Available Information..................................................      5
Prospectus Summary.....................................................      7
Risk Factors...........................................................     23
The Exchange Offer.....................................................     27
Capitalization of the Company..........................................     34
Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data of Holdings............     35
Selected Financial Data................................................     42
Management's Discussion and Analysis of                                     45
Financial Condition and Results of Operations..........................
Business...............................................................     52
Management.............................................................     65
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.........     68
Certain Transactions...................................................     69
Description of Notes...................................................     70
Description of New Credit Facility.....................................     99
Description of Holding Preferred Stock.................................    101
Legal Matters..........................................................    111
Independent Auditors...................................................    111
Index to Financial Statements..........................................    F-1


                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company has filed a  registration  statement on Form S-4 (together with
any amendments thereto, the "Registration  Statement") with the Commission under
the  Securities  Act with  respect  to the New  Notes.  This  Prospectus,  which
constitutes a part of the  Registration  Statement,  omits  certain  information
contained  in  the   Registration   Statement  and  reference  is  made  to  the
Registration  Statement  and the  exhibits  and  schedules  thereto  for further
information  with respect to the Company and the New Notes offered hereby.  This
Prospectus  contains  summaries of the material  terms and provisions of certain
documents  and in each  instance  reference is made to the copy of such document
filed  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement.  Each  such  summary  is
qualified in its entirety by such reference.

     Upon  the  effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement  filed  with  the
Commission,  the Company will be subject to the  reporting  requirements  of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")  and in
accordance  therewith,  will be required to file  reports and other  information
with the Commission. In addition, upon registration of the guarantees of the New
Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer, each Subsidiary Guarantor will also
become  subject to the reporting  requirements  of the Exchange Act,  subject to
obtaining  exemptive  relief from the  Commission  or no-action  advise from the
Commission staff.

     The Registration  Statement  (including the exhibits and schedules thereto)
and the  periodic  reports and other  information  filed by the Company with the
Commission  may be  inspected  and  copied at the  public  reference  facilities
maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549 and at the  regional  offices of the  Commission  located at 7 World
Trade Center,  13th Floor, New York, New York 10048,  and Citicorp  Center,  500
West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois  60661-2511.  Copies of such
materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and its  public  reference
facilities in New York,  New York and Chicago,  Illinois,  at prescribed  rates.
Such  information  may  also  be  accessed   electronically   by  means  of  the
Commission's  homepage on the Internet at  http://www.sec.gov.,  which  contains
reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and other  information  regarding
registrants,   including  the  Company,   that  file   electronically  with  the
Commission.

                                        5



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  summary  information  is  qualified in its entirety by, and
should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed  information and financial
data,  including the Financial  Statements and related notes thereto,  appearing
elsewhere  in this  Prospectus.  As used  herein,  references  to  "DESA" or the
"Company" are to DESA  International,  Inc. and its subsidiaries.  References to
"fiscal  year" are to the  Company's  fiscal  year  which  ends on the  Saturday
closest to February 28 in each year.

                                   The Company

     DESA is a leading  manufacturer and marketer of zone  heating/home  comfort
products  and  specialty  tools in the United  States.  Through  its  ability to
consistently  offer  consumers  quality  products  with  innovative  features at
attractive price points,  the Company has developed  leading market positions in
(i) vent-free  indoor heaters,  (ii) vent-free  hearth  products,  (iii) outdoor
heaters, (iv) consumer powder-actuated  fastening systems and (v) electric chain
saws. In fiscal 1997, approximately 90% of the Company's sales were generated in
the United States and 10% were generated in international  markets.  Over 85% of
the domestic sales were in product  categories  where DESA is the market leader.
The Company has grown rapidly with sales increasing from $83.0 million in fiscal
1992 to $209.1  million in fiscal 1997,  representing  a compound  annual growth
rate ("CAGR") of 20%. The Company's  EBITDA  increased  from $10.6  million,  or
12.8% of sales,  in fiscal 1992, to $37.8 million,  or 18.1% of sales, in fiscal
1997, representing a CAGR of 29%. For the twelve months ended November 29, 1997,
the Company had sales of $228.9 million and pro forma EBITDA of $40.5 million.

     The Company sells its products  through  multiple  consumer and  commercial
channels of  distribution  including the leading home centers,  mass  merchants,
warehouse  clubs,   hardware   cooperatives,   specialty  heating  distributors,
construction and industrial  equipment dealers,  farm supply outlets and natural
gas utilities under brand names well- recognized by its customers. The Company's
strategy is to aggressively target the fastest growing retailers/distributors in
each  channel and service  these  customers  through a  multi-brand  approach to
capture the largest possible share of a given product market.  In addition,  the
Company  has an  established  record of success in new product  development  and
product line extensions.  Over the last five years, DESA has introduced over 100
new  products  and line  extensions  which  generated  approximately  56% of the
Company's sales growth over that time period.

Zone Heating Products (80% of Fiscal 1997 Domestic Gross Sales)

     The zone heating market is comprised of indoor gas heaters, hearth products
(gas  logs,  fireplaces  and  stoves)  and  outdoor  heaters.  DESA is a leading
manufacturer of vent-free indoor and outdoor zone heating products in the United
States. DESA's domestic zone heating business has experienced a CAGR of over 27%
with  gross  revenues  increasing  from $46.2  million in fiscal  1992 to $155.1
million in fiscal 1997. DESA markets its zone heating  products under well-known
brand names such as Reddy(R),  Vanguard(R)  and Comfort  Glow(R).  The Company's
zone heating business is organized into two primary product categories:

o    Indoor vent-free heating appliances and hearth products (40% of Fiscal 1997
     Domestic Gross Sales):  Indoor heating  appliances include vent-free liquid
     propane and natural gas space heaters which provide economical supplemental
     heat to a specific area as distinguished from central heating systems which
     are used to heat entire  buildings.  Vent-free  hearth products such as gas
     logs,  fireplaces and stoves are utilized for both  decorative and economic
     heating.  Vent-free  products  utilize a more efficient burner system which
     avoids the need for outside  venting,  whereas  vented  products  require a
     discharging of emissions outside of the building.

o    Outdoor  heating  appliances  (40% of Fiscal 1997  Domestic  Gross  Sales):
     Outdoor heating  products  consist of portable units which generate heat by
     either using a fan to discharge  heated air to a specific  area (forced air
     heaters) or emitting  heat  throughout  the  surrounding  area  without the
     assistance of a fan (convection heaters).  Forced air heaters are fueled by
     either  kerosene,  propane or natural  gas,  while  convection  heaters are
     fueled only with propane or natural gas.  Outdoor  heaters are used in both
     residential and commercial applications. Residential applications

                                        6




     include  heating  otherwise  unheated  garages  and  workshops.  Commercial
     applications include heating factories, warehouses,  construction sites and
     agricultural areas.

Specialty Tools (20% of Fiscal 1997 Domestic Gross Sales)

     DESA's domestic specialty tools business has experienced a CAGR of 11% with
gross revenues  increasing from $23.0 million in fiscal 1992 to $38.8 million in
fiscal 1997.  Specialty tools products include powder actuated fastening systems
(tools and accessories) used to fasten wood to concrete or steel, stapling/rivet
tools and electrical products such as chain saws and portable generators.  These
products  are  marketed  under  well-known  brand  names  such as  Remington(R),
Master(R) and Powerfast(R).

Competitive Strengths

     Leading  Market  Positions  in High Growth  Segments.  DESA is the domestic
market leader in outdoor heating appliances (70% market share), vent-free indoor
gas heating (59% market share),  vent-free  hearth  products (31% market share),
powder  actuated  fastening  systems  (86% share of the consumer  market,  which
constitutes  26% of the total  domestic  market)  and  electric  chain saws (36%
market  share).   By  leveraging  its  strong  market   positions  and  customer
relationships  in  established  product  lines,  DESA  has  increased  sales  by
introducing  related  products or line  extensions of existing  products such as
vent-free gas logs (introduced in fiscal 1993), vent-free fireplaces (introduced
in fiscal 1995) and fireboxes (introduced in fiscal 1997).

     DESA's  targeted  market segments in the zone heating market have exhibited
strong historical growth.  Vent-free indoor gas heater and hearth products,  the
most rapidly  growing  segments in the $1.1 billion  zone heating  market,  have
grown at a CAGR of  approximately  44% over the last four years driven primarily
by the  increasing  consumer  trend towards  heating with natural gas and liquid
propane.  The  outdoor  heater  market has  achieved a CAGR of 22% over the same
period.

     Strong  Relationships  with a Diversified  Distribution  and Customer Base.
DESA has  organized  its  sales  and  marketing  organizations  by  channels  of
distribution. The Company has built strong, long-term relationships with some of
the most  rapidly  growing  retailers,  including  Home  Depot,  Lowe's,  Sears,
Wal-Mart,  W.W. Grainger,  Ace Hardware and TruServ.  The Company's products are
designed  to appeal to a  variety  of  end-users,  ranging  from  do-it-yourself
("DIY")   consumers  to   professional   home  builders.   By  building   strong
relationships  with the leading  retailers and  distributors  within each of the
Company's  channels,  DESA is  well-positioned  to  participate in the continued
growth of these key customers.

Broad Portfolio of Products with  Well-Recognized  Brand Names.  DESA provides a
broad  offering  of  quality  products  under  numerous  brand  names  which are
well-recognized  by its customers.  The Company's key brands  include  Reddy(R),
Remington(R),  Vanguard(R)  and Comfort  Glow(R) for zone  heating  products and
Remington(R) for powder actuated  fastening systems and electric chain saws. The
Company also manufactures  products on a private label basis for W.W.  Grainger,
Sears,  John Deere and  Homelite.  DESA  leverages its brand equity with its DIY
consumers,  professionals  and specialty  dealers by  continually  providing its
customers  new  product   offerings  and  product  line  extensions   under  its
established brand names.

     Proven  New  Product  Development  Process.  DESA has a proven  ability  to
consistently  offer consumers  products with  innovative  features at attractive
price points. The quality and breadth of DESA's customer  relationships  provide
the Company  with  valuable  market data that serves as the  foundation  for the
Company's  new product  development  and product  line  extension  process.  For
example,  the Company's line of hearth products was initially  introduced as the
result  of  shifting  consumer  preferences  away from (i)  wood-burning  hearth
products to gas technology and (ii) vented gas products to vent-free units. Over
the last five years, new product  introductions and product line extensions have
accounted for approximately 56% of the Company's sales growth.


                                        7



     Effective Cost Reduction  Program and Strong Cash Flow. A core component of
the Company's strong  financial  performance over the last five years has been a
focused  program to enhance  margins  through  cost  reduction.  The Company has
exceeded  its annual cost  reduction  goal of 3% of cost of sales in each of the
last three years.  This cost reduction program has contributed to an increase in
gross profit margin from 33.6% in fiscal 1992 to 37.4% in fiscal 1997.

     The  Company has been able to achieve its sales  growth  while  efficiently
managing  working capital and maintaining  low capital  expenditures  generating
$128.4 million in free cash flow (EBITDA less capital expenditures) for the last
five years.

     Strong  Management  Team.  DESA was  founded  in 1969 by a group  including
Robert H. Elman,  DESA's current  Chairman and CEO. The top three  executives of
the  Company  have  worked  together  as a team  for the  last 13  years.  These
individuals  have served as the catalyst for  instilling a spirit of "continuous
improvements" and achievement as a cultural standard within the Company.  Senior
management is well-complemented by a broad team of experienced managers who have
been with DESA since 1985.

Business Strategy

     DESA's  objective is to continue to leverage its  competitive  strengths to
increase  revenues  and EBITDA.  In  addition,  the Company  believes  there are
significant   additional   opportunities  to  enhance  its  overall  market  and
competitive position as follows:

     Continue  Aggressive  Growth through DESA's Primary Channels and Customers.
DESA's   distribution   strategy  is  twofold:   (i)  establish  breadth  across
distribution  channels;  and (ii) achieve depth within each channel by fostering
and enhancing  relationships  with some of the most rapidly growing retailers in
such  channel  (such as Home Depot and  Lowe's in the home  center  channel  and
Wal-Mart and Sears in the mass merchant channel). While DESA has managed to gain
access to multiple channels of distribution, significant opportunities remain to
sell the Company's full product line through each of these customers.

     Penetrate New  Distribution  Channels.  Although DESA  currently  sells its
products through a broad  distribution  network,  the Company believes there are
opportunities  to  increase  the  penetration  in  some of the  Company's  newer
channels such as plumbing  supply stores,  building  supply chains and fireplace
specialty stores.  These newer channels represent  attractive markets across the
United States.

     Capitalize on Favorable  Trends for Vent-Free Gas Products.  Recent housing
construction data reveals that over two-thirds of new homes today use gas as the
primary  heating  source  compared to  one-third of new homes ten years ago. The
American Gas Association estimates that approximately 60 million homes currently
use gas and the  number of homes  utilizing  gas will grow to 80  million by the
year 2010.  This growing  preference  for gas  represents a  significant  growth
opportunity for DESA as all of its indoor heating products are fueled by natural
or propane gas. Additionally,  by focusing on vent-free gas products, which have
lower  installation  costs and provide  increased  fuel  efficiency  compared to
vented  products,  the Company is  well-positioned  to benefit  from the fastest
growing segments of the zone heating market.

     Increase Penetration of International Markets.  Similar to the trend in the
United States, the global DIY markets are experiencing  attractive growth rates.
Five of the ten  largest  home  improvement  retailers  in the  world  are based
outside of the United States. However, international sales comprised only 10% of
DESA's total sales in fiscal 1997.

     Make  Selected   Acquisitions.   The  Company  intends  to  seek  selective
acquisitions  where it can expand its existing  product  portfolio,  utilize its
diversified  distribution channels and achieve operational  synergies.  Over the
last  five  years,  only 9% of the  Company's  sales  growth  has  come  through
acquisitions.  Management  believes  that the markets in which it  operates  are
highly fragmented and there are numerous manufacturers of complementary products
which would make attractive acquisition candidates.

                                        8



                              The Recapitalization

     Holdings,  its shareholders (the "Existing  Shareholders")  and J.W. Childs
Equity Partners, L.P. ("Childs") have entered into a Recapitalization  Agreement
dated as of October 8, 1997 (the  "Recapitalization  Agreement")  which provides
for  the   recapitalization  of  Holdings.   Pursuant  to  the  Recapitalization
Agreement,  Holdings  purchased from the Existing  Shareholders  all outstanding
shares of Holdings' capital stock,  other than shares having an implied value of
$8.6 million  which will continue to be held by certain  Existing  Shareholders,
including  management,  and which represent  10.4% of the outstanding  shares of
Holdings' Common Stock immediately following the transaction.

     Financing requirements for the Recapitalization,  including $8.6 million in
non-cash  sources and the  retirement  of  existing  debt of the Company and the
payment of fees and expenses,  were $365.5 million  (including  $27.3 million in
seasonal  borrowings)  and were  satisfied  through  the  purchase by Childs and
certain other investors,  including UBS Capital LLC (the "Equity Investors"), of
an aggregate  $91.4  million in Holdings'  equity  securities  together  with an
aggregate  $265.6 million in borrowings as follows:  (i) the purchase by Childs,
and the other Equity Investors of shares of Holdings' Common Stock (representing
89.6% of the outstanding  shares) for $73.8 million (the "Holdings Common Equity
Contribution");  (ii) the purchase by Childs and the other  Equity  Investors of
$17.6  million  in  liquidation  value  of  cumulative  exchangeable  redeemable
preferred  stock issued by Holdings  (the  "Holdings  Preferred  Stock");  (iii)
$130.0  million  from the  proceeds  of the  Offering;  (iv)  $100.0  million of
borrowings  under a  senior  secured  term  loan  facility  among  the  Company,
Holdings,  the several lenders from time to time parties thereto  (collectively,
the "Banks"),  and NationsBank,  N.A., as administrative agent  ("NationsBank"),
and Union Bank of  Switzerland,  New York  Branch,  as co-agent  (the "Term Loan
Facility");  and (v) $35.5  million of borrowings  under a $75.0 million  senior
secured  revolving credit facility among the Company,  Holdings,  the Banks, and
NationsBank (the "Revolving  Credit  Facility" and,  together with the Term Loan
Facility  and  certain  other  facilities,   the  "New  Credit  Facility").  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations  -- Liquidity  and Capital  Resources,"  "Description  of the Notes,"
"Description  of New Credit  Facility" and  "Description  of Holdings  Preferred
Stock."

     The purchase of shares from the Existing  Shareholders,  the  retirement of
existing debt of the Company,  the issuance and sale by Holdings of the Holdings
Common Equity Contribution and of the Holdings Preferred Stock, the borrowing by
the Company of funds under the New Credit Facility, the Offering and the payment
of  related  fees and  expenses  are  referred  to  herein  collectively  as the
"Recapitalization."  It is intended  that the  Recapitalization  be treated as a
recapitalization transaction for accounting purposes.

                                        9



Sources and Uses of Funds

     The following  table sets forth the sources and uses of funds in connection
with the Recapitalization:

                                                                    (dollars in
                                                                     thousands)
Sources of Funds:
Cash Sources:
     New Credit Facility:
         Revolving Credit Facility(1)                                   $ 35,500
         Term Loan Facility                                              100,000
     Issuance of Notes                                                   130,000
     Equity investment:
         Issuance of Holdings Preferred Stock(2)                          17,600
         Issuance of Holdings Common Stock                                73,815
         Non-Cash Sources:
     Holdings Common Stock retained by Existing Stockholders               8,585
                                                                        --------
                                                                        $365,500
                                                                        ========
     Uses of Funds:
     Recapitalization consideration                                     $165,022
     Repayment of existing debt                                          186,714
     Fees and expenses                                                    13,163
     Working capital                                                         601
                                                                        --------
                                                                        $365,500
                                                                        ========
                                                                        --------

(1)  The  Revolving  Credit  Facility  will provide for borrowing of up to $75.0
     million.  Giving  effect  to  the  Recapitalization,   average  outstanding
     borrowings  under the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  would  have been  $10.7
     million  during the twelve  months ended  November  29,  1997.  This amount
     excludes  letters of credit  which  will be issued to  replace  outstanding
     letters of credit established to facilitate  merchandise  purchases,  which
     had an  aggregate  outstanding  balance of $0.9  million as of November 29,
     1997.

(2)  Holdings  may issue junior  subordinated  notes (the  "Exchange  Notes") in
     exchange  for  the  outstanding  Holdings  Preferred  Stock  under  certain
     circumstances.  The Exchange Notes have substantially the same terms as the
     Holdings Preferred Stock. See "Description of Holdings Preferred Stock" and
     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
     Operations   --   Liquidity   and   Capital    Resources   --   After   the
     Recapitalization."


                                       10



The Equity Investors

Childs

     J.W. Childs Equity Partners,  L.P., is a $463 million  institutional equity
fund managed by J.W. Childs Associates,  L.P. ("JWCA"),  a Boston-based  private
investment firm. Childs acquires equity positions primarily in established small
and middle-market growth companies through friendly, management-led acquisitions
and  recapitalizations.  Childs'  investment  strategy  is to  leverage  on  the
operating  and financial  experience  of its partners and to invest,  along with
management,  in growing  companies with a history of profitable  operations.  In
addition to four partners with financial backgrounds, JWCA has three "operating"
partners who have each had prior experience as the chief executive  officer of a
successful leveraged buyout. Childs invests in a wide variety of industries, but
places   particular  focus  on  those  in  which  the  partners  with  operation
backgrounds  have had direct  managerial  experience:  branded  and  non-branded
consumer products, specialty retailing, energy and light manufacturing.

UBS Capital

     UBS Capital LLC ("UBS  Capital")  is a merchant  banking  affiliate  of the
Union Bank of  Switzerland.  Headquartered  in New York,  New York,  UBS Capital
engages in a wide  range of private  equity  transactions  including  management
buyouts,  growth equity investments and  recapitalizations.  UBS Capital and its
merchant banking affiliates have investments in over 40 portfolio  companies and
manage a proprietary  capital  allocation  from the Union Bank of Switzerland of
over $1.2  billion.  UBS  Capital  and its  affiliates  have  invested in a wide
variety of industries,  including  branded consumer  products,  specialty paper,
industrial products, sporting goods, telecommunications, retailing and software.


                                       11



                               THE PRIOR OFFERING

     The outstanding  $130.0 million  principal amount of Old Notes were sold by
the  Company to the  Initial  Purchasers  on the  Closing  Date  pursuant to the
Purchase  Agreement  among the Company and the Initial  Purchasers.  The Initial
Purchasers  subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A under the
Securities  Act.  The  Company,  the  Subsidiary   Guarantors  and  the  Initial
Purchasers also entered into the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which
the Company granted certain  registration  rights for the benefit of the holders
of the Old Notes.  The  Exchange  Offer is  intended  to satisfy  certain of the
Company's  obligations  under the Registration  Rights Agreement with respect to
the Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer--Purpose and Effect."


                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER


The Exchange Offer           The Company is offering upon the terms and subject 
                             to the  conditions  set  forth  herein  and in the
                             accompanying letter of transmittal (the "Letter of
                             Transmittal"),  to  exchange  $1,000 in  principal
                             amount  of its  97/8%  Senior  Notes due 2007 (the
                             "New  Notes," with the Old Notes and the New Notes
                             collectively  referred  to herein as the  "Notes")
                             for  each  $1,000  in  principal   amount  of  the
                             outstanding Old Notes (the"Exchange Offer"). As of
                             the date of this  Prospectus,  $130.0  million  in
                             aggregate  principal  amount  of the Old  Notes is
                             outstanding. See "The Exchange Offer--Terms of the
                             Exchange Offer."                                  
                             
Expiration Date              5:00  p.m.,  New York City time,  on  ___________,
                             1998  as  the  same  may  be  extended.  See  "The
                             Exchange   Offer--Expiration   Date;   Extensions;
                             Amendments."                                      
                             
Conditions of                The  Exchange  Offer is not  conditioned  upon any
the Exchange Offer           minimum   principal  amount  of  Old  Notes  being
                             tendered for exchange.  The only  condition to the
                             Exchange   Offer   is  the   declaration   by  the
                             Commission   of   the    effectiveness    of   the
                             Registration  Statement  of which this  Prospectus
                             constitutes    a   part.    See   "The    Exchange
                             Offer--Conditions of the Exchange Offer."         
                             
Termination of               Pursuant to the Registration  Rights Agreement and
Certain  Rights              the Old  Notes,  holders  of Old  Notes  (i)  have
                             rights to receive Liquidated Damages and (ii) have
                             certain   rights   intended  for  the  holders  of
                             unregistered   securities.   "Liquidated  Damages"
                             means   damages  of  $0.05  per  week  per  $1,000
                             principal  amount of Old Notes (up to a maximum of
                             $0.30 per week per $1,000 principal amount) during
                             the  period  in which a  Registration  Default  is
                             continuing   pursuant   to   the   terms   of  the
                             Registration  Rights  Agreement.  Holders  of  New
                             Notes will not be and,  upon  consummation  of the
                             Exchange  Offer,  holders  of Old  Notes  will  no
                             longer  be,  entitled  to (i) the right to receive
                             the  Liquidated  Damages  or  (ii)  certain  other
                             rights  under the  Registration  Rights  Agreement
                             intended for holders of  unregistered  securities.
                             See "The  Exchange  Offer--Termination  of Certain
                             Rights"  and   "--Procedures   for  Tendering  Old
                             Notes."                                           
                             
Accrued  Interest            The New Notes will bear  interest  at a rate equal
                             to 97/8% per annum.  Interest  shall  accrue  from
                             _____________  or from  the most  recent  Interest
                             Payment  Date  with  respect  to the Old  Notes to
                             which  interest was paid or duly provided for. See
                             "Description  of  Notes--Principal,  Maturity  and
                             Interest."                                        
                             
                                       12



Procedures  for              Unless a tender of Old Notes is effected  pursuant
Tendering Old Notes          to  the  procedures  for  book-entry  transfer  as
                             provided  herein,  each holder  desiring to accept
                             the  Exchange  Offer  must  complete  and sign the
                             Letter of Transmittal,  have the signature thereon
                             guaranteed   if   required   by  the   Letter   of
                             Transmittal,  and mail or  deliver  the  Letter of
                             Transmittal,  together  with  the Old  Notes  or a
                             Notice  of  Guaranteed   Delivery  and  any  other
                             required  documents (such as evidence of authority
                             to act, if the Letter of  Transmittal is signed by
                             someone  acting in a fiduciary  or  representative
                             capacity),  to the Exchange  Agent (as defined) at
                             the  address  set forth on the back  cover page of
                             this Prospectus  prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
                             time, on the Expiration Date. Any Beneficial Owner
                             (as  defined) of the Old Notes whose Old Notes are
                             registered  in the  name of a  nominee,  such as a
                             broker,  dealer,  commercial bank or trust company
                             and who wishes to tender Old Notes in the Exchange
                             Offer,  should  instruct  such entity or person to
                             promptly tender on such Beneficial Owner's behalf.
                             See "The Exchange  Offer--Procedures for Tendering
                             Old Notes."                                        
                             
Guaranteed                   Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender  their Old
Delivery Procedures          Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not  immediately
                             available  or (ii) who  cannot  deliver  their Old
                             Notes  or  any  other  documents  required  by the
                             Letter of  Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior
                             to the Expiration  Date (or complete the procedure
                             for book-entry  transfer on a timely  basis),  may
                             tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed
                             delivery  procedures  set  forth in the  Letter of
                             Transmittal.  See "The Exchange  Offer--Guaranteed
                             Delivery Procedures."                             
                             
Acceptance of Old            Upon  effectiveness of the Registration  Statement
Notes and Delivery           of which this  Prospectus  constitutes  a part and
of New Notes                 consummation  of the Exchange  Offer,  the Company
                             will  accept  any  and  all  Old  Notes  that  are
                             properly  tendered in the Exchange  Offer prior to
                             5:00 p.m.,  New York City time, on the  Expiration
                             Date.  The  New  Notes  issued   pursuant  to  the
                             Exchange  Offer will be delivered  promptly  after
                             acceptance  of the Old  Notes.  See "The  Exchange
                             Offer--Acceptance   of  Old  Notes  for  Exchange;
                             Delivery of New Notes." 

Withdrawal Rights            Tenders of Old Notes may be  withdrawn at any time
                             prior to 5:00  p.m.,  New York City  time,  on the
                             Expiration     Date.     See     "The     Exchange
                             Offer--Withdrawal Rights."                        
          
TheExchange Agent            Marine Midland Bank is the exchange agent (in such
                             capacity,  the "Exchange Agent").  The address and
                             telephone  number  of the  Exchange  Agent are set
                             forth in "The Exchange  Offer--The Exchange Agent;
                             Assistance."                                      
                             
Fees and Expenses            All   expenses    incident   to   the    Company's
                             consummation  of the Exchange Offer and compliance
                             with the  Registration  Rights  Agreement  will be
                             borne by the  Company.  The Company  will also pay
                             certain  transfer taxes applicable to the Exchange
                             Offer.   See   "The   Exchange   Offer--Fees   and
                             Expenses."                                        
                             
                                       13



Resales of                   Based on existing  interpretations by the staff of
the New Notes                the  Commission  set  forth in  no-action  letters
                             issued to third parties, the Company believes that
                             New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer to
                             a holder in exchange  for Old Notes may be offered
                             for resale,  resold and otherwise transferred by a
                             holder  (other  than  (i)  a   broker-dealer   who
                             purchased the Old Notes  directly from the Company
                             for  resale   pursuant  to  Rule  144A  under  the
                             Securities  Act or any other  available  exemption
                             under the  Securities Act or (ii) a person that is
                             an affiliate of the Company  within the meaning of
                             Rule  405  under  the  Securities  Act),   without
                             compliance  with the  registration  and prospectus
                             delivery   provisions  of  the   Securities   Act,
                             provided  that such  holder is  acquiring  the New
                             Notes in the  ordinary  course of business  and is
                             not  participating,  and  has  no  arrangement  or
                             understanding with any person to participate, in a
                             distribution of the New Notes. Each  broker-dealer
                             that receives New Notes in exchange for Old Notes,
                             where such Old Notes were  acquired by such broker
                             as a result  of  market-making  or  other  trading
                             activities,  must acknowledge that it will deliver
                             a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
                             New Notes. See "The Exchange Offer--Resales of the
                             New Notes" and "Plan of Distribution."            
                             
Effect of Not                Old Notes  that are not  tendered  or that are not
Tendering Old Notes          properly  tendered will,  following the expiration
for Exchange                 of the Exchange  Offer,  continue to be subject to
                             the existing  restrictions  upon transfer thereof.
                             The Company  will have no further  obligations  to
                             provide for the registration  under the Securities
                             Act of such Old  Notes  and such Old  Notes  will,
                             following the  expiration  of the Exchange  Offer,
                             bear interest at the same rate as the New Notes.  
                       
Certain Federal              The Company believes that the exchange pursuant to
Income Tax                   the Exchange Offer will not be a taxable event for
Consequences                 federal income tax purposes.  See "Certain Federal
                             Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer."   
                             

                                       14



                            Description of New Notes

     The form and  terms of the New  Notes  will be  identical  in all  material
respects  to the form and terms of the Old Notes,  except that (i) the New Notes
have been  registered  under the  Securities Act and,  therefore,  will not bear
legends restricting the transfer thereof, (ii) holders of the New Notes will not
be entitled to  Liquidated  Damages and (iii)  holders of the New Notes will not
be, and upon  consummation of the Exchange Offer,  holders of the Old Notes will
no longer be, entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement
intended  for  the  holders  of  unregistered  securities,   except  in  limited
circumstances. See "Exchange Offer--Termination of Certain Rights." The Exchange
Offer shall be deemed  consummated  upon the  occurrence  of the delivery by the
Company  to the  Registrar  under  the  Indenture  of the New  Notes in the same
aggregate  principal amount as the aggregate  principal amount of Old Notes that
are  tendered  by holders  thereof  pursuant  to the  Exchange  Offer.  See "The
Exchange Offer--Termination of Certain Rights" and "Procedures for Tendering Old
Note;" and "Description of Notes."

Securities Offered           $130.0  million in aggregate  principal  amount of
                             97/8%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  due 2007  (the
                             "Notes").                                         
                  
Maturity                     December 15, 2007

Interest                     The Notes will bear  interest at the rate of 97/8%
                             per  annum,  payable  semiannually  on June 15 and
                             December 15, commencing June 15, 1998.            
                             
Optional  Redemption         The Notes  may be  redeemed  at the  option of the
                             Company, in whole or in part, on or after December
                             15,  2002 at a premium  declining  to par in 2005,
                             plus accrued and unpaid  interest  and  Liquidated
                             Damages, if any, through the redemption date.     
                                                                               
                             On or before  December 15, 2000,  the Company may,
                             at its  option,  redeem up to 35% of the  original
                             aggregate  principal  amount of Notes with the net
                             proceeds from one or more Public Equity  Offerings
                             (as  defined)  at the  redemption  price set forth
                             herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest,  if any,
                             through the redemption  date;  provided,  however,
                             that  at  least  65%  of  the  original  aggregate
                             principal  amount  of  Notes  remain   outstanding
                             following such redemption.                        
                             
Change of Control            Upon a Change of Control (as defined herein),  the
                             Company  (i) will be  required to make an offer to
                             repurchase  all  outstanding  Notes at 101% of the
                             principal  amount  thereof plus accrued and unpaid
                             interest thereon and Liquidated  Damages,  if any,
                             to the  date  of  repurchase  and  (ii)  prior  to
                             December  15,  2002 will have the option to redeem
                             the Notes,  in whole or in part,  at a  redemption
                             price equal to the principal amount thereof,  plus
                             accrued  and  unpaid   interest   and   Liquidated
                             Damages,  if any, to the redemption  date plus the
                             Applicable Premium (as defined herein).  There can
                             be no  assurance  that  sufficient  funds  will be
                             available to the Company at the time of any Change
                             of Control  to make any  required  repurchases  of
                             Notes. See "Risk Factors--  Potential Inability to
                             Fund  Change of Control  Offer,"  "Description  of
                             Notes--  Repurchase  at the  Option  of  Holders--
                             Change of Control" and "--Optional Redemption upon
                             Change of Control."                               
                             
                                           15




Ranking                      The Notes will be general unsecured obligations of
                             the  Company,  will be  subordinated  in  right of
                             payment  to  all   existing   and  future   Senior
                             Indebtedness   (as  defined  in  the   Indenture),
                             including all obligations of the Company under the
                             New  Credit  Facility,  and will be pari  passu in
                             right  of  payment  with any  senior  subordinated
                             indebtedness of the Company.  The Company conducts
                             certain    operations    through    its    foreign
                             subsidiaries and,  accordingly,  the Notes will be
                             effectively subordinated to indebtedness and other
                             liabilities  of  such  foreign  subsidiaries.   At
                             October 4, 1997, on a pro forma basis after giving
                             effect  to  the  Recapitalization,  the  aggregate
                             principal  amount  of Senior  Indebtedness  of the
                             Company  would  have  been  approximately   $135.9
                             million, all of which would have been Indebtedness
                             secured  by  substantially  all of the  assets  of
                             Holdings  and  the  Company  pursuant  to the  New
                             Credit   Facility,   and  the  Company's   foreign
                             subsidiaries would have had aggregate  liabilities
                             of $3.2 million.                                  
                             
Guarantees                   The Company's  obligations under the Notes will be
                             guaranteed   (the   "Guarantees")   on  a   senior
                             subordinated basis by Holdings and each subsidiary
                             of Holdings that  guarantees any  indebtedness  of
                             the Company or any other  obligor  under the Notes
                             (the "Guarantors"). The Guarantees will be general
                             unsecured  obligations of the Guarantors,  will be
                             subordinated  in right of payment to all  existing
                             and future Senior  Indebtedness of the Guarantors,
                             including all obligations of the Guarantors  under
                             the New Credit  Facility  and will rank pari passu
                             in right of payment  with any senior  subordinated
                             indebtedness  of the  Guarantors.  On the date the
                             Notes   are   issued,   none   of  the   Company's
                             subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes.            
                             
Covenants                    The indenture  pursuant to which the Notes will be
                             issued   (the   "Indenture")    contains   certain
                             covenants  that,  among  other  things,  limit the
                             ability  of  the   Company,   Holdings  and  their
                             subsidiaries to incur additional  Indebtedness and
                             issue preferred stock, pay dividends or make other
                             distributions,  create certain  liens,  enter into
                             certain transactions with affiliates,  sell assets
                             of the  Company,  Holdings or their  subsidiaries,
                             issue or sell Equity Interests of the Company's or
                             Holdings'   subsidiaries  or  enter  into  certain
                             mergers and  consolidations.  In  addition,  under
                             certain  circumstances,  the Company and  Holdings
                             will be required  to offer to purchase  Notes at a
                             price  equal  to  100%  of  the  principal  amount
                             thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
                             to the  date of  purchase,  with the  proceeds  of
                             certain Asset Sales (as defined). See "Description
                             of Notes."                                        
                             

                                  Risk Factors

     See "Risk  Factors"  for a  discussion  of certain  factors  that should be
considered in evaluating an investment in the Notes.


                                       16



       Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data of Holdings

The following sets forth summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data
of Holdings  derived  from the  unaudited  pro forma  financial  data  contained
elsewhere herein. Certain management assumptions and adjustments relating to the
Recapitalization  are set forth in the notes  accompanying  such  unaudited  pro
forma financial data. The following  unaudited pro forma consolidated  Statement
of  Operating  Data for the  year  ended  March  1,  1997  gives  effect  to the
Recapitalization as if it had occurred on March 3, 1996. The following unaudited
pro forma  consolidated  Statement of Operating Data for the  thirty-nine  weeks
ended  November  29,  1997  gives  effect to the  Recapitalization  as if it had
occurred  on March 2,  1997.  The  following  unaudited  pro forma  consolidated
Balance Sheet Data gives effect to the Recapitalization as if it had occurred on
November 29, 1997. This pro forma  information is not necessarily  indicative of
the results that would have occurred had the Recapitalization  been completed on
the dates  indicated  or the  Company's  actual or future  results or  financial
position.  Holdings is a holding  company which does not carry on operations and
the sole asset of which is 100% of the capital stock of the Company. The summary
pro forma  consolidated  financial data should be read in  conjunction  with the
information  contained in the financial statements and notes thereto, "Pro Forma
Condensed   Consolidated   Financial  Data,"   "Selected   Financial  Data"  and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" included elsewhere herein.


                                                                   Pro Forma
                                                       ----------------------------------

                                                        Fiscal Year        Thirty-nine
                                                           Ended           Weeks Ended
                                                       March 1, 1997    November 29, 1997
                                                       -------------    -----------------
                                                          (in thousands, except ratios)
                                                                    
Statement of Operating Data:
Net sales (1)                                           $ 209,105           $ 193,404 
Cost of sales                                             130,890             123,243
                                                        ---------           ---------
Gross profit                                               78,215              70,161
Selling and administrative expenses (2)                    41,706              34,777
                                                        ---------           ---------
Operating profit (3)                                    $  36,509           $  35,384
                                                        =========           =========
Other Data:                                                              
EBITDA (4)                                              $  38,729           $  36,749
EBITDA margin                                                18.5%               19.0%
Capital expenditures                                    $   2,770           $   3,690
Depreciation                                                2,432               2,363
Amortization                                                2,144               1,569
Cash interest expense (5)                                  21,323              17,069
Ratio of EBITDA to cash interest expense                     1.8x                2.2x
Ratio of EBITDA less capital expenditures to cash                        
  interest expenses                                          1.7x                1.9x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6)                       1.6x                1.9x
Balance Sheet Data at November 29, 1997:                                 
Working capital                                                             $  34,758        
Total assets                                                                  157,780        
Long-term debt                                                                240,500        
Stockholders' equity (deficit)                                               (145,255)       
                                                                         
                                                                   

                                       17


- - - - ----------
<FN>

(1)      Net sales  constitute  gross sales net of accruals for returns and  allowances
         and cash discounts.

(2)      Excludes  certain   non-recurring   charges  of  $9,451  attributable  to  the
         Recapitalization. See the notes to "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
         Statement of Income Data."

(3)      Operating  profit is before  amortization of intangibles and deferred  finance
         charges,  management fees and miscellaneous  expenses.  Miscellaneous expenses
         were $212 for the fiscal  year ended March 1, 1997,  $298 for the  thirty-nine
         weeks ended November 29, 1997.

(4)      EBITDA is defined as income  before  income  taxes plus  interest  expense and
         depreciation,  as well as amortization of intangibles and deferred charges and
         management  fees of $240 per annum and related  expenses which are included in
         other expenses.  EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial
         indicator  of  a  company's  ability  to  service   indebtedness  and  because
         management believes that EBITDA is a relevant measure of the Company's ability
         to generate cash without regard to the Company's  capital structure or working
         capital needs.  However,  EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to
         net income as a measure of a company's operating results or to cash flows from
         operating activities as a measure of liquidity. EBITDA as presented may not be
         comparable to similarly  titled  measures used by other  companies,  depending
         upon the non-cash charges included.  When evaluating EBITDA,  investors should
         also  consider  other  factors  which may  influence  operating  and investing
         activities,  such as changes in operating assets and liabilities and purchases
         of property and equipment.

(5)      Pro forma  cash  interest  expense  includes  interest  expense  on the Notes,
         borrowings  under the Term Loan  Facility  and  average  borrowings  under the
         Revolving Credit Facility for the applicable period and excludes  amortization
         of  debt  issuance  costs.  See  note  2 to  "Unaudited  Pro  Forma  Condensed
         Consolidated Statement of Income Data."

(6)      For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings consist of income before income
         taxes  plus  fixed  charges.   Fixed  charges  consist  of  interest  expense,
         amortization  of  deferred  financing  cost and 33% of the rent  expense  from
         operating leases which the Company  believes is a reasonable  approximation of
         the interest factor included in the rent.
</FN>



                                       18

                             Summary Financial Data

     Set forth below are selected historical financial data and other historical
operating data of Holdings.  The summary historical Statements of Operating Data
and  Balance  Sheet Data  below for each of the years in the three  year  period
ended March 1, 1997 and as of March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997 have been  derived
from the audited  consolidated  financial statements of Holdings which have been
audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent  auditors,  and are included elsewhere
in this Offering Memorandum.  The summary historical Statement of Operating Data
below for the year ended  February 26, 1994  represents  the unaudited pro forma
results of combining the consolidated income statement data of Holdings from its
date of  incorporation,  December 1, 1993,  through  February  26, 1994 with the
income statement data of the Company from February 28, 1993 through November 30,
1993,  which  statements  for the three and nine month  periods,  not  presented
separately  herein,  have also been  audited by Ernst & Young LLP.  The  summary
historical  Balance  Sheet Data at February  26, 1994 has been  derived from the
audited  consolidated  balance sheet of Holdings  which has also been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP,  but which is not  included  elsewhere  herein.  The  summary
historical  Statement  of Operating  Data and Balance  Sheet Data at and for the
year ended  February 27, 1993 have been  derived  from the audited  consolidated
financial  statements  of the  Company  which have also been  audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, but which are not included  elsewhere herein.  The summary historical
Statement of Operating  Data for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30, 1996
and November 29, 1997 and the summary  historical Balance Sheet Data at November
29, 1997 have been  derived  from  Holdings'  unaudited  consolidated  financial
statements for those periods  included  elsewhere in the Prospectus and, in each
case,  include,  in the opinion of management,  all  adjustments,  consisting of
normal recurring  adjustments,  necessary for a fair presentation of the results
for the unaudited  interim  periods.  Results of operations for the  thirty-nine
weeks ended November 29, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results that
may be  expected  for the  entire  year.  The  information  presented  below  is
qualified  in  its  entirety  by,  and  should  be  read  in  conjunction   with
"Capitalization,"  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated  Financial  Statements and notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Offering Memorandum.


                                                                                                                 Thirty-Nine
                                                          Fiscal Year                                            Weeks Ended
                                                          -----------                                            -----------
                                                                                                         November 30,   November 29,
                                            1993          1994         1995        1996(1)      1997         1996          1997
                                            ----          ----         ----        -------      ----         ----          ----
                                                            (in thousands, except ratios)           (unaudited)
                                                                                                         
Statement of Operating Data:
Net sales(2)                             $  98,712     $ 122,777     $ 172,501    $ 186,324   $ 209,105    $ 173,587     $ 193,404
Cost of sales                               66,902        80,444       107,484      116,217     130,890      108,587       123,243
                                         ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------     ---------
Gross profit                                31,810        42,333        65,017       70,107      78,215       65,000        70,161
Selling and administrative expenses         21,742         26,008       33,851       35,503      42,656       32,083        35,477
                                         ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------     ---------
Operating profit(3)                         10,068        16,325        31,166       34,604      35,559       32,917        34,684
Interest expense                             4,186         4,349         5,777        7,073      14,509       11,105        11,321
Other expenses                                 578           875         2,124        2,325       2,601        1,830         2,082
                                         ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------     ---------
Income before income taxes                   5,304        11,101        23,265       25,206      18,449       19,982        21,281
Income taxes                                 2,154         4,702        10,064       10,703       7,733        8,378         8,769
                                         ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------     ---------
Income before extraordinary item             3,150         6,399        13,201       14,503      10,716       11,604        12,512
Extraordinary item                            --           4,387          --          2,638        --           --           7,797
                                         ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------     ---------
Net income                               $   3,150     $   2,012     $  13,201    $  11,865   $  10,716    $  11,604     $   4,715
                                         =========     =========     =========    =========   =========    =========     =========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4)         2.1x          2.9x          4.4x         4.0x        2.2x         2.1x          2.7x
Other Data:
EBITDA (5)                               $  11,790     $  18,198     $  33,270    $  36,853   $  37,779    $  35,019     $  36,749
EBITDA margin                                 11.9%         14.8%         19.3%        19.8%       18.1%        20.2%         19.0%
Capital expenditures                     $   1,655     $   1,420     $   1,499    $   2,122   $   2,770    $   1,662     $   3,690
Depreciation                                 1,927         1,938         2,148        2,332       2,432        2,127         2,363
Amortization                                   335         1,620(6)      1,966        1,963       2,104        1,571         1,569
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Cash and cash equivalents                $     462     $   1,597     $  16,170    $     145   $   5,058    $     393     $     201
Working capital (deficit)                    5,563         6,680         9,738       (1,194)     (8,566)      35,680        34,758
Total assets                                27,867        84,055       107,259       85,545      91,984      137,105       157,780
Long-term debt                              27,956        62,000        49,700      149,709     130,600      163,194       240,500
Stockholders' equity (deficit)             (13,210)        2,279        16,194      (95,402)    (84,754)     (83,577)     (145,255)

                                                 19


- - - - ----------
<FN>
(1)      53-week  fiscal  year.  Holdings  was  party to a  recapitalization  in  January  1996  which  impacted  interest  expense,
         stockholders' equity and long-term debt.

(2)      Net sales constitute gross sales net of accruals for returns and allowances and cash discounts.

(3)      Operating profit is before  amortization of intangibles and deferred charges and certain  management fees and miscellaneous
         expenses.  Management fees and related expenses amounted to $38, $25, $114, $279 and $285 for fiscal 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996
         and 1997,  respectively,  and $234 and $215 for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November  30, 1996 and  November  29,  1997,
         respectively.  Miscellaneous  (income)/expenses  amounted to $205, $65, $44, $83 and $212 for fiscal 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996
         and 1997,  respectively,  and $25 and $298 for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November  30,  1996 and  November  29,  1997,
         respectively.

(4)      For purposes of computing  this ratio,  earnings  consist of income before income taxes plus fixed  charges.  Fixed charges
         consist of interest expense and  amortization of deferred  financing cost and 33% of the rent expense from operating leases
         which the Company believes is a reasonable approximation of the interest factor included in the rent.

(5)      EBITDA is defined as income before taxes plus interest expense and  depreciation,  amortization of intangibles and deferred
         charges and management  fees and related  expenses which are included in other expenses on the Statement of Operating Data.
         EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to service  indebtedness and
         because  management  believes that EBITDA is a relevant measure of the Company's ability to generate cash without regard to
         the Company's capital structure or working capital needs. However, EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net
         income as a measure of a company's operating results or to cash flows from operating  activities as a measure of liquidity.
         EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies, depending upon the non-cash
         charges included.  When evaluating EBITDA,  investors should also consider other factors which may influence  operating and
         investing activities, such as changes in operating assets and liabilities and purchases of property and equipment.

(6)      Includes amortization of $835 included in extraordinary item.
</FN>


                                                        20


                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus,  holders
of the Notes should consider the specific factors set forth below.

Significant Leverage and Debt Service

     The Company and its subsidiaries have significant outstanding  indebtedness
and are  significantly  leveraged.  As of  November  29,  1997,  the Company had
outstanding  consolidated  indebtedness of $262.9 million  (excluding letters of
credit  in the  aggregate  amount of $0.9  million).  See  "Capitalization."  In
addition, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Company and
its   subsidiaries   may  incur  additional   indebtedness   (including   Senior
Indebtedness),  including up to $41.2 million under the New Credit Facility.  In
addition,  the  Indenture  permits  Holdings,  under certain  circumstances,  to
exchange all  outstanding  Holdings  Preferred  Stock for  Exchange  Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation  preference of the
Holdings Preferred Stock so exchanged.  The Exchange Notes will require Holdings
to make  semi-annual  interest  payments  thereon  at a rate  of 12% per  annum.
Subject to compliance with the debt agreements of Holdings and the Company, such
payments must be made in cash. The Indenture  restricts,  but does not prohibit,
Holdings  from making such cash  interest  payments.  Under the Exchange  Notes,
Holdings  may defer the payment of interest  payable on or before  November  30,
2002,  with  any such  deferred  interest  bearing  interest  at 12% per  annum,
compounded  semi-annually.  Holdings will be required to make a catch-up payment
immediately prior to the first interest payment date after the fifth anniversary
of the date of  issuance  to the extent the  aggregate  amount of such  deferred
interest exceeds an amount equal to one year's interest on the originally issued
Exchange  Notes.  The  Indenture  restricts the ability of Holdings to make such
catch-up  payment.  See  "Description  of the  Notes  --  Certain  Covenants  --
Restricted  Payments" and  "Description of Holdings  Preferred Stock -- Exchange
Notes".

     The  degree  to  which  the  Company  is  leveraged  could  have  important
consequences  to  the  holders  of  the  Notes,   including  (i)  the  Company's
vulnerability  to adverse  general  economic and industry  conditions,  (ii) the
Company's   ability  to  obtain   additional   financing   for  future   capital
expenditures,  general corporate or other purposes and (iii) the dedication of a
substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations to the payment of
principal and interest on indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available for
operations and future business opportunities.

     The Company's  ability to make  scheduled  payments on the principal of, or
interest or Liquidated  Damages (if any) on, or to refinance,  its  indebtedness
will depend on its future operating performance and cash flow, which are subject
to  prevailing  economic  conditions,   prevailing  interest  rate  levels,  and
financial, competitive, business and other factors, many of which are beyond its
control, as well as the availability of borrowings under the New Credit Facility
or successor facilities.  However,  based upon the current and anticipated level
of operations, the Company believes that its cash flow from operations, together
with amounts  available  under the New Credit  Facility and its other sources of
liquidity,  will be adequate to meet its anticipated  cash  requirements for the
foreseeable future for working capital, capital expenditures,  interest payments
and principal payments.  There can be no assurance,  however, that the Company's
business will continue to generate cash flow at or above current levels.  If the
Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future
to service its indebtedness, it may be required to refinance all or a portion of
its  existing  indebtedness,  including  the  Notes,  or  to  obtain  additional
financing. There can be no assurance that any such refinancing would be possible
or that any  additional  financing  could be obtained.  The  inability to obtain
additional  financing  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company.
Finally, in order to pay the principal balance of the Notes due at maturity, the
Company may have to obtain alternative financing.

Subordination of Notes

     The  Notes  will  be  general   unsecured   obligations   of  the  Company,
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior  Indebtedness
of the Company, including borrowings under the New Credit Facility. In addition,
the Company conducts certain  operations through its foreign  subsidiaries,  and
accordingly,  the Notes will be effectively  subordinated  to  indebtedness  and
other  liabilities  of its  foreign  subsidiaries.  In the event of  bankruptcy,
liquidation or reorganization of the Company,  the assets of the Company will be
available to pay obligations on the Notes only after all Senior Indebtedness has
been paid in full,  and  there may not be  sufficient  assets  remaining  to pay
amounts due on

                                       21


any  or  all  of  the  Notes  then  outstanding.   In  addition,  under  certain
circumstances  the Company will not be able to make  payment of its  obligations
under the Notes in the event of a default under certain Senior Indebtedness. The
aggregate principal amount of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as of November
29,  1997,  would have been $132.9  million on a pro forma  basis  after  giving
effect to the  Recapitalization.  Additional Senior Indebtedness may be incurred
by the  Company  from  time  to  time,  subject  to  certain  restrictions.  See
"Description of Notes -- Subordination."

Future Acquisitions

     The  Company  expects to pursue  strategic  acquisitions.  The  Company has
entered into an agreement to acquire the Heath-Zenith  business of Heath Holding
Corp. See  "Business--Recent  Developments." No assurance may be given that such
acquisition will ultimately be consummated.  Except for the proposed acquisition
of  the  Heath-Zenith  business,  the  Company  has no  present  understandings,
commitments  or agreements  with respect to any such  acquisitions,  the Company
continually evaluates potential acquisition opportunities. The Company is unable
to predict  whether  any of these  opportunities  will  result in  acquisitions.
Acquisitions  by the  Company  could  result  in the  incurrence  of  additional
indebtedness,  which could materially  adversely affect the Company's  business,
financial  condition and results of operations.  Acquisitions  involve  numerous
risks,   including   difficulties   in  the   assimilation  of  the  operations,
technologies,  services and products of the acquired companies and the diversion
of management's  attention from other business  concerns.  In the event that any
such  acquisition  were to occur,  there can be no assurance  that the Company's
business,  financial condition and results of operations would not be materially
adversely affected. See "Business -- Business Strategy."

Dependence on Brand Names

     In  fiscal  1997,  the  majority  of the  Company's  net sales are sales of
products  bearing  the  Company's  principal   proprietary  names  of  Reddy(R),
Remington(R),   Vanguard(R),   Comfort  Glow(R),  Master(R),  and  Powerfast(R).
Accordingly,  the Company's  future success may depend in part upon the goodwill
associated with the Company's principal brand names. Most of the Company's brand
names are  registered in the United States and certain  foreign  countries.  The
Company  owns the  rights  to all of the  registrations  with the  exception  of
Remington,  (used in connection with approximately 15% of sales),  which is used
pursuant to a perpetual, royalty-free license.

     No  assurance  can be given  that the  Company  will be able to  develop or
acquire licenses to use other popular trademarks in the future.  Further,  there
can be no  assurance  that the steps  taken by the  Company or any  licensor  to
protect the  proprietary  rights in such brand names will be adequate to prevent
the  misappropriation  thereof in the United States or abroad. In addition,  the
laws of some foreign countries do not protect  proprietary rights in brand names
to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

Risk of Loss of Material Customers

     In fiscal year 1997,  sales to Home Depot and Lowe's  accounted for 13% and
11% of the Company's net sales, respectively. For the nine months ended November
29,  1997,  sales to Home  Depot  and  Lowe's  accounted  for 16% and 14% of the
Company's net sales,  respectively.  In fiscal year 1997, sales to the Company's
top ten customers accounted for 49% of the Company's total sales.

     Consistent  with  industry  practices,  the Company does not operate  under
long-term  written supply  contracts  with any of its  customers.  The business,
financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company  could  be
materially  adversely  affected  by loss of Home  Depot or Lowe's as  continuing
major customers of the Company.

Seasonality of Business

     The Company's business is subject to seasonal fluctuation.  In fiscal 1997,
sales and  operating  income  during the second and third  quarters  of the year
averaged  approximately  71% and 90%  respectively,  of the annual  totals.  The
Company's  needs for working capital and the  corresponding  debt levels tend to
peak in the second and third fiscal quarters.  The amount of the Company's sales
generated during the second and third fiscal quarters generally depends

                                       22


upon a number  of  factors,  including  the level of  retail  sales for  heating
products during the fall and winter,  weather conditions  affecting the level of
sales of heating products,  general economic conditions and other factors beyond
the Company's control.

Dependence on Key Personnel

     The Company's business is managed by a number of key personnel, the loss of
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.  In addition,  as the
Company's  business  develops and expands,  the Company believes that its future
success  will  depend  greatly on its  continued  ability to attract  and retain
highly skilled and qualified  personnel.  Currently the Company has entered into
employment  agreements with Robert H. Elman (Chairman,  Chief Executive  Officer
and  Director),  Terry  G.  Scariot  (President,  Director)  and  John M.  Kelly
(Executive Vice President),  and will enter into amended  employment  agreements
with  them  upon  consummation  of  the  Recapitalization.  See  "Management  --
Employment  Agreements  with  Executive  Officers."  However,  there  can  be no
assurance  that key personnel  will continue to be employed by the Company after
the expiration of such amended employment agreements or that the Company will be
able to attract and retain  qualified  personnel  in the future.  Failure by the
Company to retain or attract such personnel could have a material adverse effect
on the Company.

Control by Investors

     Following the  Recapitalization,  the Company will be controlled by Childs,
which will  beneficially own shares  representing  67.5% of the common equity in
Holdings.  Accordingly,  Childs and affiliates  will have the power to elect the
Holdings' board of directors  (which will, in turn, elect the Company's board of
directors),  appoint  new  management  and  cause  the  approval  of any  action
requiring the approval of the holders of the Company's  Common Stock,  including
adopting  amendments to the Company's  Articles of  Incorporation  and approving
mergers or sales of  substantially  all of the Company's  assets.  The directors
caused  to be  elected  by  Childs  will have the  authority  to make  decisions
affecting  the capital  structure  of the  Company,  including  the  issuance of
additional indebtedness and the declaration of dividends.

Restrictive Covenants

     The  New  Credit  Facility  and  the  Indenture  will  contain  restrictive
covenants,  which limit the  discretion  of the  management  of the Company with
respect  to  certain  business  matters.  These  covenants  will  place  certain
restrictions  on,  among  other  things,  the  ability  of the  Company to incur
additional indebtedness, to create liens or other encumbrances, to pay dividends
or make other restricted payments, to make investments, loans and guarantees and
to sell or otherwise dispose of a substantial  portion of assets to, or merge or
consolidate  with,  another entity.  The New Credit Facility will also contain a
number of  financial  covenants  that will  require the Company to meet  certain
financial  ratios  and  tests  and  provide  that a  "change  of  control"  will
constitute an event of default.  See "Description of Notes -- Certain Covenants"
and  "Description  of New  Credit  Facility."  A  failure  to  comply  with  the
obligations contained in the New Credit Facility or the Indenture,  if not cured
or  waived,   could  permit   acceleration  of  the  related   indebtedness  and
acceleration   of   indebtedness    under   other   instruments   that   contain
cross-acceleration  or  cross-default  provisions.  In the  case of an  event of
default under the New Credit Facility, the lenders under the New Credit Facility
would be entitled to exercise the remedies  available to a secured  lender under
applicable  law. If the Company  were  obligated  to repay all or a  significant
portion of its  indebtedness,  there can be no assurance  that the Company would
have sufficient cash to do so or that the Company could  successfully  refinance
such indebtedness. Other indebtedness of the Company that may be incurred in the
future may contain  financial or other  covenants  more  restrictive  than those
applicable to the New Credit Facility or the Notes.

Potential Inability to Fund Change of Control Offer

     Upon a Change in Control  (as defined in the  Indenture),  each holder will
have the right to  require  the  Company to  repurchase  all or any part of such
holder's Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof,  plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase.  See
"Description  of Notes --  Repurchase  at the  Option  of  Holders  -- Change of
Control."  However,  there can be no  assurance  that  sufficient  funds will be
available  to the  Company  at the time of the  Change  of  Control  to make any
required repurchases of Notes tendered.

                                       23


Moreover,  restrictions in the New Credit Facility may prohibit the Company from
making such required purchases; therefore, any such repurchases would constitute
an  event  of  default   under  the  New  Credit   Facility   absent  a  waiver.
Notwithstanding   these  provisions,   the  Company  could  enter  into  certain
transactions,  including certain recapitalizations,  that would not constitute a
Change of Control  but would  increase  the amount of debt  outstanding  at such
time.

Fraudulent Conveyance and Preference Considerations

     Under  applicable  provisions  of  federal  bankruptcy  law  or  comparable
provisions  of state  fraudulent  conveyance  law, if, among other  things,  the
Company  or any of the  Guarantors,  at the time it  incurred  the  indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes or its  Guarantees,  as the case may be, (i)(a) was or is
insolvent or rendered  insolvent by reason of such  occurrence  or (b) was or is
engaged in a business  or  transaction  of which the assets  remaining  with the
Company or such Guarantor  were  unreasonably  small or constitute  unreasonably
small  capital or (c)  intended or intends to incur,  or  believed,  believes or
should have believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to repay such
debts as they mature and (ii) the Company or such Guarantor received or receives
less  than  the  reasonably  equivalent  value  or  fair  consideration  for the
incurrence  of  such  indebtedness,  the  Notes  and  the  Guarantees  could  be
invalidated  or  subordinated  to  all  other  debts  of  the  Company  or  such
Guarantors,  as the  case  may  be.  The  Notes  or  Guarantees  could  also  be
invalidated or  subordinated  if it were found that the Company or the Guarantor
party thereto, as the case may be, incurred  indebtedness in connection with the
Notes or its  Guarantees  with the intent of  hindering,  delaying or defrauding
current or future  creditors of the Company or such  Guarantor,  as the case may
be. In addition,  the payment of interest and principal by the Company  pursuant
to a Guarantee  could be voided and required to be returned to the person making
such payment,  or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the Company,  as
the case may be.

     The measures of  insolvency  for purposes of the  foregoing  considerations
will vary depending  upon the law applied in any proceeding  with respect to the
foregoing.  Generally,  however,  the Company or a Guarantor would be considered
insolvent if (i) the sum of its debts,  including contingent  liabilities,  were
greater than the sum of all of its assets at a fair  valuation or if the present
fair  saleable  value of its  assets  were less than the  amount  that  would be
required  to  pay  its  probable  liability  on  its  existing  debt,  including
contingent liabilities,  as they become absolute and mature or (ii) it could not
pay its debts as they become due.

     Additionally,  under federal bankruptcy or applicable state insolvency law,
if certain bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings were initiated by or against the
Company  or  any   Guarantor   with  respect  to  the  Notes  or  a  Guarantees,
respectively,  or after the issuance of a Guarantees,  or if the Company or such
Guarantor  anticipated  becoming  insolvent  at the  time  of  such  payment  or
issuance,  all or a portion of such payment or such Guarantees  could be avoided
as a  preferential  transfer,  and the  receipt  of any  such  payment  could be
required to return such payment.

     To the extent any Guarantees were voided as a fraudulent conveyance or held
unenforceable  for any other  reason,  holders of Notes  would cease to have any
claim in respect of such Guarantor and would be creditors  solely of the Company
and any Guarantor  whose  Guarantees was not avoided or held  unenforceable.  In
such  event,  the claims of holders  of Notes  against  the issuer of an invalid
Guarantees  would  be  subject  to the  prior  payment  of all  liabilities  and
preferred stock claims of such Guarantor.  There can be no assurance that, after
providing  for all prior claims and preferred  stock  interests,  if any,  there
would be sufficient assets to satisfy the claims of holders of Notes relating to
any voided portions of any Guarantees.  The Company currently has no significant
subsidiaries.

     On the basis of its  historical  financial  information,  recent  operating
history and projected  financial data, the Company  believes that,  after giving
effect to the indebtedness incurred in connection with the Recapitalization,  it
will not be insolvent,  will not have  unreasonably  small assets or capital for
the  businesses  in which it is  engaged  and will not incur  debts  beyond  its
ability to pay such debts as they mature. There can be no assurance, however, as
to what standard a court would apply in making such determinations.

                                       24


                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

General

     In connection with the sale of the Old Notes, the Company, Holdings and the
Initial  Purchasers  entered  into  the  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  which
requires the Company to file with the Commission a registration  statement under
the Securities Act with respect to an issue of senior  subordinated notes of the
Company  with  terms  identical  to  the  Old  Notes  (except  with  respect  to
restrictions  on  transfer)  and  to  use  their  best  efforts  to  cause  such
registration  statement to become effective under the Securities Act by no later
than Marach 26, 1998 and, upon the effectiveness of such registration statement,
to offer to the  holders  of the Old Notes the  opportunity,  for a period of 30
business days (or longer if required by applicable law) from the date the notice
of the Exchange  Offer is mailed to holders of the Old Notes,  to exchange their
Old Notes for a like principal  amount of New Notes. The Exchange Offer is being
made  pursuant to the  Registration  Rights  Agreement to satisfy the  Company's
obligations thereunder.

     Under existing interpretations of the staff of the Commission enunciated in
no-action letters issued to third parties,  the New Notes would, in general,  be
freely transferable after the Exchange Offer without further  registration under
the  Securities  Act by holders  thereof  (other  than (i) a  broker-dealer  who
acquires  such New Notes  directly  from the Company to resell  pursuant to Rule
144A or any other available  exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a person
that is an  affiliate  of the  Company  within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities  Act),  without  compliance  with  the  registration  and  prospectus
delivery  provisions  of the  Securities  Act,  provided that such New Notes are
acquired in the ordinary course of such holders'  business and such holders have
no arrangements  with any person to participate in the  distribution of such New
Notes.  Eligible  holders wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must represent to
the Company that such conditions have been met. Each broker-dealer that receives
New Notes for its own account  pursuant to the Exchange  Offer must  acknowledge
that it will  deliver a  prospectus  in  connection  with any resale of such New
Notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

     Each holder of Old Notes who wishes to exchange  Old Notes for New Notes in
the Exchange Offer will be required to make certain  representations,  including
that (i) it is neither an affiliate of the Company nor a broker-dealer tendering
Old Notes acquired  directly from the Company for its own account,  (ii) any New
Notes to be received by it were acquired in the ordinary  course of its business
and  (iii)  at the  time  of  commencement  of  the  Exchange  Offer,  it has no
arrangement  with any person to  participate  in the  distribution  (within  the
meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Notes. In addition, in connection with
any resales of New Notes, any  broker-dealer (a  "Participating  Broker-Dealer")
who  acquired  Old  Notes  for its own  account  as a  result  of  market-making
activities or other  trading  activities  must deliver a prospectus  meeting the
requirements  of the  Securities  Act in  connection  with any resale of the New
Notes.  The  Commission has taken the position,  in no-action  letters issued to
third parties,  that  Participating  Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus
delivery  requirements  with respect to the New Notes (other than a resale of an
unsold  allotment  from the  original  sales of Old Notes)  with the  prospectus
contained  in  the  Registration   Statement.   Under  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement,  the Company and the Guarantors  are required to allow  Participating
Broker-Dealers  (and  other  persons,  if any,  subject  to  similar  prospectus
delivery  requirements)  to use the  prospectus  contained  in the  Registration
Statement in connection  with the resale of such New Notes,  provided,  however,
they shall not be required to amend or supplement  such  prospectus for a period
exceeding 180 days after the consummation of the Exchange Offer.

     If (a) the Company and the Guarantors fail to file any of the  Registration
Statements  required by the Registration  Rights Agreement on or before the date
specified  for  such  filing,  (b) any of such  Registration  Statements  is not
declared  effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such
effectiveness  (the  "Effectiveness  Target  Date"),  (c)  the  Company  and the
Guarantors  fail to Consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 business days of the
Effectiveness  Target  Date with  respect  to the  Exchange  Offer  Registration
Statement,  or (d)  the  Shelf  Registration  Statement  or the  Exchange  Offer
Registration  Statement  is  declared  effective  but  thereafter  ceases  to be
effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities
during the periods  specified in the  Registration  Rights  Agreement (each such
event  referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above a  "Registration  Default"),
then the Company and the Guarantors  will pay Liquidated  Damages to each Holder
of Transfer  Restricted  Securities,  with  respect to the first  90-day  period
immediately  following the occurrence of such Registration  Default in an amount
equal to $.05 per

                                       25


week per  $1,000  principal  amount of Notes  constituting  Transfer  Restricted
Securities  held by such  Holder.  The  amount of the  Liquidated  Damages  will
increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount constituting
Transfer  Restricted  Securities with respect to each  subsequent  90-day period
until all  Registration  Defaults  have been  cured,  up to a maximum  amount of
Liquidated  Damages  of $.50 per  week  per  $1,000  principal  amount  of Notes
constituting  Transfer Restricted  Securities.  Liquidated Damages accrued as of
any interest  payment date will be payable on such date.  Following  the cure of
all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease.

     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions  set forth in this  Prospectus
and in the accompanying  Letter of Transmittal,  the Company will accept all Old
Notes validly tendered prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration
Date.  The  Company  will  issue  $1,000 in  principal  amount of New Notes (and
integral  multiples in excess thereof) in exchange for an equal principal amount
of outstanding  Old Notes tendered and accepted in the Exchange  Offer.  Holders
may tender some or all of their Old Notes  pursuant to the Exchange Offer in any
denomination of $1,000 or in integral multiples in excess thereof.

     Based on no-action  letters  issued by the staff of the Commission to third
parties, the Company believes that the New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale,  resold and otherwise
transferred  by  holders  thereof  (other  than  any  such  holder  that  is  an
"affiliate"  of the Company  within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
Act)  without   compliance  with  the  registration   and  prospectus   delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in
the  ordinary  course  of  such  holders'  business  and  such  holders  have no
arrangement  with any  person to  participate  in the  distribution  of such New
Notes. Any holder of Old Notes who tenders in the Exchange Offer for the purpose
of  participating  in a  distribution  of the  New  Notes  cannot  rely  on such
interpretation  by  the  staff  of the  Commission  and  must  comply  with  the
registration  and  prospectus  delivery  requirements  of the  Securities Act in
connection with any resale  transaction.  Each  broker-dealer  that receives New
Notes for its own account in exchange  for Old Notes,  where such Old Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making  activities or other
trading  activities,  must  acknowledge  that it will  deliver a  prospectus  in
connection with any resale of such New Notes.

     The form and terms of the New Notes  will be the same as the form and terms
of the Old Notes except that the New Notes will not bear legends restricting the
transfer thereof. The New Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old Notes.
The New  Notes  will  be  issued  under  and  entitled  to the  benefits  of the
Indenture.

     As of the date of this Prospectus, $130,000,000 million aggregate principal
amount of the Old Notes are  outstanding  and CEDE & Co., the nominee of DTC, is
the only registered  holder thereof.  In connection with the issuance of the Old
Notes,  the Company arranged for the Old Notes to be eligible for trading in the
PORTAL Market,  the National  Association of Securities  Dealers'  screen based,
automated market trading of securities  eligible for resale under Rule 144A, and
to be issued and  transferable in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC.
The New Notes will also be issuable and  transferable in book-entry form through
DTC.

     This Prospectus,  together with the accompanying Letter of Transmittal,  is
being sent to all registered holders as of __________, 1998 (the "Record Date").

     The Company  shall be deemed to have  accepted  validly  tendered Old Notes
when,  as and if the  Company  has given oral or written  notice  thereof to the
Exchange Agent.  See "Exchange  Agent." The Exchange Agent will act as agent for
the  tendering  holders of Old Notes for the purpose of receiving New Notes from
the Company and delivering New Notes to such holders.

     If any  tendered  Old Notes are not  accepted  for  exchange  because of an
invalid  tender or the  occurrence  of certain  other  events set forth  herein,
certificates  for any  such  unaccepted  Old  Notes  will be  returned,  without
expense,  to the tendering  holder thereof as promptly as practicable  after the
Expiration Date.

     Holders of Old Notes who tender in the Exchange  Offer will not be required
to pay brokerage  commissions  or fees or,  subject to the  instructions  in the
Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes

                                       26





pursuant to the Exchange  Offer.  The Company will pay all charges and expenses,
other than certain  applicable taxes, in connection with the Exchange Offer. See
"Fees and Expenses."

     Holders of Old Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters'  rights under
the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law or the Indenture in connection  with the
Exchange Offer.  The Company intends to conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance
with the  provisions of the  Registration  Rights  Agreement and the  applicable
requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder.  Old Notes that are not tendered for exchange in the Exchange  Offer
will  remain  outstanding  and  continue  to  accrue  interest,  but will not be
entitled to any rights or benefits under the Registration Rights Agreement.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

     The term  "Expiration  Date"  shall mean 5:00 p.m.  New York City time,  on
___________,  1998,  unless the  Company,  in its sole  discretion,  extends the
Exchange Offer, in which case the term  "Expiration  Date" shall mean the latest
date to which the Exchange Offer is extended.

     In order to extend  the  Expiration  Date,  the  Company  will  notify  the
Exchange  Agent of any extension by oral or written  notice and will mail to the
record holders of Old Notes an  announcement  thereof,  each prior to 9:00 a.m.,
New York City time,  on the next  business  day after the  previously  scheduled
Expiration  Date. Such  announcement may state that the Company is extending the
Exchange Offer for a specified period of time.

     The Company reserves the right (i) to delay acceptance of any Old Notes, to
extend the Exchange  Offer or to terminate  the Exchange  Offer and to refuse to
accept Old Notes not  previously  accepted,  if any of the  conditions set forth
herein under "Termination" shall have occurred and shall not have been waived by
the  Company  (if  permitted  to be waived by the  Company),  by giving  oral or
written notice of such delay,  extension or  termination to the Exchange  Agent,
and (ii) to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner ,deemed by it to
be advantageous  to the holders of the Old Notes.  Any such delay in acceptance,
extension,  termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable
by oral or written notice thereof.  If the Exchange Offer is amended in a manner
determined  by the Company to  constitute  a material  change,  the Company will
promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the
holders of the Old Notes of such amendment.

     Without  limiting the manner in which the Company may choose to make public
announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of
the Exchange Offer, the Company shall have no obligation to publish,  advertise,
or otherwise  communicate any such public  announcement,  other than by making a
timely release to the Dow Jones News Service.

Interest on the New Notes

     The New Notes will bear  interest  from the last  Interest  Payment Date on
which  interest was paid on the Old Notes,  or if interest has not yet been paid
on the Old Notes,  from October 24, 1997.  Such  interest  will be paid with the
first interest payment on the New Notes.  Interest on the Old Notes accepted for
exchange will cease to accrue upon issuance of the New Notes.

      The New Notes will bear interest at a rate of 97/8% per annum. Interest on
the New Notes will be payable semi-annually, in arrears on each Interest Payment
Date following the consummation of the Exchange Offer. Untendered Old Notes that
are not  exchanged  for New  Notes  pursuant  to the  Exchange  Offer  will bear
interest at a rate of 97/8% per annum after the Expiration Date.

Procedures for Tendering

     To tender in the Exchange Offer, a holder must complete,  sign and date the
Letter of  Transmittal,  or a facsimile  thereof,  have the  signatures  thereon
guaranteed  if  required  by the Letter of  Transmittal,  and mail or  otherwise
deliver such Letter of  Transmittal  or such  facsimile,  together  with the Old
Notes (unless the book-entry transfer procedures

                                       27


described  below are used) and any other  required  documents,  to the  Exchange
Agent for  receipt  prior to 5:00 p.m.,  New York City time,  on the  Expiration
Date.

     Any  financial  institution  that  is a  participant  in  DTC's  Book-Entry
Transfer Facility system may make bookentry delivery of the Old Notes by causing
DTC to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange  Agent's  account in accordance
with DTC's  procedure  for such transfer  Although  delivery of Old Notes may be
effected through  book-entry  transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC,
the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile  thereof),  with any required  signature
guarantees and any other required  documents,  must, in any case, be transmitted
to and received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent at its addresses set forth in
this Prospectus  prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
DELIVERY  OP  DOCUMENTS  TO DTC IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  ITS  PROCEDURES  DOES  NOT
CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

     The tender by a holder of Old Notes will  constitute  an agreement  between
such  holder and the  Company in  accordance  with the terms and  subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal.

     Delivery of all documents must be made to the Exchange Agent at its address
set forth  herein.  Holders  may also  request  that their  respective  brokers,
dealers,  commercial  banks,  trust companies or nominees effect such tender for
such holders.

     The method of delivery of Old Notes and the Letter of  Transmittal  and all
other  required  documents to the Exchange  Agent is at the election and risk of
the holders.  Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that holders use an
overnight or hand  delivery  service.  In all cases,  sufficient  time should be
allowed to assure timely delivery.  No Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes should
be sent to the Company.

     Only a holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.
The term "holder"  with respect to the Exchange  Offer means any person in whose
name Old Notes are  registered  on the books of the Company or any other  person
who has obtained a properly  completed bond power from the registered  holder or
any person whose Old Notes are held of record by DTC who desires to deliver such
Old Notes by book-entry Transfer at DTC.

     Any  beneficial  holder whose Old Notes are  registered  in the name of his
broker,  dealer,  commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender  should  contact such  registered  holder  promptly and instruct  such
registered  holder to tender on his behalf.  If such beneficial holder wishes to
tender on his own behalf,  such beneficial  holder must, prior to completing and
executing the Letter of Transmittal  and  delivering his Old Notes,  either make
appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such holder's
name or obtain a properly  completed bond power from the registered  holder. The
transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.

     Signatures on a Letter of  Transmittal  or a notice of  withdrawal,  as the
case may be,  must be  guaranteed  by a  member  firm of a  registered  national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.,
a commercial  bank or trust  company  having an office or  correspondent  in the
United States or an "eligible guarantor  institution" within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an "Eligible Institution") that is a participant
in a  recognized  medallion  signature  guarantee  program  unless the Old Notes
tendered  pursuant  thereto are tendered (i) by a registered  holder who has not
completed the box entitled "Special Issuance  Instructions" or "Special Delivery
Instructions"  on the  Letter  of  Transmittal  or (ii)  for the  account  of an
Eligible Institution.

     If the  Letter  of  Transmittal  is  signed  by a  person  other  than  the
registered  holder  of any Old Notes  listed  therein,  such Old  Notes  must be
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate  bond powers which  authorize such person
to  tender  the Old Notes on behalf of the  registered  holder,  in either  case
signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the Old Notes.

      If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators,  guardians, attorneys-in-fact,  officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or  representative  capacity,  such
persons  should so indicate  when  signing,  and unless  waived by the  Company,
submit  evidence  satisfactory  to the Company of their authority to so act with
the Letter of Transmittal.

                                       28


     All  questions as to the validity,  form,  eligibility  (including  time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of the tendered Old Notes will be determined
by the Company in its sole  discretion,  which  determination  will be final and
binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes
not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Company's  acceptance of which would,
in the  opinion of counsel  for the  Company,  be  unlawful.  The  Company  also
reserves the absolute right to waive any  irregularities or conditions of tender
as to  particular  Old  Notes.  The  Company's  interpretation  of the terms and
conditions of the Exchange Offer  (including the  instructions  in the Letter of
Transmittal)  will be final and  binding  on all  parties.  Unless  waived,  any
defects or  irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured
within such time as the  Company  shall  determine.  Neither  the  Company,  the
Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification
of defects or irregularities  with respect to tenders of Old Notes nor shall any
of them incur any  liability for failure to give such  notification.  Tenders of
Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until  such  irregularities  have
been cured or waived.  Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not
properly  tendered and as to which the defects or  irregularities  have not been
cured or waived  will be  returned  without  cost by the  Exchange  Agent to the
tendering  holder of such Old Notes unless  otherwise  provided in the Letter of
Transmittal as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

     In addition,  the Company  reserves the right in its sole discretion to (a)
purchase or make offers for any Old Notes that remain outstanding  subsequent to
the  Expiration  Date,  or, as set forth under  "Termination,"  to terminate the
Exchange Offer and (b) to the extent  permitted by applicable law,  purchase Old
Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The
terms of any such  purchases or offers may differ from the terms of the Exchange
Offer.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

     Holders who wish to tender  their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or any other  required  documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration  Date, or if such holder cannot complete the procedure for book-entry
transfer on a timely basis, may effect a tender if:

     (a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;

     (b) prior to the  Expiration  Date,  the Exchange  Agent receives from such
Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery (by facsimile  transmission,  mail or hand delivery)  setting forth the
name and  address  of the  holder of the Old Notes,  the  certificate  number or
numbers  of such Old Notes  and the  principal  amount  of Old  Notes  tendered,
stating that the tender is being made thereby,  and  guaranteeing  that,  within
three  business days after the Expiration  Date,  the Letter of Transmittal  (or
facsimile thereof),  together with the certificate(s) representing the Old Notes
(unless the  book-entry  transfer  procedures  are to be used) to be tendered in
proper  form for  transfer  and any other  documents  required  by the Letter of
Transmittal,  will be deposited by the  Eligible  Institution  with the Exchange
Agent; and

     (c)  such  properly  completed  and  executed  Letter  of  Transmittal  (or
facsimile thereof),  together with the certificate(s)  representing all tendered
Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of a book-entry  transfer
into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC of Old Notes delivered  electronically)
and all other  documents  required by the Letter of Transmittal  are received by
the Exchange Agent within three business days after the Expiration Date.

     Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be
sent to holders who wish to tender their Old Notes  according to the  guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

     Except as otherwise provided herein,  tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.


                                       29


      To  withdraw  a tender of Old Notes in the  Exchange  Offer,  a written or
facsimile  transmission  notice of  withdrawal  must be received by the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration  Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of
the person  having  deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn  (the  "Depositor"),
(ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or
numbers  and  principal  amount  of such  Old  Notes),  (iii) be  signed  by the
Depositor  in the  same  manner  as the  original  signature  on the  Letter  of
Transmittal  by which  such Old Notes  were  tendered  (including  any  required
signature  guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer  sufficient to
permit the Trustee  with  respect to the Old Notes to register  the  transfer of
such Old Notes into the name of the  Depositor  withdrawing  the tender and (iv)
specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be registered,  if different
from  that  of the  Depositor.  All  questions  as to  the  validity,  form  and
eligibility  (including  time of receipt)  of such  withdrawal  notices  will be
determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all
parties.  Any Old Notes so  withdrawn  will be deemed  not to have been  validly
tendered  for purposes of the  Exchange  Offer,  and no New Notes will be issued
with respect  thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly  retendered.
Any Old Notes that have been  tendered  but which are not  accepted for exchange
will be returned to the holder  thereof  without  cost to such holder as soon as
practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange
Offer.  Properly  withdrawn  Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the
procedures described above under "Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to
the Expiration Date.

Termination

     Notwithstanding  any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company will not
be required to accept for exchange,  or exchange New Notes for any Old Notes not
theretofore accepted for exchange, and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer
as provided herein before the acceptance of such Old Notes if: (i) any action or
proceeding  is  instituted  or  threatened  in any  court  or by or  before  any
governmental  agency with respect to the Exchange Offer, which, in the Company's
judgment,  might  materially  impair the  Company's  ability to proceed with the
exchange Offer or (ii) any law, statute, rule or regulation is proposed, adopted
or enacted,  or any existing law, statute,  rule or regulation is interpreted by
the staff of the Commission in a manner, which, in the Company's judgment, might
materially impair the Company's ability to proceed with the Exchange Offer.

     If the Company  determines that it may terminate the Exchange Offer, as set
forth  above,  the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Old Notes and return any
Old Notes  that have been  tendered  to the  holders  thereof,  (ii)  extend the
Exchange  Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the
Exchange  Offer,  subject to the rights of such holders of tendered Old Notes to
withdraw their tendered Old Notes,  or (iii) waive such  termination  event with
respect to the Exchange  Offer and accept all  properly  tendered Old Notes that
have not been  withdrawn.  If such waiver  constitutes a material  change in the
Exchange  Offer,  the Company will disclose such change by means of a supplement
to this  Prospectus  that will be distributed to each  registered  holder of Old
Notes,  and the Company will extend the  Exchange  Offer for a period of five to
ten business days,  depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner
of disclosure to the registered  holders of the Old Notes, if the Exchange Offer
would otherwise expire during such period.

Exchange Agent

     The  Marine  Midland  Bank has been  appointed  as  Exchange  Agent for the
Exchange  Offer.   Questions  and  requests  for  assistance  and  requests  for
additional  copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal  should be
directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:

      By Registered or Certified Mail:          By Hand or Overnight Delivery:




                     By Facsimile for Eligible Institutions:
                               (212) ___________.

                                       30


Fees and Expenses

         The expenses of soliciting  tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
be borne by the Company. The principal  solicitation for tenders pursuant to the
Exchange Offer is being made by mail.  Additional  solicitations  may be made by
officers and regular  employees of the Company and its affiliates in person,  by
telegraph or by telephone.

         The Company  will not make any  payments  to brokers,  dealers or other
persons soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will
pay the Exchange  Agent  reasonable and customary fees for its services and will
reimburse  the  Exchange  Agent for its  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  in
connection  therewith.  The  Company  may also pay  brokerage  houses  and other
custodians,  nominees and  fiduciaries  the  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses
incurred by them in forwarding copies of this Prospectus, Letters of Transmittal
and related  documents to the beneficial owners of the Old Notes and in handling
or forwarding tenders for exchange.

         The  expenses to be incurred in  connection  with the  Exchange  Offer,
including fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent and Trustee and accounting and
legal fees, will be paid by the Company.

         The Company  will pay all transfer  taxes,  if any,  applicable  to the
exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however,  certificates
representing New Notes or Old Notes not tendered or accepted for exchange are to
be delivered  to, or are to be  registered  or issued in the name of, any person
other than the registered  holder of the Old Notes tendered,  or if tendered Old
Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the
Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than
the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any
such  transfer  taxes  (whether  imposed on the  registered  holder or any other
persons) will be payable by the tendering  holder.  If satisfactory  evidence of
payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of
Transmittal,  the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed  directly to such
tendering holder.

Accounting Treatment

         The New Notes will be  recorded at the same  carrying  value as the Old
Notes, which is face value, as reflected in the Company's  accounting records on
the date of the exchange.  Accordingly,  no gain or loss for accounting purposes
will be recognized by the Company upon the  consummation  of the Exchange Offer.
The  expenses of the  Exchange  Offer will be  amortized by the Company over the
term of the New Notes under generally accepted accounting principles.

                                       31


                          CAPITALIZATION OF THE COMPANY

The  following  table sets forth,  as of November  29,  1997,  the  consolidated
capitalization  of the Company.  This table should be read in  conjunction  with
"Description of the Notes,"  "Description of New Credit Facility,"  "Description
of Holdings Preferred Stock" and the Consolidated  Financial  Statements and the
notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Offering Memorandum.

                                                   (dollars in
                                                   thousands)
New Credit Facility Revolving Credit Facility(1)   $  32,855
Term Loan Facility                                   100,000
Senior Subordinated Notes                            130,000
                                                   ---------
  Total Long-Term Debt                               262,855
Stockholders' equity (deficit)(2)                    (23,872)
                                                   ---------
          Total Capitalization                     $ 238,983
                                                   =========

- - - - ----------

(1)  The  Revolving  Credit  Facility  will provide for borrowing of up to $75.0
     million.  Giving  effect  to  the  Recapitalization,   average  outstanding
     borrowings  under the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  would  have been  $10.7
     million  during the twelve  months ended  November  29,  1997.  This amount
     excludes  letters of credit  which  will be issued to  replace  outstanding
     letters of credit established to facilitate merchandise purchase, which had
     an aggregate outstanding balance of $0.9 million as of November 29, 1997.

(2)  The following are the  components to reconcile the Company's  Stockholders'
     Equity to Pro Forma Holdings' Stockholders' Equity:

                                                 November 29, 1997
                                                 -----------------
                                      DESA                         DESA Holdings
                                 International    DESA Holdings     Consolidated
                                 -------------    -------------     ------------
                                             (dollars in thousands)

Historical Stockholders' Equity    $ (23,872)       $(121,383)       $(145,255) 



                                       32


           PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA OF HOLDINGS

     The following Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data are
based on the historical audited  consolidated  financial  statements of Holdings
included elsewhere in this Prospectus,  adjusted to give effect to the pro forma
adjustments  described in the notes thereto.  The Unaudited Pro Forma  Condensed
Consolidated  Statement  of Income Data of Holdings  for the year ended March 1,
1997 gives effect to the  Recapitalization  and the proposed  acquisition of the
Heath/Zenith  business as if they had occurred on March 3, 1996.  The  Unaudited
Pro Forma  Condensed  Consolidated  Statement of Income Data for the thirty-nine
weeks ended  November  29,  1997 gives  effect to the  Recapitalization  and the
proposed Heath/Zenith  acquisition as if they had occurred on March 2, 1997. The
Unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Income Data exclude non- recurring transaction
fees of $9.5 million  associated  with the  Recapitalization.  The Unaudited Pro
Forma  Condensed  Consolidated  Balance Sheet Data of Holdings  reflects the pro
forma adjustments related to the proposed Heath/Zenith  acquisition as though it
had occurred on November  29,  1997.  The  historical  information  utilized for
Heath/Zenith is based upon its financial  statements for the twelve months ended
December 31, 1996 and the nine months ended October 5, 1997.

     The pro  forma  adjustments  are  based  upon  available  data and  certain
assumptions  that  Holdings  believes are  reasonable.  The  Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed   Consolidated  Financial  Data  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of
Holdings'  financial  position or results of operations that might have occurred
had the Recapitalizationor the Heath/Zenith acquisition been completed as of the
dates   indicated   above  and  do  not  purport  to  represent  what  Holdings'
consolidated financial position or results of operations might be for any future
period or date. The Unaudited Pro Forma  Condensed  Consolidated  Financial Data
should be read in  conjunction  with the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements of
Holdings and the information contained in "Management's  Discussion and Analysis
of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  included  elsewhere in this
Offering Memorandum.

The Recapitalization was accounted for as a recapitalization.


                                       33




                                             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

                                                      STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA

                                                      Year Ended March 1, 1997
                                                           (in thousands)

                                                                                                     Pro Forma
                                                     Pro Forma                                     Adjustments for
                                         DESA       Adjustments for               Heath/Zenith      Heath/Zenith
                                      Historical   Recapitalization    Pro Forma   Historical        Acquisition        Pro Forma
                                      ----------   ----------------    ---------   ----------        -----------        ---------
                                                                                                            
Net sales                              $ 209,105     $                 $ 209,105     $  44,415       $                  $ 253,520
Cost of sales                            130,890                         130,890        34,758            (209)(9)        165,439
                                       ---------                       ---------     ---------       ---------          ---------
Gross profit                              78,215                          78,215         9,657             209             88,081
Selling and administrative expenses       42,656          (950)(1)        41,706         7,837            (984)(8)(9)      48,531
                                                                                                           (28)(10)
                                       ---------     ---------        ---------     ---------        ---------          ---------
Operating profit                          35,559           950           36,509         1,820            1,221             39,550
Interest expense                          14,509         6,814           21,323           559            1,970(6)          23,852
Other expenses                             2,601           (45)(3)        2,596          (150)             826(7)           3,272
                                                            40 (4)
                                       ---------     ---------        ---------     ---------        ---------          ---------
Income before income taxes                18,449        (5,859)          12,590         1,411           (1,575)            12,426
Income taxes                               7,733        (2,461)(5)        5,272           494             (563)(5)          5,203
                                       ---------     ---------        ---------     ---------        ---------          ---------
Income before extraordinary item.      $  10,716     $  (3,398)       $   7,318     $     917        $  (1,012)         $   7,223
                                       =========     =========        =========     =========        =========          =========
                                                                                   
                                                                                 
                          See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income Data



                                                                 34





                                             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

                                                      STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA

                                              Thirty-nine Weeks Ended November 29, 1997
                                                           (in thousands)


                                                                                                     Pro Forma
                                                     Pro Forma                                     Adjustments for
                                         DESA       Adjustments for               Heath/Zenith      Heath/Zenith
                                      Historical   Recapitalization    Pro Forma   Historical        Acquisition        Pro Forma
                                      ----------   ----------------    ---------   ----------        -----------        ---------
                                                                                                            
Net sales                              $193,404      $                 $193,404      $ 41,151          $                 $234,555
Cost of sales                           123,243                         123,243        31,409              (152)(9)       154,500
                                       --------                       ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Gross profit                             70,161                          70,161         9,742               152            80,055
Selling and administrative expenses      35,477           (700)(1)       34,777         6,256              (714)(8)(9)     40,298
                                                                                                            (21)(10)
                                       --------      ---------        ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Operating profit                         34,684            700           35,384         3,486               887            39,757
Interest expense                         11,321          5,748 (2)       17,069           587             1,363 (6)        19,019
Other expenses                            2,082            (35)(3)        2,077          (106)              619 (7)         2,590
                                                            30 (4)        
                                       --------      ---------        ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Income before income taxes               21,281         (5,043)          16,238         3,005            (1,095)           18,148
Income taxes                              8,769         (1,981)(5)        6,788           901               (99)(5)         7,590
                                       --------      ---------        ---------      --------          --------         ---------
Income before extraordinary item       $ 12,512      $  (3,062)       $   9,450      $  2,104          $   (996)        $  10,558
                                       ========      =========        =========      ========          ========         =========

                          See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income Data



                                                                 35





                                      NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED

                                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA
                                                  (In thousands)

                                                                                                       Thirty-nine Weeks
                                                                                Fiscal Year Ended           Ended
                                                                                  March 1, 1997         November 29, 1997
                                                                                  -------------         -----------------
                                                                                                 

Pro Forma Adjustments:

(1) To eliminate  historical  payments made under existing management bonus plan
    and to reflect  payments  under the  management  bonus plan to be adopted in
    connection with the Recapitalization, as follows:

    Management incentive compensation plan that will be
      adopted by the Company                                                          $    500          $    500
    Less: Existing management incentive compensation plan                               (1,450)           (1,200)
                                                                                      --------          --------
    Pro forma adjustment                                                              $   (950)         $   (700)
                                                                                      ========          ========

(2) The pro  forma  adjustment  to  interest  expense  for the  Recapitalization
    reflects the following:

    Interest expense related to new debt:
      New Revolving Credit Facility                                                   $     43          $    926
      New Term Loans                                                                     8,074             6,226
      New Senior Subordinated Notes                                                     12,838             9,627
      Commitment Fee: Line of Credit                                                       181               180
      Other interest and bank charges                                                      187               110
                                                                                      --------          --------
         Subtotal                                                                       21,323            17,069
    Less: Interest expense relating to Existing Credit Facility                        (14,509)          (11,321)
                                                                                      --------          --------
    Pro forma adjustment                                                              $  6,814          $  5,748
                                                                                      ========          ========

(3) To eliminate historical management fees and related expenses and to
    reflect management fees to be paid subsequent to the
    Recapitalization, as follows:

    Management fee subsequent to the Recapitalization                                 $    240          $    180
    Less: Historical management fee                                                       (285)             (215)
                                                                                      --------          --------
    Pro forma adjustment                                                              $    (45)         $    (35)
                                                                                      ========          ========

(4) To eliminate  amortization  of historical  deferred  financing  costs and to
    reflect   amortization  of  deferred  financing  costs  to  be  incurred  in
    connection with the Recapitalization:

    Amortization of deferred financing costs to be incurred in connection
    with the Recapitalization                                                         $  1,016          $    762
    Less: Amortization of historical deferred financing costs                             (976)             (732)
                                                                                      --------          --------
    Pro forma adjustment                                                              $     40          $     30
                                                                                      ========          ========



                                                        36



                                                                                                       Thirty-nine Weeks
                                                                                Fiscal Year Ended           Ended
                                                                                  March 1, 1997         November 29, 1997
                                                                                  -------------         -----------------
                                                                                                 


(5) To record the income tax benefit related to pro forma adjustments;  computed
    using an effective tax rate of 42%.

(6) The  pro  forma   adjustment  to  interest   expense  for  the  Heath/Zenith
    acquisition reflects the following:

    Interest expense related to new debt:
      Working capital advance                                                         $    726          $    561
      Acquisition advance                                                                1,653             1,276
      Note payable                                                                         150               113
                                                                                      --------          --------
         Subtotal                                                                        2,529             1,950
    Less: Interest expense relating to Existing Credit Facility                           (559)             (587)
                                                                                      --------          --------
    Pro forma adjustment                                                              $  1,970          $  1,363
                                                                                      ========          ========

(7) To eliminate amortization of historical goodwill and to reflect amortization
    of goodwill to be incurred in connection with the Heath/Zenith acquisition:

    Amortization of goodwill to be incurred in connection with the acquisition        $    677          $    508
    Less: Amortization of historical goodwill                                              149               111
                                                                                      --------          --------
    Pro forma adjustment                                                              $    826          $    619
                                                                                      ========          ========

(8) To eliminate historical management fees and related expenses and to
    reflect management fees to be paid subsequent to the
    Heath/Zenith acquisition, as follows:

    Management fee subsequent to the acquisition                                      $   --            $   --
    Less: Historical management fee                                                       (217)             (169)
                                                                                      --------          --------
    Pro forma adjustment                                                              $   (217)         $   (169)
                                                                                      ========          ========

(9) To reflect synergies related to the Heath/Zenith acquisition, as follows:

    Cost of Sales                                                                     $   (209)         $   (152)
    Selling, general & administrative                                                     (767)             (546)
                                                                                      --------          --------
    Pro forma adjustment                                                              $   (976)         $   (697)
                                                                                      ========          ========

(10) To eliminate depreceiation recorded in Selling, General & Administrative                                                   
     expenses that is related to the real estate which is not being acquired in
      the Heath/Zenth acquisition:                                                    $    (28)         $    (21)      
                                                                                      --------          --------       
                                                                                                                            
Pro forma adjustment                                                                  $    (28)         $    (21)    
                                                                                      ========          ========     

                                                                               
                                                        37                     




                                           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED

                                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                                  (in thousands)

                                                                                    As of November 29, 1997
                                                                                    -----------------------
                                                                  DESA        Heath/Zenith         Pro Forma
                                                               Historical     Historical(A)       Adjustments         Pro Forma
                                                               ----------     -------------       -----------         ---------
                                                                                                         
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                   $     201        $     131           $                   $     332
  Accounts receivable (net)
   Trade                                                         65,586            8,268                                  73,854
    Other                                                          --              1,079                                   1,079
  Inventories                                                    27,133           10,539                                  37,672
  Other current assets                                            2,331            1,721                                   4,052
                                                              ---------        ---------           ---------           ---------
Total current assets                                             95,251           21,738                  --             116,989
Fixed assets (net)                                               11,409            1,040                (713)(4)          11,736
Goodwill(B)                                                      39,999           (1,651)             29,746 (5)          67,094
Other assets                                                     11,121            1,561                                  12,682
                                                              ---------        ---------           ---------           ---------
Total assets                                                  $ 157,780        $  22,688           $  28,033           $ 208,501
                                                              =========        =========           =========           =========

Liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)
 Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                            $  25,114        $   4,580           $  (1,273)(1)       $  28,421
  Accrued liabilities                                            10,319            6,121                                  16,440
 Note payable                                                      --              7,160              (7,160)(2)           2,000
                                                                                                       2,000 (3)               
  Income taxes payable                                            2,705             --                  (210)(3)           2,495
  Current portion of long-term debt                              22,355              221                (221)(2)          22,555  
                                                                                                         200 (3)
                                                              ---------        ---------            --------           ---------
Total current liabilities                                        60,493           18,082              (6,664)             71,911
Long-term debt                                                  240,500              313                (313)(2)         269,500
                                                                                                      29,000 (3)               
Deferred tax liabilities                                          1,663             --                                     1,663
Other liabilities                                                   379             --                                       379
                                                              ---------        ---------            --------           ---------
Total liabilities                                             $ 303,035           18,395              22,023             343,453
Commitments
Redeemable preferred stock                                       17,600             --                                    17,600
Stockholders' equity (deficit)                                 (162,855)           4,293               6,400 (3)        (152,552)
                                                                                                        (390)(3)     
                                                              ---------        ---------            --------           ---------
  (deficit)                                                   $ 157,780        $  22,688           $  28,033           $ 208,501
                                                              =========        =========           =========           =========


<FN>
(A)      Heath/Zenith based upon October 5, 1997 financial statements

(B)      Heath/Zenith historical goodwill is negative goodwill

</FN>

      See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet



                                                        38




                                      NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED

                                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                                                                  
Pro Forma Adjustments:
     
(1) To eliminate payable to affiliate                                                   $ (1,273)
                                                                                        =========
(2) To reflect payment of debt, as follows:
             Note payable                                                               $ (7,160)
             Bank debt                                                                      (534)
                  Pro forma adjustment                                                  $ (7,694)
                                                                                       
(3) To reflect the  sources and uses of cash and cash  equivalents        
    used to finance the Heath/Zenith acquisition, as follows:
        Sources:
             New Credit Facility-Revolving Credit Facility                              $  9,200
                      New Credit Facility-Acquisition Facility                            20,000
                      Sale of Common Stock                                                 6,400
                      Note payable                                                         2,000
                                                                                        --------
                                                                                        $ 37,600
                                                                                        ========
                 Uses:
                      Purchase of Heath/Zenith                                          $ 37,000
                      Financing costs                                                        600
                                                                                        --------
                                                                                        $ 37,600
                                                                                        ========

(4) To eliminate real estate not being acquired as part of the Heath/Zenith 
    acquisition                                                                         $   (713)
                                                                                        ======== 
                                                                                                 
(5)  To reflect goodwill associated with the Heath/Zenith acquisition                   $ 28,746
                                                                                        ========
                                                                                                 


                                       39


                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     Set forth below are selected historical financial data and other historical
operating data of Holdings.  The summary historical Statements of Operating Data
and  Balance  Sheet Data  below for each of the years in the three  year  period
ended March 1, 1995 and as of March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997 have been  derived
from the audited  consolidated  financial statements of Holdings which have been
audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent  auditors,  and are included elsewhere
in this Prospectus. The summary historical Statement of Operating Data below for
the year ended  February 26, 1994  represents the unaudited pro forma results of
combining the  consolidated  income  statement data of Holdings from its date of
incorporation,  December  1, 1993,  through  February  26,  1994 with the income
statement data of the Company from February 28, 1993 through  November 30, 1993,
which statements for the three and nine month periods,  not presented separately
herein,  have also been  audited by Ernst & Young LLP.  The  summary  historical
Balance  Sheet Data at  February  26,  1994 has been  derived  from the  audited
consolidated  balance  sheet of Holdings  which has also been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, but which is not included  elsewhere herein.  The summary  historical
Statement  of  Operating  Data and Balance  Sheet Data at and for the year ended
February  27, 1993 have been  derived  from the audited  consolidated  financial
statements of the Company which have also been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, but
which are not included  elsewhere herein.  The summary  historical  Statement of
Operating  Data for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30, 1996 and November
29, 1997 and the summary historical Balance Sheet Data at November 29, 1997 have
been derived from  Holdings'  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements for
those periods included  elsewhere in the Offering  Memorandum and, in each case,
include,  in the opinion of  management,  all  adjustments  consisting of normal
recurring adjustments,  necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the
unaudited interim periods. Results of operations for the thirty-nine weeks ended
November  29, 1997 are not  necessarily  indicative  of the results  that may be
expected for the entire year. The  information  presented  below is qualified in
its  entirety  by,  and  should be read in  conjunction  with  "Capitalization,"
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.


                                                                                                                  Thirty-one
                                                          Fiscal Year                                            Weeks Ended
                                                          -----------                                            -----------
                                                                                                         November 30,   November 29,
                                            1993          1994         1995        1996(1)      1997         1996          1997
                                            ----          ----         ----        -------      ----         ----          ----
                                                            (in thousands, except ratios)           (unaudited)
                                                                                                         
Statement of Operating Data:
Net sales(2)                             $  98,712     $ 122,777     $ 172,501    $ 186,324   $ 209,105    $ 173,587     $ 193,404
Cost of sales                               66,902        80,444       107,484      116,217     130,890      108,587       123,243
                                         ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------     ---------
Gross profit                                31,810        42,333        65,017       70,107      78,215       65,000        70,161
Selling and administrative expenses         21,742         26,008       33,851       35,503      42,656       32,083        35,477
                                         ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------     ---------
Operating profit(3)                         10,068        16,325        31,166       34,604      35,559       32,917        34,684
Interest expense                             4,186         4,349         5,777        7,073      14,509       11,105        11,321
Other expenses                                 578           875         2,124        2,325       2,601        1,830         2,082
                                         ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------     ---------
Income before income taxes                   5,304        11,101        23,265       25,206      18,449       19,982        21,281
Income taxes                                 2,154         4,702        10,064       10,703       7,733        8,378         8,769
                                         ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------     ---------
Income before extraordinary item             3,150         6,399        13,201       14,503      10,716       11,604        12,512
Extraordinary item                            --           4,387          --          2,638        --           --           7,797
                                         ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------     ---------
Net income                               $   3,150     $   2,012     $  13,201    $  11,865   $  10,716    $  11,604     $   4,715
                                         =========     =========     =========    =========   =========    =========     =========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4)         2.1x          2.9x          4.4x         4.0x        2.2x         2.1x          2.7x
Other Data:
EBITDA (5)                               $  11,790     $  18,198     $  33,270    $  36,853   $  37,779    $  35,019     $  36,749
EBITDA margin                                 11.9%         14.8%         19.3%        19.8%       18.1%        20.2%         19.0%
Capital expenditures                     $   1,655     $   1,420     $   1,499    $   2,122   $   2,770    $   1,662     $   3,690
Depreciation                                 1,927         1,938         2,148        2,332       2,432        2,127         2,363
Amortization                                   335         1,620(6)      1,966        1,963       2,104        1,571         1,569
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Cash and cash equivalents                $     462     $   1,597     $  16,170    $     145   $   5,058    $     393     $     201
Working capital (deficit)                    5,563         6,680         9,738       (1,194)     (8,566)      35,680        34,758
Total assets                                27,867        84,055       107,259       85,545      91,984      137,105       157,780
Long-term debt                              27,956        62,000        49,700      149,709     130,600      163,194       240,500
Stockholders' equity (deficit)             (13,210)        2,279        16,194      (95,402)    (84,754)     (83,577)     (145,255)
- - - - ----------
<FN>
(1)      53-week  fiscal  year.  Holdings  was  party to a  recapitalization  in  January  1996  which  impacted  interest  expense,
         stockholders' equity and long term debt.
                                                                 40


(2)      Net sales constitute gross sales net of an accrual for returns and allowances and cash discounts.

(3)      Operating income is before  amortization of intangibles and deferred charges and certain  management fees and miscellaneous
         expenses.  Management fees and related expenses  amounted to $38, $25, $114, $279 and $285 for the fiscal years 1993, 1994,
         1995, 1996 and 1997,  respectively,  and $234 and $215 for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30, 1996 and November 29,
         1997, respectively.  Miscellaneous  (income)/expenses amounted to $205, $65, $44, $83 and $212 for fiscal 1993, 1994, 1995,
         1996 and 1997,  respectively,  and $25 and $298 for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November 30, 1996 and November 29, 1997,
         respectively.

(4)      For purposes of computing  this ratio,  earnings  consist of income before income taxes plus fixed  charges.  Fixed charges
         consist of interest  expense,  amortization of deferred  financing cost and 33% of rent expense from operating leases which
         the Company believes is a reasonable approximation of the interest factor included in the rent.

(5)      EBITDA is defined as income before taxes plus interest  expense and depreciation as well as amortization of intangibles and
         deferred  charges and  management  fees and related  expenses  which are  included in other  expenses on the  Statement  of
         Operating Data. EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a leveraged company's ability to
         service  and/or incur  indebtedness  and because  management  believes  that EBITDA is a relevant  measure of the Company's
         ability to generate cash without regard to the Company's capital structure or working capital needs. However, EBITDA should
         not be  considered  as an  alternative  to net income as a measure of a company's  operating  results or to cash flows from
         operating activities as a measure of liquidity. EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used
         by other companies,  depending upon the non- cash charges included. When evaluating EBITDA,  investors should also consider
         other factors which may influence operating and investing  activities,  such as changes in operating assets and liabilities
         and purchases of property and equipment.

(6)      Includes amortization of $835 included in extraordinary item.

(7)      The Company's  business is subject to a pattern of seasonal  fluctuation.  As such, the Company's needs for working capital
         tend to peak in the second and third fiscal quarters.
</FN>



                                                                 41



                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction

     The  following  discussion  should be read in  conjunction  with  "Selected
Financial Data" and the audited  Consolidated  Financial  Statements of Holdings
and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Offering Memorandum.

     The Company is  organized  into two primary  product  categories:  (a) Zone
Heating  Products  (80% of domestic  fiscal 1997 gross  sales),  which  includes
indoor room  heaters,  hearth  products and outdoor  heaters,  and (b) Specialty
Tools (20% of domestic fiscal 1997 gross sales),  which includes powder actuated
fastening systems (tools and accessories) and electrical  products.  The Company
records sales upon shipment of products to its customers.  Net sales  constitute
gross sales net of an accrual for returns and allowances and cash discounts.

     The Company has experienced  strong historical  growth,  with net sales and
EBITDA  increasing  at CAGRs of 20% and 29%,  respectively,  from fiscal 1992 to
fiscal 1997. The Company's growth has been driven by strong  performance  across
all  product  categories  from both new  product  introductions  and  internally
generated growth. The Company has made only three small acquisitions from fiscal
1992 to fiscal 1997. Since fiscal 1992, new product introductions have generated
approximately 56% of the Company's sales growth.  The Company focuses on its new
product  development  efforts  on  products  that (i) are  complementary  to its
current   product   offerings   or  that  utilize  the   Company's   established
technologies,  and  (ii)  can be sold  through  the  Company's  well-established
distribution  channels.  The  Company's  strategy is to introduce its new hearth
products in the specialty heating channel (i.e., liquid propane distributors and
natural gas utilities) and then expand the  distribution to the consumer channel
(i.e.,  home  centers and mass  merchandisers).  As part of this  strategy,  the
Company began selling its line of vent-free  fireplace  products,  introduced to
the  specialty  heating  channel in fiscal 1995, to Lowe's in fiscal 1997 and to
Home Depot in fiscal 1998.

     Zone heating  product  revenues have been driven by factors such as (i) the
effectiveness  of zone heating  products for area  heating,  (ii) the  increased
availability  of these  products  as a result of the growth in home  improvement
retailers,  (iii) the cost  efficiency  of  natural  gas and  propane as heating
fuels,  (iv) favorable  regulatory  trends and (v) seasonal weather  conditions.
Specialty  tools  revenues  have been  driven by  demand  of DIY  consumers  and
commercial contractors.

     In fiscal  1997,  approximately  $19.6  million or 9.4% of DESA's net sales
were  generated  outside  the U.S.  DESA  adapts its  domestic  product  line to
accommodate local requirements,  government  regulations and user preferences in
each international market.

     Principally  due to sales of zone  heating  products,  DESA's  business  is
seasonal,  as depicted by the following table which sets forth certain operating
results of DESA for each of the four consecutive  fiscal quarters in the periods
ending March 1, 1997 and March 2, 1996 (dollars in thousands):


                                        First         Second        Third       Fourth
                                       Quarter        Quarter      Quarter      Quarter       Total
                                       -------        -------      -------      -------       -----
                                                                            
Fiscal 1997
      Total Net Sales                 $ 24,267      $ 60,021      $ 89,299     $ 35,518      $209,105
      Operating Profit                     926        12,844        19,150        2,639        35,559
Fiscal 1996
      Total Net Sales                 $ 25,986      $ 67,986      $ 66,092     $ 26,260      $186,324
      Operating Profit                   3,838        15,452        14,037        1,277        34,604


     Approximately  70% of annual  sales  occur in the second  and third  fiscal
quarters  (June-November)  as the Company's zone heating  customers  place early
booking  orders for  shipment  in  anticipation  of the winter  selling  season.
Approximately  60% of the  Company's  annual  sales  volume  are  booked  in the
five-month period of March through July.

                                       42


     DESA has not historically been capital  intensive.  The Company has focused
on investing in programs which either reduce  operating  costs or facilitate new
product development.  The Company has a long-standing cost reduction program and
has  exceeded its annual cost  reduction  goal of 3% of cost of sales in each of
the last three fiscal years. Historically,  the Company's cost reduction efforts
have been focused on indoor  vent-free  heaters and outdoor  heaters.  In fiscal
1998,  the  Company's  cost  reduction  efforts are focused on some of its newer
products, such as vent-free hearth products.


                                              Historical Capital Expenditures
                                                  (dollars in thousands)
                                                                                     Fiscal Year
                                                                                     -----------
                                                              1992        1993        1994      1995       1996      1997
                                                              ----        ----        ----      ----       ----      ----
                                                                                                
Replacement Expenditures, Cost Reduction Programs, New
  Products and Capacity                                      $1,331      $1,132      $1,420   $1,499      $2,122   $2,770
Acquisitions/Buildings/Other                                    754(1)      523(2)        0      664(3)        0        0
Total Capital Expenditures                                   $2,085      $1,655      $1,420   $2,163      $2,122   $2,770
                                                             ======      ======      ======   ======      ======   ======
- - - - ----------
<FN>
(1)      Acquisition of a vented heater product line and an electric generator product line

(2)      Bowling Green, Kentucky office building expansion to replace leased offices

(3)      Acquisition of an outdoor heater product line
</FN>

Results of Operations

     The following  table sets forth certain income  statement  information  for
Holdings for the fiscal years ended  February 25, 1995,  March 2, 1996 and March
1, 1997 and the  thirty-nine  week periods ended  November 30, 1996 and November
29, 1997:


                                           Fiscal Year Ended                                       Thirty-nine Weeks Ended
                       -----------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------
                               Percentage          Percentage           Percentage               Percentage              Percentage
                                  of                   of                   of      November 30,     of      November 29,    of
                        1995   Net Sales    1996    Net Sales     1997   Net Sales     1996       Net Sales     1997      Net Sales
                        ----   ---------    ----    ---------     ----   ---------     ----       ---------     ----      ---------
                                                                                                
Net sales             $172,501   100.0%   $186,324    100.0%   $209,105    100.0%   $173,587      100.0%     $193,404       100.0%
Cost of sales          107,484    62.3%    116,217     62.4%    130,890     62.6%    108,587       62.6%      123,243        63.7%
                      --------   -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    --------      -----      --------       -----
Gross profit            65,017    37.7%     70,107     37.6%     78,215     37.4%     65,000       37.4%       70,161        36.3%
Selling and                                                                                                              
  administrative                                                                                                         
  expenses              33,851    19.6%     35,503     19.1%     42,656     20.4%     32,083       18.5%       35,477        18.3%
                      --------   -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    --------      -----      --------       -----
Operating profit        31,166    18.1%     34,604     18.5%     35,559     17.0%     32,917       19.0%       34,684        17.9%
Other expenses           2,124     1.2%      2,325      1.2%      2,601      1.2%      1,830        1.1%        2,082         1.1%
Interest expense         5,777     3.3%      7,073      3.8%     14,509      6.9%     11,105        6.4%       11,321         5.9%
                      --------   -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    --------      -----      --------       -----
Income before                                                                                                            
  provision for                                                                                                          
  taxes                 23,265    13.6%     25,206     13.5%     18,449      8.9%     19,982       11.5%       21,281        11.0%
Provision for                                                                                                            
  income taxes          10,064     5.8%     10,703      5.7%      7,733      3.7%      8,378        4.8%        8,769         4.6%
                      --------   -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    --------      -----      --------       -----
Income before                                                                                                            
  extraordinary                                                                                                          
  item                  13,201     7.8%     14,503      7.8%     10,716      5.2%     11,604        6.7%       12,512         6.4%
                      --------   -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    --------      -----      --------       -----
Extraordinary item        --       0.0%      2,638      1.4%       --        0.0%       --          0.0%        7,797         4.0%
                      --------   -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    --------      -----      --------       -----
Net income            $ 13,201     7.8%   $ 11,865      6.4%   $ 10,716      5.2%   $ 11,604        6.7%     $  4,715         2.4%
                      --------   -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    --------      -----      --------       -----

                                                        43


Thirty-nine  Weeks Ended November 29, 1997 Compared to  Thirty-nine  Weeks Ended
November 30, 1996

   Net Sales.  Total net sales  increased  11.2%  from  $173.6  million  for the
thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30, 1996 to $193.4 million for the thirty-nine
weeks ended November 29, 1997. Indoor heating and hearth product sales increased
36.7% from $67.6 million to $92.4 million due to increased  acceptance of hearth
products in both the Company's  consumer  channel (e.g.,  Home Depot and Lowe's)
and its traditional  specialty gas channel (i.e.,  liquid propane  distributors)
and the growth of DESA's  existing  customers.  Outdoor  heating  products sales
declined 12.1% from $64.3 million to $56.5 million due to the impact of the mild
1996/1997  winter  weather  which left certain of the Company's  customers  with
higher  than  anticipated  inventory  levels.   Specialty  tools  product  sales
increased  9.8% to $32.4  million due to DESA's  expansion  within the  consumer
channel.

   Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased  13.4% from  $108.6  million for the
thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30, 1996 to $123.2 million for the thirty-nine
weeks ended  November 29, 1997. The increase was primarily  associated  with the
increase in net sales over the same period.  Gross profit margin  decreased from
37.4% to 36.3%. The decrease in gross profit margin resulted  primarily from the
decrease in sales of outdoor  heating  products,  which have higher gross profit
margins than hearth products and specialty tools. In addition,  gross profit was
adversely  impacted as a result of  inefficiencies  relating to the expansion of
hearth products capacity at the Shelbyville plant (new paint system, fabrication
equipment/tooling and workforce training).

   Selling and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling and  administrative  expenses
increased 10.6% from $32.1 million for the thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30,
1996 to $35.5 million for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November 29, 1997.  The
increase  was due  primarily  to the increase in net sales over the same period.
However,  these costs  declined as a percentage of sales from 18.5% to 18.3% due
to increased  operating leverage as a result of the increase in sales during the
period.

   Operating  Profit.  Due to the  factors  described  above,  operating  profit
increased 5.5%, from $32.9 million for the thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30,
1996 to $34.7 million for the thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997.

   Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased modestly from $11.1 million for
the  thirty-nine  weeks  ended  November  30,  1996  to  $11.3  million  for the
thirty-nine  weeks ended  November 29, 1997, as higher current  working  capital
requirements  were largely offset by the debt reductions due to increased fiscal
year 1997 cash flow.

   Income Tax. Income taxes increased 6.5% from $8.4 million for the thirty-nine
weeks ended  November 30, 1996 to $8.9 million for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended
November  29,  1997.  The  overall  effective  income  tax rate was 42% for both
periods.

   Net Income.  Net income before  extraordinary  item increased 6.9% from $11.6
million for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended November 30, 1996 to $12.4 million for
the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November  29,  1997 due to the factors  described
above.

   Extraordinary Item. The extraordinary item of $7.8 million in the thirty-nine
weeks ended November 29, 1997 reflects the costs of the Recapitalization.

Year Ended March 1, 1997 (52 weeks) Compared to the Year Ended March 2, 1996 (53
weeks)

Net sales.  Net sales  increased  12.2% from  $186.3  million for the year ended
March 2, 1996 to $209.1 million for the year ended March 1, 1997. Indoor heating
product sales  increased  10.1% from $69.3  million to $76.3  million  driven by
higher  hearth  product  sales due  primarily  to increased  penetration  of the
consumer  channel.  Outdoor  heating  product sales  increased  18.2% from $75.2
million to $88.9  million  due to an  increase in  promotion,  expansion  in the
hardware/home  center  channel  and  higher  sales  resulting  from  the  colder
1996/1997  winter weather in Europe.  Specialty  tool sales  increased 5.0% from
$41.8 million to $43.9 million due primarily to continued growth in the consumer
channel
                                       44


of powder actuated tools and related accessories and the expansion of one of the
Company's  chain saw models to a major  customer  which  replaced a  competitive
product.

   Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased  12.7% from $116.2 million in fiscal
year 1996 to $130.9  million in fiscal year 1997. The increase was primarily due
to sales growth of 12.2% for the same period.  As a percentage  of sales,  gross
profit  margin  decreased  slightly  from  37.6% to 37.4%.  Gross  margins  were
negatively affected by a shift in product mix which was partially offset by cost
reductions and margin improvements  realized as a result of increased production
volume resulting from sales growth.

   Selling and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling and  administrative  expenses
increased  20.3% from  $35.5  million  in fiscal  year 1996 to $42.7  million in
fiscal year 1997 due primarily to the sales growth of 12.2% for the same period.
Selling and  administrative  expenses  increased as a  percentage  of sales from
19.1% in  fiscal  1996 to 20.4% in  fiscal  1997 due to a  consumer  advertising
program,  key account  volume  rebate  program,  warranty  expense and executive
recruiting expenses.

   Operating  Profit.  Operating  profit  increased  2.9% from $34.6  million in
fiscal 1996 to $35.6 million in fiscal 1997 due to the factors mentioned above.

   Interest  Expense.  Interest  expense  increased  104.2% from $7.1 million in
fiscal  year 1996 to $14.5  million  in fiscal  year 1997.  The higher  interest
expense relates to the increased borrowings associated with the recapitalization
of Holdings in January 1996.

   Income Taxes.  Income taxes  (exclusive of  extraordinary  item) decreased by
28.0% from $10.7 million in fiscal 1996 to $7.7 million in fiscal year 1997. The
overall effective income tax rate is 42% for both periods.

   Net Income. Net income decreased 10.1% from $11.9 million in fiscal year 1996
to $10.7  million  in fiscal  year 1997.  This  reduction  reflected  the higher
interest  expense  incurred  during  fiscal 1997.  Fiscal 1996  performance  was
adversely affected by the write-off of unamortized balance of deferred financing
costs of existing debt in connection  with the  recapitalization  of Holdings in
January 1996.

Year Ended March 2, 1996 (53 weeks) Compared to the Year Ended February 25, 1995
(52 weeks)

   Net sales.  Net sales  increased  8.0% from $172.5 million for the year ended
February 25, 1995,  to $186.3  million for the year ended March 2, 1996.  Indoor
heating  product sales increased by 2.4% from $67.7 million to $69.3 million due
to sales increases in mini-hearth  and vent-free  fireplace  products  partially
offset by lower gas log sales  resulting from higher than  anticipated  customer
inventories  of gas logs at the  beginning of fiscal 1996 in the  specialty  gas
channel of  distribution.  Outdoor  heating  product sales  increased 14.0% from
$66.0 million to $75.2  million due to increased  promotion and expansion in the
hardware/home  center  channel.  Specialty tool sales  increased 7.5% from $38.9
million to $41.8  million due  primarily to continued  growth in sales of powder
actuated tools and related accessories.

   Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased  8.1% from $107.5  million in fiscal
1995 to $116.2  million in fiscal 1996 due to sales  growth of 8.0% for the same
period. Gross profit margin of 37.6% was comparable to prior year's gross profit
margin of 37.7%.

   Selling and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling and  administrative  expenses
increased 4.7% from $33.9 million in fiscal 1995 to $35.5 million in fiscal year
1996.  However,  these costs  decreased as a  percentage  of sales from 19.6% in
fiscal year 1995 to 19.1% in fiscal  1996  resulting  from a reduction  in sales
commissions and increased operating leverage due to the increase in sales during
the period.

   Operating  Profit.  Due to the  factors  discussed  above,  operating  profit
increased  10.9% from $31.2  million in fiscal  1995 to $34.6  million in fiscal
1996.

                                       45


   Interest  Expense.  Interest  expense  increased  22.4% from $5.8  million in
fiscal 1995 to $7.1  million in fiscal 1996 due to higher debt levels  resulting
from higher working capital requirements and the recapitalization of Holdings in
January 1996.

   Income Taxes.  Income taxes  increased 5.9% from $10.1 million in fiscal 1995
to $10.7  million in fiscal 1996 as the overall tax rate  decreased  from 43% in
fiscal 1995 to 42% in fiscal 1996 due to adoption of LIFO  inventory  accounting
which favorably affected income taxes.

   Net Income.  Net income  declined  9.8% from $13.2  million in fiscal 1995 to
$11.9 million in fiscal 1996.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historical

   The  Company's  primary  cash needs have been for  working  capital,  capital
expenditures and debt service  requirements.  The Company's sources of liquidity
have been cash flows from operations and borrowings  under its revolving  credit
facilities.  The  Company's  business  is  subject  to  a  pattern  of  seasonal
fluctuation.  The Company's needs for working capital and the corresponding debt
levels tend to peak in the second and third fiscal quarters. The amount of sales
generated during the second and third fiscal quarters  generally  depends upon a
number of factors,  including  the level of retail  sales for  heating  products
during the fall and winter,  weather conditions  affecting the level of sales of
heating  products,  general  economic  conditions,  and other factors beyond the
Company's control.

   Cash used in operating  activities for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended November
29, 1997 was $33.6 million  compared to $13.3 million for the thirty-nine  weeks
ended  November  30,  1996,  an increase  of $20.3  million.  Inventories  as of
November  29, 1997 were $8 million  higher than the amount at November 30, 1996,
to  support  higher  sales  and  production  activities.  Net cash  provided  by
operating  activities  was $18.4  million,  $19.4  million and $18.3 million for
fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

   Net cash used in  investing  activities  increased  from $1.6 million for the
thirty-nine  weeks ended  November 30, 1996 to $3.5 million for the  thirty-nine
weeks ended November 29, 1997 due to capital expenditures for a new powder paint
system and fabrication equipment at the Company's  Shelbyville,  Tennessee plant
to support growth of hearth products.  Net cash used in investing activities was
$2.9  million,  $2.1  million and $2.2  million in fiscal  1997,  1996 and 1995,
respectively,  consisting  primarily of capital  expenditures  for new products,
capacity increases and cost reduction programs. Fiscal 1995 also included a $0.9
million  acquisition  of an outdoor  heater  products line. Net cash provided by
financing  activities increased 114% from $15.2 million in the thirty-nine weeks
ended November 30, 1996 to $32.6 million in the thirty-nine weeks ended November
29,  1997  due to an  increase  in the  use of the  Company's  revolving  credit
facility to fund operations, primarily for the increase in inventories. Net cash
used in financing  activities  totaled  $10.6  million,  $18.0  million and $1.7
million in fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995.

   The Existing Credit Facility  provided for commitments in an aggregate amount
of up to  $220.0  million.  Borrowings  outstanding  under the  Existing  Credit
Facility were $135.5 million on November 29, 1997. Outstanding letters of credit
and foreign currency contracts  established to facilitate  merchandise purchases
were $0.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively, on November 29, 1997.

After the Recapitalization

   Following the  Recapitalization,  the Company's  primary sources of liquidity
will be cash flow from  operations  and  borrowings  under the Revolving  Credit
Facility.  The Company's primary uses of cash will be debt service requirements,
working capital and capital expenditures.

   Concurrently with the Recapitalization,  the Company issued the Old Notes for
$130.0  million  in gross  proceeds,  and  expects  to enter  into the Term Loan
Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility.  The Term Loan Facility is comprised
of two tranches,  each in the aggregate  principal amount of $50.0 million.  The
Revolving Credit Facility will provide

                                       46

revolving loans in an aggregate  amount of up to $75.0 million.  Upon closing of
the  Recapitalization,  the Company borrowed the full amount available under the
Term Loan  Facility  and $35.5  million  under the  Revolving  Credit  Facility.
Borrowings  under the Revolving Credit Facility were used partially to refinance
seasonal borrowings  outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility.  The amount
remaining available under the Revolving Credit Facility is available to fund the
working capital  requirements  of the Company.  Proceeds to the Company from the
issuance  of the Old  Notes and from  initial  borrowings  under the New  Credit
Facility,  less  the  repayment  of  the  Existing  Credit  Facility  and  other
indebtedness,  and transaction expenses,  were remitted to Holdings to partially
finance the  Recapitalization  and the fees and expenses of Holdings incurred in
connection   therewith.   To   provide   additional   financing   to  fund   the
Recapitalization,  Holdings  raised (i) $73.8 million through the sale to Childs
and the other Equity Investors of Holdings Common Stock  (representing  89.6% of
the outstanding shares upon completion of the Recapitalization),  and (ii) $17.6
million  through the  issuance to Childs and the other  Equity  Investors of the
Holdings Preferred Stock.

   The proceeds of the Old Notes,  the Holdings  Preferred  Stock,  the Holdings
Common Stock and the initial  borrowings under the New Credit Facility were used
to finance  the  purchase  of all  previously  outstanding  shares of  Holdings'
capital  stock  (other than shares of Holdings  Common  Stock  having an implied
value of $8.6 million which continue to be held by certain Existing Shareholders
and which  represent  10.4% of the shares of Holdings  Common Stock  immediately
following the transaction), to refinance outstanding indebtedness of the Company
and to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Recapitalization.

   Borrowings  under the New Credit  Facility  bear interest at a rate per annum
equal (at the  Company's  option) to a margin  over either a base rate or LIBOR.
The Revolving  Credit Facility will mature six years after the closing date. The
two tranches of the Term Loan Facility  will be amortized  over a six-year and a
seven-year period, respectively.  The Company's obligations under the New Credit
Facility  are  guaranteed  by  Holdings  and each of the  Company's  direct  and
indirect  domestic  subsidiaries.  The New Credit  Facility  and the  guarantees
thereof  are secured by  substantially  all assets of  Holdings  (including  the
capital stock of the Company) and its direct and indirect domestic  subsidiaries
and a pledge of the  capital  stock of all the  Company's  direct  and  indirect
subsidiaries,   subject  to  certain   limitations   with   respect  to  foreign
subsidiaries. The New Credit Facility contains customary covenants and events of
default,  including  substantial  restrictions on the Company's  ability to make
dividends  or  distributions  to  Holdings.   See  "Description  of  New  Credit
Facility." Based on the Company's  capital and loan structure upon completion of
the  Recapitalization,  the Company's  average monthly  revolver balance will be
approximately $15 million,  with peak borrowings of approximately $40.0 to $45.0
million  from  August  through  October.  In  addition,  the  Company  will have
approximately  $3.0 to $4.0 million of letters of credit  outstanding  under the
Revolving Credit Facility.

   The Holdings  Preferred Stock bears  cumulative  dividends at the rate of 12%
per annum  (payable  semi-annually).  Dividends  will compound to the extent not
paid. Subject to restrictions imposed by the Indenture,  the New Credit Facility
and  other  documents  relating  to  Holdings'  or the  Company's  indebtedness,
Holdings may exchange the  Holdings  Preferred  Stock for Exchange  Notes having
substantially  the same terms as the Holdings  Preferred  Stock.  The  Indenture
permits  Holdings,  under  certain  circumstances,  to exchange all  outstanding
Holdings  Preferred  Stock for Exchange Notes in an aggregate  principal  amount
equal to the aggregate liquidation preference of the Holdings Preferred Stock so
exchanged. The Exchange Notes will require Holdings to make semi-annual interest
payments thereon at a rate of 12% per annum. Subject to compliance with the debt
agreements  of Holdings  and the Company,  such  payments  must be in cash.  The
Indenture  restricts,  but does not prohibit,  the Company from making such cash
interest payments.  Under the Exchange Notes,  Holdings may defer the payment of
interest payable on or before November 30, 2001, with any such deferred interest
bearing interest at 12% per annum,  compounded  semi-annually.  Holdings will be
required  to make a catch-up  payment  immediately  prior to the first  interest
payment date after the fifth  anniversary  of the date of issuance to the extent
the aggregate  amount of such deferred  interest  exceeds an amount equal to one
year's  interest  on  the  originally   issued  Exchange  Notes.  The  Indenture
restricts,  but does not prohibit, the ability of Holdings to make such catch-up
payment.  See  "Description  of the Notes --  Certain  Covenants  --  Restricted
Payments" and "Description of Holdings  Preferred Stock -- Exchange Notes".  See
"Description of Holdings Preferred Stock."

   The Company  expects that capital  expenditures,  during  fiscal 1998 will be
approximately  $5.3 million,  including  $1.7 million for a new paint system and
fabrication equipment at the Company's  Shelbyville,  Tennessee plant to support
growth of hearth  products  and $1.3 million to expand the  engineering  lab and
offices at the Company's main facilities

                                       47


in Bowling Green, Kentucky.  Capital expenditures are expected to be funded from
internally generated cash flows and by borrowings under the New Credit Facility.

   Management believes that cash flow from operations and availability under the
Revolving  Credit  Facility  will  provide  adequate  funds  for  the  Company's
foreseeable working capital needs, planned capital expenditures and debt service
obligations.  The  Company's  ability to fund its  operations  and make  planned
capital expenditures, to make scheduled debt payments, to refinance indebtedness
and to remain in compliance  with all of the financial  covenants under its debt
agreements  depends on its future operating  performance and cash flow, which in
turn, are subject to prevailing economic  conditions and to financial,  business
and other factors, some of which are beyond its control. See "Risk Factors."


                                       48


                                    BUSINESS

     DESA is a leading  manufacturer and marketer of zone  heating/home  comfort
products  and  specialty  tools in the United  States.  Through  its  ability to
consistently  offer  consumers  quality  products  with  innovative  features at
attractive price points,  the Company has developed  leading market positions in
(i) vent-free  indoor heaters,  (ii) vent-free  hearth  products,  (iii) outdoor
heaters, (iv) consumer powder-actuated  fastening systems and (v) electric chain
saws. In fiscal 1997, approximately 90% of the Company's sales were generated in
the United States and 10% were generated in international  markets.  Over 85% of
the domestic sales were in product  categories  where DESA is the market leader.
The Company has grown rapidly with sales increasing from $83.0 million in fiscal
1992 to $209.1 million in fiscal 1997, representing a CAGR of 20%. The Company's
EBITDA increased from $10.6 million, or 12.8% of sales, in fiscal 1992, to $37.8
million, or 18.1% of sales, in fiscal 1997,  representing a CAGR of 29%. For the
twelve months ended October 4, 1997, the Company had sales of $222.1 million and
pro forma EBITDA of $39.8 million.

     The Company sells its products  through  multiple  consumer and  commercial
channels of  distribution  including the leading home centers,  mass  merchants,
warehouse  clubs,   hardware   cooperatives,   specialty  heating  distributors,
construction and industrial  equipment dealers,  farm supply outlets and natural
gas utilities under brand names well recognized by its customers.  The Company's
strategy is to aggressively target the fastest growing retailers/distributors in
each  channel and service  these  customers  through a  multi-brand  approach to
capture the largest possible share of a given product market.  In addition,  the
Company  has an  established  record of success in new product  development  and
product line extensions.  Over the last five years, DESA has introduced over 100
new  products  and line  extensions  which  generated  approximately  56% of the
Company's sales growth over that time period.

Zone Heating Products (80% of Fiscal 1997 Domestic Gross Sales)

     The zone heating market is comprised of indoor gas heaters, hearth products
(gas  logs,  fireplaces  and  stoves)  and  outdoor  heaters.  DESA is a leading
manufacturer of vent-free indoor and outdoor zone heating products in the United
States. DESA's domestic zone heating business has experienced a CAGR of over 27%
with  gross  revenues  increasing  from $46.2  million in fiscal  1992 to $155.1
million in fiscal 1997. DESA markets its zone heating  products under well-known
brand names such as Reddy(R),  Vanguard(R)  and Comfort  Glow(R).  The Company's
zone heating business is organized into two primary product categories:

o    Indoor vent-free heating appliances and hearth products (40% of Fiscal 1997
     Domestic Gross Sales):  Indoor heating  appliances include vent-free liquid
     propane and natural gas space heaters which provide economical supplemental
     heat to a specific area as distinguished from central heating systems which
     are used to heat entire  buildings.  Vent-free  hearth products such as gas
     logs,  fireplaces and stoves are utilized for both  decorative and economic
     heating.  Vent-free  products  utilize a more efficient burner system which
     avoids the need for outside  venting,  whereas  vented  products  require a
     discharging of emissions outside of the building.

o    Outdoor  heating  appliances  (40% of Fiscal 1997  Domestic  Gross  Sales):
     Outdoor heating  products  consist of portable units which generate heat by
     either using a fan to discharge  heated air to a specific  area (forced air
     heaters) or emitting  heat  throughout  the  surrounding  area  without the
     assistance of a fan (convection heaters).  Forced air heaters are fueled by
     kerosene,  propane or natural gas, while convection heaters are fueled only
     with propane or natural gas.  Outdoor heaters are used in both  residential
     and  commercial  applications.  Residential  applications  include  heating
     otherwise unheated garages and workshops.  Commercial  applications include
     heating factories, warehouses, construction sites and agricultural areas.

Specialty Tools (20% of Fiscal 1997 Domestic Gross Sales)

     DESA's domestic specialty tools business has experienced a CAGR of 11% with
gross revenues  increasing from $23.0 million in fiscal 1992 to $38.8 million in
fiscal 1997.  Specialty tools products include powder actuated fastening systems
(tools and accessories) used to fasten wood to concrete or steel, stapling/rivet
tools and electrical products such

                                       49



as chain  saws and  portable  generators.  These  products  are  marketed  under
well-known brand names such as Remington(R), Master(R) and Powerfast(R).

Competitive Strengths

     Leading  Market  Positions  in High Growth  Segments.  DESA is the domestic
market leader in outdoor heating appliances (70% market share), vent-free indoor
gas heating (59% market share),  vent-free  hearth  products (31% market share),
powder  actuated  fastening  systems  (86% share of the consumer  market,  which
constitutes  26% of the total  domestic  market)  and  electric  chain saws (36%
market  share).   By  leveraging  its  strong  market   positions  and  customer
relationships  in  established  product  lines,  DESA  has  increased  sales  by
introducing  related  products or line  extensions of existing  products such as
vent-free gas logs (introduced in fiscal 1993), vent-free fireplaces (introduced
in fiscal 1995) and fireboxes (introduced in fiscal 1997).

     DESA's  targeted  market segments in the zone heating market have exhibited
strong historical growth.  Vent-free indoor gas heater and hearth products,  the
most rapidly  growing  segments in the $1.1 billion  zone heating  market,  have
grown at a CAGR of  approximately  44% over the last four years driven primarily
by the  increasing  consumer  trend towards  heating with natural gas and liquid
propane.  The  outdoor  heater  market has  achieved a CAGR of 22% over the same
period.

     Strong  Relationships  with a Diversified  Distribution  and Customer Base.
DESA has  organized  its  sales  and  marketing  organizations  by  channels  of
distribution. The Company has built strong, long-term relationships with some of
the most  rapidly  growing  retailers,  including  Home  Depot,  Lowe's,  Sears,
Wal-Mart,  W.W. Grainger,  Ace Hardware and TruServ.  The Company's products are
designed to appeal to a variety of  end-users,  ranging  from DIY  consumers  to
professional home builders.  By building strong  relationships  with the leading
retailers  and  distributors  within  each of the  Company's  channels,  DESA is
well-positioned to participate in the continued growth of these key customers.

     Broad Portfolio of Products with Well-Recognized Brand Names. DESA provides
a broad  offering  of quality  products  under  numerous  brand  names which are
well-recognized  by its customers.  The Company's key brands include:  Reddy(R),
Remington(R),  Vanguard(R)  and Comfort  Glow(R) for zone  heating  products and
Remington(R) for powder actuated  fastening systems and electric chain saws. The
Company also manufactures  products on a private label basis for W.W.  Grainger,
Sears,  John Deere and  Homelite.  DESA  leverages its brand equity with its DIY
consumers,  professionals  and specialty  dealers by  continually  providing its
customers  new  product   offerings  and  product  line  extensions   under  its
established brand names.

     Proven  New  Product  Development  Process.  DESA has a proven  ability  to
consistently  offer consumers  products with  innovative  features at attractive
price points. The quality and breadth of DESA's customer  relationships  provide
the Company  with  valuable  market data that serves as the  foundation  for the
Company's  new product  development  and product  line  extension  process.  For
example,  the Company's line of hearth products was initially  introduced as the
result  of  shifting  consumer  preferences  away from (i)  wood-burning  hearth
products to gas technology and (ii) vented gas products to vent-free units. Over
the last five years, new product  introductions and product line extensions have
accounted for approximately 56% of the Company's sales growth.

     Effective Cost Reduction  Program and Strong Cash Flow. A core component of
the Company's strong  financial  performance over the last five years has been a
focused  program to enhance  margins  through  cost  reduction.  The Company has
exceeded  its annual cost  reduction  goal of 3% of cost of sales in each of the
last three years.  This cost reduction program has contributed to an increase in
gross profit margin from 33.6% in fiscal 1992 to 37.4% in fiscal 1997.

     The Company has been able to achieve its sales growth with efficient use of
working capital and low capital  expenditures  generating $128.4 million in free
cash flow (EBITDA less capital expenditures) for the last five years.

     Strong  Management  Team.  DESA was  founded  in 1969 by a group  including
Robert H. Elman,  DESA's current  Chairman and CEO. The top three  executives of
the Company have worked together as a team for the last 13 years.

                                       50


These  individuals  have  served  as the  catalyst  for  instilling  a spirit of
"continuous  improvements"  and  achievement as a cultural  standard  within the
Company.  Senior management is  well-complemented by a broad team of experienced
managers who have been with DESA since 1985.

Business Strategy

     DESA's  objective is to continue to leverage its  competitive  strengths to
increase  revenues  and EBITDA.  In  addition,  the Company  believes  there are
significant   additional   opportunities  to  enhance  its  overall  market  and
competitive position as follows:

     Continue  Aggressive  Growth through DESA's Primary Channels and Customers.
DESA's   distribution   strategy  is  twofold:   (i)  establish  breadth  across
distribution  channels;  and (ii) achieve depth within each channel by fostering
and enhancing  relationships  with some of the most rapidly growing retailers in
such  channel  (such as Home Depot and  Lowe's in the home  center  channel  and
Wal-Mart and Sears in the mass merchant channel). While DESA has managed to gain
access to multiple channels of distribution, significant opportunities remain to
sell the Company's full product line through each of these customers.

     Penetrate New  Distribution  Channels.  Although DESA  currently  sells its
products through a broad  distribution  network,  the Company believes there are
opportunities  to  increase  the  penetration  in  some of the  Company's  newer
channels such as plumbing  supply stores,  building  supply chains and fireplace
specialty stores.  These newer channels represent  attractive markets across the
United States.

     Capitalize on Favorable  Trends for Vent-Free Gas Products.  Recent housing
construction data reveals that over two-thirds of new homes today use gas as the
primary  heating  source  compared to  one-third of new homes ten years ago. The
American Gas Association estimates that approximately 60 million homes currently
use gas and the  number of homes  utilizing  gas will grow to 80  million by the
year 2010.  This growing  preference  for gas  represents a  significant  growth
opportunity for DESA as all of its indoor heating products are fueled by natural
or propane gas. Additionally,  by focusing on vent-free gas products, which have
lower  installation  costs and provide  increased  fuel  efficiency  compared to
vented  products,  the Company is well  positioned  to benefit  from the fastest
growing segments of the zone heating market.

     Increase Penetration of International Markets.  Similar to the trend in the
United States, the global DIY markets are experiencing  attractive growth rates.
Five of the ten  largest  home  improvement  retailers  in the  world  are based
outside of the United States. However, international sales comprised only 10% of
DESA's total sales in fiscal 1997.

     Make  Selected   Acquisitions.   The  Company  intends  to  seek  selective
acquisitions  where it can expand its existing  product  portfolio,  utilize its
diversified  distribution channels and achieve operational  synergies.  Over the
last  five  years,  only 9% of the  Company's  sales  growth  has  come  through
acquisitions.  Management  believes  that the markets in which it  operates  are
highly fragmented and there are numerous manufacturers of complementary products
which would make attractive acquisition candidates.

Products and Markets

     DESA is the leader in a number of markets  where its quality  manufacturing
and innovative  product design have resulted in a strong  competitive  position.
The Company's  products are sold for both consumer and  commercial use utilizing
multiple  distribution  channels  and a  variety  of brand  names.  The  Company
currently  serves  markets  for  zone  heating  products  and  specialty  tools.
Approximately  90% of the  Company's  1997 sales were  domestic and 10% of sales
were international.

Zone Heating Market

     Market Overview. The zone heating market includes a broad range of products
that are  used to heat  limited  areas as  distinguished  from  central  heating
systems which are used to heat entire buildings. The zone heating market is

                                       51


currently  estimated  to be  approximately  $1.1  billion in size,  with  hearth
products (i.e., vented gas hearth,  vent-free gas hearth, wood fireplaces,  wood
stoves/inserts,  pellet stoves/inserts)  accounting for $628 million or over 55%
of the total market; indoor gas heaters comprising $145 million; outdoor heaters
accounting for $110 million and accessories comprising $250 million.

                 Calendar Year 1996 Zone Heating Products Market
                           Market Size = $1.1 Billion

                   [PIE CHART SHOWING THE FOLLOWING SEGMENTS:

                            Gas Heaters         $145.0 
                            Gas Hearth          $430.8
                            Non-Gas Hearth      $196.7
                            Outdoor Heaters (a) $110.0
                            Accessories (b)     $250.0]
- - - - ----------
Source: Hearth Products Association and GAMA Statistical Release.

(a) Does not include electrical products and installed units.

(b)  Midpoint  management  estimate of $200 to $300 million includes vent pipes,
     connectors, glass fireplace doors, screens, mantles and decorative trim.


                                       52




                                        Zone Heating Market Size and Growth
                                                                        
                                                 Calendar Year                                 DESA's
                                                 -------------           % of         CAGR     Market 
                                               1992       1996         Market       '92-'96    Share
                                               ----       ----         ------       -------    -----
                                                                  ($ in Millions)
                                                                                 
Indoor Heaters and Hearth Products
Vent-Free Gas Heaters                       $   35.3    $  71.9           6.4%        19.5%      59%
Vented Gas Heaters                              61.8       73.1           6.4          4.3       NM
                                            --------    -------         -----        -----          
          Total Gas Heaters                     97.1      145.0          12.8         10.5      
Vent-Free Gas Hearth                             9.0      116.1          10.3         89.5       31%
Vented Gas Hearth                              137.4      314.7          27.8         23.0       NA
                                            --------    -------         -----        -----         
          Total Gas Hearth                     146.4      430.8          38.1         31.0      
Wood Fireplaces                                 67.3       83.0           7.3          5.4       NA
Wood Stoves/Inserts                             91.0       74.9           6.6         (4.7)      NA
                                            --------    -------         -----        -----         
Pellet Stoves/Inserts                           36.8       38.8           3.4          1.3       NA
          Total Non-gas Hearth                 195.1      196.7          17.3          0.2      
          Total Indoor Heaters and Hearth                                                       
            Products                           438.6      772.5          68.2         15.2      
Outdoor Heaters                             $   50.0      110.0           9.7         21.8       70%(b)
Accessories                                      NA       250.0(a)       22.1          NA        NM
                                            --------    -------         -----                 
          Total Zone Heating Market              NA     $ 1,132.5       100.0%         NA
                                                        
- - - - ----------                                           
<FN>
Source: Hearth Products Association and GAMA Statistical Release

(a)  Midpoint of  management's  estimate of $200 to $300  million.  Includes  vent  pipes,  connectors,  glass
     fireplace doors, screens, mantels and decorative trim.
(b) Management estimate.
</FN>


     Market  Outlook.  DESA's  strong market  position in the vent-free  segment
provides a solid  foundation  for further  growth of the Company's  business and
expansion  into other  categories  (e.g.  vented gas  hearth) as a result of the
following factors:

     Benefits of low-cost  zone  heating.  Over the past  decade,  zone  heating
products have become increasingly  popular because:  (i) propane and natural gas
are 50% to 70%  cheaper on a BTU basis than  electricity,  (ii)  consumers  have
become aware of the cost advantage of zone heating  versus  central  heating and
(iii)  fireplaces  are  being  used  as  both  heating  sources  and  decorative
furnishing.

     This growing preference for gas represents a growth opportunity for DESA as
all of its indoor  heating  products  are fueled by natural or propane  gas. The
market is still  under-penetrated  with only 4 million  vent-free indoor heating
units having been sold over the last 10 years in North America  compared to over
60 million homes using gas in 1996. Gas hearth  shipments have been growing at a
rate in excess of 30% per year for the past five  years.  Over 27 million  homes
have been plumbed for gas and have a fireplace, providing an opportunity for gas
log sales.  In addition,  36 million homes are plumbed for gas but do not have a
fireplace,  representing  a  significant  opportunity  for the  installation  of
vent-free fireplaces and logs.

     Increased home center/hardware channel participation. Consumer awareness of
gas logs  and gas  fireplaces  is  currently  only  67% and  20%,  respectively.
Awareness of zone  heating and hearth  products is expected to increase as these
products  gain wider  distribution  in home  centers and  hardware  stores.  The
potential  for home  improvement  sales,  through  retrofitting  or adding a new
fireplace, represents a meaningful market opportunity for hearth products. DESA,
with its strong  home  center  and  hardware  co-op  channel  relationships  and
portfolio of zone heating  products,  is  well-positioned  to capitalize on this
trend.

                                       53


     Favorable  Regulatory  Development.  A positive  development  for vent-free
indoor heating products  (heaters,  gas logs,  fireplaces,  stoves) involves the
easing of state restrictions regarding the sale and use of these products. As of
last year, 42 of the 50 states in the United  States  permitted the sale and use
of vent-free indoor heating products.  In the past year, California and New York
enacted  legislation  to  allow  the sale and use of  vent-free  indoor  heating
products,  subject to rules and guidelines being established by agencies in each
state.  These two large  population  states along with the six remaining  states
(including  Massachusetts)  represent  approximately one-third of the homes that
use natural gas in the United  States.  DESA's Vice  President -- Sales and Vice
President --  Engineering,  who represent the industry  trade  association  (Gas
Appliance  Manufacturer's  Association,  GAMA-Vent-Free  Alliance), are actively
working with state  agencies in California  and New York which could provide for
sale of vent-free products as early as 1998.

Indoor Heating Products (Domestic)

     DESA's  indoor  zone  heating  products  consist  primarily  of two product
categories:  (i)  vent-free  natural gas and  propane-fueled  residential  space
heaters; and (ii) a line of hearth products,  including vent-free gas fireplaces
and logs.  Indoor heating  products  comprised 40% of the Company's  fiscal 1997
gross sales. Sales of these products have increased at a CAGR of 30% from fiscal
1992 to fiscal 1997.

Indoor Vent-Free Heaters

     The Company's space heaters are generally  wall-mounted and provide heat to
the  surrounding  area.  Residential  space  heaters  come in  either  vented or
vent-free versions. Vented heaters require a discharging of emissions outside of
the dwelling,  while vent-free  heaters  utilize a more efficient  burner system
which  avoids the need for outside  venting.  Vent-free  heaters  are  generally
smaller and more physically attractive than their vented counterparts.  DESA has
been the market leader in vent-free gas heaters since 1983.  Historically,  DESA
has focused on vent-free models. Only 2.9% of the Company's indoor heating sales
in fiscal 1997 are vented units.

     The  Company  offers  seven sizes and  forty-six  models of  vent-free  gas
heaters ranging in output from 5,000 to 30,000 BTU/hour for use with natural gas
or liquified  propane.  Key applications of these products include use in family
rooms, dens,  kitchens and commercial  offices.  DESA's indoor vent-free heaters
are sold at retail prices,  ranging from $149 to $349,  which are  significantly
lower than vented gas heaters.

     Heaters are classified into two different  types:  infrared and blue flame.
Infrared models employ ceramic plaque burners which glow red-orange while in use
and they produce  radiant  heat that warms  people or objects in the room.  Blue
flame models have a stainless steel burner hidden behind a darkened glass front.
When  burning,  a line of blue flame is visible  across the width of the heater.
These models produce convection heat that warms the air and distributes the heat
throughout  the room.  Both  infrared and blue flame models are  available  with
either manual or thermostatic control and with piezo ignition.

     The Company has developed patented  technology for its line of thermostatic
infrared models,  known as Infra-Stat,  which provides  superior features versus
competitors' offerings.  DESA's heaters incorporate a proprietary feature of two
separate  controls  to  regulate  both  the  heat  output  and the  thermostatic
operation.  Enhanced  blue-flame  models are available for heavy-duty garage and
workshop  applications.  Optional  accessories  such  as  floor  bases  and  fan
accessories are also available.

Vent-Free Hearth Products

     In 1993,  DESA  pioneered the  introduction  of vent-free gas technology to
hearth products with the introduction of a heat efficient  vent-free  decorative
gas log.  Vent-free  gas logs  have  provided  DESA  with a new  product  growth
opportunity.   Vent-free   represents  an  advancement  in  decorative  gas  log
technology  and,  more  importantly,  has  allowed  the  Company to  establish a
presence in the fast-growing hearth products market.

     Vent-free  gas  logs,  which  retail  for $200 to $300,  are  aesthetically
attractive and an economical  source of heat since none of the heat generated is
lost  through  an open vent.  Historically,  decorative  gas logs have  required
venting (i.e., an
                                       54


open  chimney  damper) and were used  primarily by  individuals  who enjoyed the
ambiance  of a  fireplace  but  wanted to avoid the  trouble  and  inconvenience
associated with burning wood.  DESA's vent-free logs utilize an efficient burner
system similar to vent-free heaters,  and are thus less expensive to install and
operate than their vented counterparts.

     In 1994, DESA combined the technology of blue flame heaters and gas logs to
create an aesthetically pleasing Mini- Hearth gas heater which retails for $499.
The  Mini-Hearth  utilizes a blue  flame  heater  cabinet  and burner to which a
decorative  fibrous ceramic log has been added. A wooden mantle is placed around
the heater to create a fireplace  effect.  While the Mini-Hearth was designed to
be used as a zone heater  rather than as a replacement  for a formal  fireplace,
the improved  appearance  has  generated  sales to customers  who might not have
otherwise purchased a gas zone heater.

     In 1995, DESA introduced a vent-free  free-standing gas fireplace with logs
and a full sized mantle which is marketed as a traditional fireplace at a retail
price of  approximately  $1,000.  DESA's  vent-free  fireplace  does not require
venting  and may be placed  against  any wall  without  structural  renovations.
Traditional  fireplace  boxes must be mounted into an outside wall to facilitate
venting,  requiring  significant  structural  modifications to an existing home.
Furthermore,  vent-free  fireplace  installation  costs  are  highly  attractive
relative to wood fireplaces (masonry and manufactured), which cost an average of
two to three times the cost of a vent-free fireplace, including installation.

     The Company's  vent-free gas logs are offered in three sizes and thirty-six
models while  vent-free gas fireplaces are offered in ten models and mini-hearth
products in six models.

Outdoor Heating Products (Domestic)

     Outdoor  heating  products  represent  approximately  40% of the  Company's
fiscal 1997 gross sales. Sales of these products have increased at a CAGR of 25%
from fiscal 1992 to fiscal 1997.

     DESA's line of outdoor  heating  products  consists of portable units which
generate  heat by either using a fan to discharge  heated air to a specific area
(forced air heaters) or emitting heat  throughout the  surrounding  area without
the assistance of a fan (convection  heaters).  Forced air heaters are fueled by
either  kerosene,  propane or natural gas, while  convection  heaters are fueled
only with propane or natural gas.  Outdoor heaters are used in both  residential
and commercial applications.  Residential applications include heating otherwise
unheated  garages  and  workshops.   Commercial   applications  include  heating
factories, warehouses, construction sites and agricultural areas.

     Annual  sales  increased  from  $25.4  million to $77.4  million  from 1992
through 1997,  reflecting the  introduction  of new outdoor heater  products and
expanded  sales of these  products  through  the home  center and mass  merchant
channels.  The Company also acquired an outdoor oil heater product line in April
1994, which added  approximately  $3.5 million in net sales in fiscal 1997. DESA
sells  kerosene  heaters in eight sizes with retail prices  ranging from $139 to
approximately $2,000.

Specialty Tools (Domestic)

     DESA's specialty tools category consists of (i) specialty fastening systems
(i.e.,  powder  actuated  tools and staple  guns) and (ii)  electrical  products
(i.e.,  chain  saws  and  electric  generators)  which  are sold to both DIY and
commercial  customers.  The  specialty  tool  category  represents  20%  of  the
Company's gross sales which have grown at an 11% CAGR from fiscal 1992 to fiscal
1997.

Specialty Fastening Systems Products

     Powder  actuated  tools  utilize a powder load to drive nails for fastening
wood to concrete or steel. The charge is activated using either a trigger on the
tool or by  striking  the tool with a hammer.  The energy  discharged  propels a
piston  inside  the tool which in turn  drives  the nail.  DESA sells two powder
actuated  tools  targeted  at the DIY  market  and  six  tools  targeted  at the
commercial  market.  The two consumer  models  retail for $19 to $79 and the six
commercial  models  retail  for $129 to $199.  Sales of  powder  loads  and nail
accessories account for over 50% of this product category's revenues.

                                       55


     Market  Overview.  The total domestic  powder actuated tool market in which
DESA  competes is  approximately  $80 million,  consisting of $60 million in the
commercial  market and $20 million in the DIY market. In fiscal 1997, DESA had a
market share of 86% in the DIY segment.  The staple gun and related  accessories
market  size is  approximately  $110  million of which DESA has a modest  market
share.

Electrical Products

     DESA  assembles  and  markets a line of  electric  chain saws and  electric
generators.  Electric chain saws are used primarily by homeowners for light-duty
pruning and trimming.  The Company offers models retailing from $39 to $69. DESA
also  maintains a modest  presence in the portable  electric  generator  market.
Nearly 75% of the Company's generator sales are made to W.W. Grainger who offers
this product  line to end-users  through its  equipment  catalog and  industrial
supply outlets.

     Market  Overview.  The domestic  electric chain saw market is approximately
$20  million in size,  and DESA is the market  leader  with a 36% share.  In the
important  home center segment of the market,  DESA  maintains a 52% share.  The
electric  chain saw market is mature  and  industry  volume has been  reasonably
stable over the past five years.

International

     In fiscal 1997, $19.6 million or 9.4% of DESA's net sales were generated in
international  markets such as Canada, Europe and the Far East. This segment has
grown at a CAGR of 9.4% from fiscal  1992  through  fiscal  1997.  Although  the
global markets have not traditionally  been an area of DESA's focus, the Company
believes that the international  category  represents a significant  opportunity
for increased sales in the future.  International  markets have the potential to
far surpass the home improvement market in the United States.

     DESA's strategy for the international markets has been to export customized
versions  of  its  products  to  accommodate   local  electrical   requirements,
government  regulation  and user  preferences  for its exported  products.  DESA
utilizes  local  distributors  in each country to sell its  products,  typically
relying on more than one distributor in each country.

     In 1990,  DESA  increased  its  presence  in the foreign  markets  with the
purchase of Jennen B.V.,  its Dutch  distributor  of outdoor forced air heaters.
Located in  Rotterdam,  it was  subsequently  renamed as DESA  Europe  B.V.  and
currently serves as the Company's European headquarters.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

     Sales.  DESA  has  organized  its  domestic  sales  force  by  channels  of
distribution  and product  categories in order to optimize the  effectiveness of
its selling efforts. DESA management believes that such a structure enhances the
Company's relationships with key channel participants by: (i) enabling the sales
force to develop specific customer insights regarding specialized needs and (ii)
creating a sense of partnership through customized attention and focus.

                                       56



                                                                                           Approximate Number
        DESA Sales              Channel of                                                     of Sales
       Organization            Distribution                  Products Marketed               Representatives
       ------------            ------------                  -----------------               ---------------
                                                                                          
General Consumer             Mass Merchants                   Indoor Heating                        120
                             Hardware Co-ops                  Hearth Products
                             Home Centers                     Outdoor Heating
                             Warehouse Stores
                             Catalog Showrooms
                             Agricultural Supply
Specialty Heating            Utilities                        Indoor Heating                       40-50
                             Propane Marketers                Hearth Products
                             Specialty Distributors
                             Appliance Distributors
Construction                 Equipment Distributors           Outdoor Heating                      40-50
                             Equipment Renters                Generators
Specialty Tools              Mass Merchants                   Specialty Fastening Systems           100
                             Hardware Co-ops                  Electrical Products
                             Home Centers
                             Warehouse Stores
                             Catalog Showrooms
                             Agricultural Supply



     The sales  representative  organizations report to DESA's regional managers
who,  in turn,  report  to that  channel's  Sales  Director  who  report  to the
Executive Vice President -- Sales & Marketing.

     Marketing.  The Company's marketing staff utilizes a variety of traditional
and innovative  programs to increase consumer  awareness and augment sales. DESA
uses  limited  national   advertising  and  relies  instead  on  local  customer
advertising  through  newspapers  and circular  flyers.  DESA has also created a
broad  national  network  of  independent,  factory-trained  service  centers to
provide local support to customers and end-users.

     Distribution.  The Company's significant customers include all of the major
home center  accounts.  The  Company's  consumer  channels,  which  include home
centers,  mass  merchants,  warehouse  clubs and hardware  co-ops,  are the most
important channel for DESA's products and were responsible for 62% of its fiscal
1997  domestic  sales.  Other  channels,   including  specialty  heating,  farm,
construction and industrial, contributed 38% of domestic sales in fiscal 1997.

     Key customers include Home Depot and Lowe's,  two of the major home centers
in the country; Ace and TruServ, leaders in the hardware co-op market; Sears and
Wal-Mart/Sam's,  major mass merchandisers, and W.W. Grainger, a major industrial
supply company. Consistent with industry practices, the Company does not operate
under a long-term  written supply contract with any of its customers.  See "Risk
Factors -- Risk of Loss of Material Customers."

Competition

     Each of the industries in which the Company manufactures and sells products
is highly  competitive.  Although  competitive  factors  vary by  product  line,
competition in all product lines is based primarily on product quality,  product
innovation,  customer  service  and price.  The  Company  also  believes  that a
manufacturer's  relationship with its distributors and principal  customers is a
key factor in the industries in which the Company competes.

     The Company competes with a number of manufacturers in the heating products
industry.  Within this industry,  there are several manufacturers of gas heaters
and numerous producers of gas logs, pre-engineered fireplaces and solid fuel

                                       57


heaters.  The  Company  also  competes  with a number  of  manufacturers  in the
specialty tool industry.  The Company believes that it is a market leader in the
outdoor  heating  appliance,  vent-free  indoor gas  heating  and hearth and DIY
powder  actuated  fastener and electric  chain saw markets and believes that its
experience,  well-recognized  brand names,  comprehensive  product offerings and
strong customer  relationships  give it a competitive  advantage with respect to
these products.

     The Company's competitors offer a number of products which directly compete
with or can be utilized as  substitutes  for the  products  manufactured  by the
Company.  No assurance  can be given that the future  sales of such  competitive
products will not adversely  affect the market for the  Company's  products.  In
addition,  certain of the Company's  competitors,  particularly in the specialty
tool industry, are larger and better capitalized than the Company.

Management Information Systems

     DESA  maintains  an advanced  MIS  utilizing  customized  software  for its
manufacturing and engineering design. The Company also has established  Customer
Electronic Data  Interchange  for order entry by major  accounts.  These systems
provide  "real-time"  information  in regards to  work-in-process  inventory and
provides  detailed labor  reporting to enable the Company to identify  potential
labor cost savings. For product development and engineering, employees utilize a
state-of-the-art three dimensional CAD/CAM system.

Manufacturing

     Indoor and Outdoor Heating Products. DESA's manufacturing processes include
metal  fabrication,  painting,  assembly and product testing.  In general,  DESA
cuts, forms and coats the product housing, assembles the various components such
as motors,  fans,  electrical parts and burners,  packages the final product and
ships it to  customers.  Punch  presses,  welding,  powder  coated  painting and
assembly  systems  are  mechanized  with  state-of-the-art  equipment  utilizing
robotics to permit high volume output with minimum labor content.

     Specialty  Fastening  Systems.  DESA  manufactures  and  packages the nails
(pins) for sale with its powder  actuated  tool product  line.  Powder  actuated
tools are sourced from a manufacturing  joint venture with  Continental/Midland,
Inc. and loads are purchased from a third party.  Powerfast(R) stapling products
are sourced from Asian manufacturers.

     Electrical Tools.  DESA assembles  electric chain saws from components made
to  its  specifications  by  third-party  suppliers.   Electric  generators  are
assembled on a chassis by connecting  gasoline engines  purchased from Honda and
Briggs & Stratton with an alternator purchased from a European supplier.

Trademarks, Patents and Licenses

     The  success of the  Company's  various  businesses  depends in part on the
Company's ability to exploit certain proprietary  designs,  trademarks and brand
names  on an  exclusive  basis in  reliance  upon the  protections  afforded  by
applicable  copyright,  patent and trademark laws and  regulations.  The loss of
certain of the Company's  rights to such designs,  trademarks and brand names or
the inability of the Company to protect effectively or enforce such rights could
adversely affect the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence On Brand Names."

Backlog and Warranty

     The Company's  backlog consists of cancelable  orders and is dependent upon
trends in consumer demand throughout the year. Customer order patterns vary from
year to year,  largely  because of annual  differences  in consumer  end-product
demand,  marketing strategies,  overall economic and weather conditions.  Orders
for the Company's products are generally subject to cancellation until shipment.
As a  result,  comparison  of  backlog  as of any date in a given  year with the
backlog at the same date in a prior year is not necessarily  indicative of sales
trends.  Moreover,  the Company  does not believe  that  backlog is  necessarily
indicative of the Company's future results of operations or prospects.

                                       58


     The Company's warranty policy is to accept returns of products with defects
in materials or workmanship. The Company will also accept returns of incorrectly
shipped  goods  where the Company  has been  notified on a timely  basis and, in
certain  cases,  to maintain  customer good will.  During fiscal 1997,  warranty
costs amounted to approximately 1.4% of sales.

Environmental Liability

     The  Company  is  subject  to  various  evolving  federal,  state and local
environmental laws and regulations governing,  among other things,  emissions to
air, discharge to waters and the generation,  handling, storage, transportation,
treatment and disposal of hazardous  and  non-hazardous  substances  and wastes.
These laws and  regulations  provide  for  substantial  fees and  sanctions  for
violations  and, in many cases could  require the Company to remediate a site to
meet  applicable  legal  requirements.  A Phase  I  environmental  audit  of the
Company's  manufacturing  facilities was completed on August 9, 1997 and did not
identify any material matters.  The Company  believes,  although there can be no
assurance,  that liabilities  relating to environmental  matters will not have a
material  adverse  effect  on  its  future  financial  position  or  results  of
operations.

Employees

     DESA's zone heating products operation is seasonal. As a result, the number
of workers employed by the Company at any particular  point in time varies.  The
work force is  accustomed  to seasonal  layoffs of two to four months.  In 1997,
total employment averaged 772 with a low of 404 employees in March and a peak of
997 employees in October.

     The hourly labor force in Bowling Green is  represented  by the Sheet Metal
Workers  International  Association  (AFL-  CIO)  under  a  three-year  contract
expiring in June 1998. The Manchester and Shelbyville,  Tennessee facilities are
non-union plants.

     The hourly  labor  force in Bowling  Green is covered by a defined  benefit
pension plan.  All other  employees are covered by a defined  contribution  plan
(401K). All workers are covered by self-insured medical plans.

Legal Proceedings

     DESA is a party to various  litigation in the normal course of its business
activities,  none of which is expected to have a material  adverse effect on the
Company. Although the Company has not experienced significant products liability
to date,  the  Company  carries  occurrence-based  product  liability  insurance
coverage with a $101 million limit,  $250,000 self insured retention ("SIR") and
an aggregate annual capped SIR exposure to DESA of $1 million.

Properties

     The Company's  Bowling  Green,  Kentucky  facility  serves as the corporate
headquarters as well as the manufacturing site for DESA's zone heating products,
both indoor and  outdoor.  The Company  also leases  warehouse  space in Bowling
Green as needed.  The facility in  Shelbyville,  Tennessee is the  manufacturing
headquarters  for the  production of hearth  products and outdoor  heaters.  The
manufacturing  facility in Manchester,  Tennessee  produces the specialty  tools
sold by DESA. In addition to these manufacturing facilities,  the Company leases
sales offices and warehouse locations in Toronto, Canada and Rotterdam, Holland.

                                       59



        Location                               Square Footage   Ownership        Function
        --------                               --------------   ---------        --------
                                                                     
Bowling Green, Kentucky                             225,000      Owned         Corporate Headquarters
                                               28 acres                        Manufacturing, Engineering, Distribution
Shelbyville, Tennessee                               70,000      Leased        Manufacturing
                                               7 acres
Manchester, Tennessee                                57,400      Leased        Manufacturing, Distribution
                                               11 acres
Toronto, Canada                                       9,400      Leased        Sales offices, Distribution
Rotterdam, Holland                                    5,200      Leased        Sales offices, Distribution


     Management  believes  its  facilities  are in good  condition  and that the
facilities  are  adequate for its  operating  needs for the  foreseeable  future
without significant modifications or capital investment.

Recent Developments

     As of January 12,  1998,  the Company  entered  into an  agreement  for the
acquisition  of the  Heath/Zenith  business of Heath Holding Corp.  However,  no
assurances  can be given that the  acquisition  will be ultimately  consummated.
Heath/Zenith,  headquartered  in Benton  Harbor,  Michigan is the leading  North
American  manufacturer  and marketer of  residential  motion  sensor  "security"
lighting  products sold  primarily to DIY retail home centers.  Heath/Zenith  is
also  a  leading   manufacturer  and  marketer  of  residential   motion  sensor
"decorative"  lighting  products and wireless  home control  devices,  including
wireless doorbells and light switches. Since its inception in 1987, Heath/Zenith
has  consistently  expanded its market  positions and today commands  either the
number  one or  number  two  market  position  in  each of its  primary  product
categories.

     Demand for  Heath/Zenith's  products  has  increased in recent years due to
consumers'  heightened interest in products that provide effective home security
and innovative,  reliable convenience features.  Heath/Zenith has also benefited
from the rapid growth and  consolidation  in its primary DIY retail home centers
distribution  channel.  Due to its products and  capabilities,  Heath/Zenith has
been selected as the core supplier to the leading participants in the DIY retail
industry  including,  Home Depot.  In  addition,  Heath/Zenith  has secured core
supplier  status with many of the  nation's  top mass  merchandisers,  warehouse
clubs, and hardware buying groups.

     Similar to Desa,  Heath/Zenith  has achieved  leading market  positions and
strong   operating   performance  as  a  result  of  (i)  the  strength  of  the
Heath/Zenith's  relationships  with its  rapidly-expanding  customer base,  (ii)
innovative  product  design  and  development,  (iii)  broad and  differentiated
product  lines  supported  by strong brand names,  (iv)  consistent  new product
introductions,  (v) implementing effective sales and marketing programs designed
to  increase  customer  awareness  and expand  distribution  channels,  and (iv)
achieving low-cost manufacturing and distribution expertise.

     In  the  Motion  Sensor   Security  and   Decorative   Lighting   segments,
Heath/Zenith competes against Intelectron Incorporated, a privately held company
headquartered  in  Hayward,  California,  and  Regent  Lighting  Corporation,  a
privately held company headquartered in Burlington,  North Carolina.  Within the
Wireless Doorbell segment, Heath- Zenith competes against Dimango Products, Co.,
based in Brighton,  Michigan, and Trine Products,  Co., a privately held company
based in Bronx, New York.

     On a pro forma basis, Heath/Zenith will account for approximately 17.5% and
7.3% of sales and EBITDA, respectively, of the combined company.  Heath/Zenith's
business  is  comprised  of  three  primary  segments:  Motion  Sensor  Security
Lighting, Motion Sensor Decorative Lighting, and Wireless Doorbells.

Motion Sensor Security Lighting

     Within its motion sensor security  lighting  product line,  which accounted
for 61% of 1996  revenues,  Heath/Zenith  offers 58 stock keeping units ("SKUs")
representing  a variety of security  lighting  products  which appeal to various
segments of the DIY market. The  Heath/Zenith's  standard motion sensor security
lighting products retail from $9.95

                                       60


for  promotional  items up to $34.95  for a  full-feature  security  light.  The
Heath/Zenith's  primary  focus is to  de-emphasize  promotional  products and to
emphasize  its high  quality,  high  margin  products  that are made with  metal
fixtures and hoods, and which contain such value-added  features as Pulse Count,
Dual BriteTM, and 270(degree) activation capability.

     Market  Overview.  The $200  million  North  American  residential  outdoor
security lighting industry market is segmented into three categories: (i) motion
sensor security lighting, (ii) photocell (darkness activated) security lighting,
and (iii)  standard  (switch  activated)  security  lighting.  The motion sensor
security  lighting  segment has been the primary growth segment in the industry,
growing  at a  compounded  annual  growth  rate of  almost 6% over the last five
years.  Since the introduction of motion sensor security  lighting,  the product
has  established  itself  as an easy to  install,  reliable,  low-cost  security
product. As a result, motion sensor products have steadily captured market share
from  standard and  photocell  lighting as those  traditional  products are less
effective crime deterrents and more expensive and less convenient to operate.

Motion Sensor Decorative Lighting

     With  38  SKUs,  motion  sensor  decorative   lighting  products  represent
approximately 15% of the Heath/Zenith's  1996 total revenue.  The Heath/Zenith's
motion sensor decorative lighting products, which sell for retail prices ranging
from $24.95 to $79.95, were introduced in 1992 as part of management's  strategy
to move consumer to higher price point  products.  Included in this product line
are coach lanterns, cast aluminum lanterns, brass lanterns and post lanterns.

     Market  Overview.  The $400  million  North  American  residential  outdoor
decorative  lighting  industry is driven  primarily by the home  improvement and
remodeling industry. As a result, the overall retail outdoor decorative lighting
industry has benefited from the expansion in the home  improvement  industry and
DIY retail channel.  Historically,  the decorative lighting market was dominated
by standard (switch activated)  lighting products.  However, as customers become
more aware of the benefits of motion  sensor  lighting  products  such as energy
efficiency, crime deterrence, and convenience,  they are requiring motion sensor
capabilities in all of their outdoor lighting products.

Wireless Doorbells

     Wireless doorbell products, introduced in 1991, represent approximately 15%
of 1996 total  revenue.  This product line,  which retails for between $9.95 and
$49.95,  represents  the  Heath/Zenith's  successful  entry into a new market by
leveraging  a  high-quality  product  with  the  Heath/Zenith  brand  name.  The
Heath/Zenith's wireless doorbell products are positioned to take advantage of an
underserved market with relatively few solutions. Wireless doorbells present the
most viable and cost effective solution to the problem.  Heath/Zenith has become
the market leader in the wireless  doorbell  industry by offering a diverse line
of products  and,  most  importantly,  by  differentiating  its  product  with a
proprietary sound chip.

     Market Overview.  Approximately  17% of  Heath/Zenith's  1996 revenues were
generated by sales in the wireless controls systems  industry,  primarily in the
wireless  doorbell  segment.  The wireless control systems industry is a diverse
industry that includes  products ranging from home automation  systems to garage
door openers to wireless doorbells. Heath/Zenith currently competes primarily in
the  wireless  doorbell  segment of the  residential  wireless  control  systems
industry.

Customers

     Heath/Zenith  targets the  rapidly-expanding  DIY home center retail market
and, to a lesser extent, mass  merchandisers,  warehouse clubs, and cooperative.
In 1996, sales to home improvement retailers and hardware cooperatives accounted
for 90% of revenues and sales to mass  merchandisers,  warehouse clubs and other
retailers accounted for 10% of sales.

                                       61


Manufacturing and Assembly

     Heath/Zenith  designs and  manufactures  its products through its Hong Kong
based subsidiary, Heath Ltd., which provides purchasing,  engineering,  contract
manufacturing,    administration   and   assembly.   Heath/Zenith   uses   three
subcontractors  in  China  who  assemble  products  according  to  predetermined
specifications and ship assembled  products to Heath Ltd.  Heath/Zenith owns all
the tooling  utilized in the production of its products.  Finished  products are
shipped to a public warehouse in Reno,  Nevada and distributed  throughout North
America directly to customers.

Employees

     Heath/Zenith  has  approximately  78  employees,  42 at its  Benton  Harbor
headquarters and 36 at Heath Ltd.



                                       62



                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Officers

     The  following  table sets forth the name,  age and position of each of the
Company's directors who will continue in office following the  Recapitalization,
directors designate,  executive officers and other significant employees. All of
the Company's  officers are elected  annually and serve at the discretion of the
Board of Directors.

     Name               Age            Positions
     ----               ---            ---------
Robert H  Elman          59     Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Director
John W  Childs           55     Director
Raymond B  Rudy          65     Director
Adam L  Suttin           30     Director
Michael Greene           35     Director
Terry G  Scariot         49     President, Director
John M  Kelly            48     Executive Vice President
Edward G  Patrick        51     Vice President of Finance, Treasurer
Scott M  Nehm            48     Vice President, Controller


     Robert H. Elman joined DESA Industries,  at its inception,  in 1969 as Vice
President and member of the Board of the Directors and as President of its Power
Products  Division.  He planned and directed the division's growth from sales of
$11 million in 1969 to $35 million in 1975,  with  operating  income  increasing
significantly during the same period. Mr. Elman remained with AMCA International
when it acquired DESA  Industries in 1975 and became Senior Group Vice President
responsible for the Consumer, Automotive Products, Aerospace, and Food Packaging
Divisions  until March 1985.  Since  March 1985,  when Mr.  Elman and his fellow
managers formed DESA  International  and participated in the leveraged buyout of
AMCA's  Consumer  Products  Division,  Mr.  Elman  has been  Chairman  and Chief
Executive  Officer of the Company.  Prior to DESA, he worked with ITT and Singer
in various  management  positions  in the United  States and Europe.  Mr.  Elman
serves as the  non-employee  Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors  of  Hedstrom
Holdings,  Inc. He received his Bachelor's Degree in Mechanical Engineering from
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and his MBA from Harvard Business School.

     John W. Childs has been  President  of JWCA since July 1995.  Prior to that
time, he was an executive at Thomas H. Lee Company from May 1987,  most recently
holding the position of Senior Managing Director.  Prior to that, Mr. Childs was
with the Prudential Insurance Company of America where he held various executive
positions in the investment area ultimately  serving as Senior Managing Director
in charge of the Capital  Markets Group. He is a director of Big V Supermarkets,
Inc.,  Central Tractor Farm & Country,  Inc., Chevys Holdings,  Inc.,  Cinnabon,
Inc., The Edison Project, Inc., Personal Care Group, Inc., and Select Beverages,
Inc.

     Raymond B. Rudy has been a Managing Director of JWCA since July 1995. Prior
to  that  time,  he  was  Deputy  Chairman  and  Director  of  Snapple  Beverage
Corporation from 1992 until the company was sold in 1994. From 1987 to 1989, Mr.
Rudy was President of Best Foods Subsidiaries of CPC International. From 1984 to
1986, Mr. Rudy was Chairman,  President and CEO of Arnold Foods Company, Inc. He
is chairman of Empire Kosher Poultry, Inc. and Personal Care Group, Inc.

     Adam L. Suttin has been a Vice President of JWCA since July 1995.  Prior to
that time,  he was an executive at Thomas H. Lee Company from August 1989,  most
recently holding the position of Associate.  He is a director of Central Tractor
Farm & Country, Inc., Empire Kosher Poultry, Inc., and Personal Care Group, Inc.

     Michael Greene is a Managing Director of UBS Capital,  which is the private
equity  subsidiary  of the Union Bank of  Switzerland.  Mr. Greene has worked in
Union Bank of Switzerland's private equity and leveraged finance business

                                       63


since he joined Union Bank of  Switzerland  in 1990.  Mr.  Greene  serves on the
board of directors of CBP Resources, Inc. and Metrocall, Inc.

     Terry G. Scariot joined AMCA's Consumer and Automotive Products Division as
Vice  President -- Finance in early 1984 and became Chief  Financial  Officer of
DESA   International  in  March  1985.  He  was  appointed   President  of  DESA
International  in March 1996 and joined the Board of Directors in December 1996.
Prior to joining AMCA  International,  Mr.  Scariot held positions of increasing
responsibility in financial and manufacturing  management at Monsanto Industrial
Chemicals Company, Rockwell International's  Automotive Products Group, and Gulf
and Western's  Bonney Forge  Division.  In October 1979, Mr. Scariot served as a
member of the Board of Directors and Chief  Financial  Officer for The Massillon
Steel Casting  Company.  Mr. Scariot  received his Bachelor of Science degree in
finance and MBA from the University of Missouri.

     John M. Kelly joined DESA  Industries in Canada in 1972.  After  successful
management assignments in sales, manufacturing services, and administration,  he
was  appointed  General  Sales  Manager in 1976 and General  Manager in 1977. In
1983,  Mr. Kelly was  promoted to Vice  President  -- North  American  Sales for
AMCA's Consumer Products Division.  In 1984, his responsibilities  were expanded
to include the entire  marketing  function.  He became  DESA's  senior sales and
marketing  Executive  Vice  President in North America in March 1985.  Mr. Kelly
assumed the role of  Executive  Vice  President in March 1996,  responsible  for
worldwide  sales and marketing and  engineering.  He majored in Economics at the
University of Toronto.

     Edward G. Patrick has been associated with DESA International, Inc. and its
predecessor  company  since  January  1985,  joining  the company as Director of
Credit and Accounts  Receivable.  In May of 1991, he was appointed Treasurer and
in January 1995 appointed Vice President of Finance.  Prior to joining DESA, Mr.
Patrick held financial  positions  with Benchmark Tool Company,  a Subsidiary of
Shopsmith  Inc.  (1981-1985),  McGraw Edison  Company  (1975-1981),  and General
Motors  Corp.  (1972-1975).  Mr.  Patrick  received his  Bachelor's  Degree from
Northeast Missouri State University.

     Scott M. Nehm has been with DESA and the predecessor  operation since 1982.
In January 1995, he was appointed Vice President, Controller. Prior to DESA, Mr.
Nehm has held positions of increasing  responsibility in financial management at
Modine  Manufacturing  Company (1971-1973),  Koehring Company  (1974-1979),  and
Allied Products Inc.  (1980-1981).  Mr. Nehm has a CPA Certificate,  BBA and MBA
degrees from the University of Wisconsin in Accounting, Finance and Marketing.

Executive Compensation

     The  following  table  sets  forth  compensation  earned  for all  services
rendered to the Company  during  fiscal 1995,  fiscal 1996 and fiscal  1997,  as
applicable,  by the Company's chief  executive  officer and the four most highly
compensated  executive officers other than the Company's chief executive officer
(collectively, the "Named Executives").

                                       64



                                                                                             
                                                                                                Long-Term                  
                                                                                              Compensation                 
                                                                                                 Awards                    
                                                                                              ------------                 
                                                         Annual Compensation                    Number of                  
                                               ----------------------------------------        Securities        All Other 
    Name and Principal                         Fiscal          Salary(1)         Bonus         Underlying      Compensation
 Position at March 1, 1997                      Year              ($)           ($)(1)         Options(2)           ($)
- - - - --------------------------------------         ------    --------------------  --------       -------------    ------------

                                                                                                      
Robert H  Elman...............................   1997           565,385         820,000              --           112,233
  Chairman, Chief                                1996           516,162         535,000              --           100,255
  Executive Officer                              1995           385,546         512,000              --           108,091
Terry G  Scariot..............................   1997           249,400         120,000              --            16,203
  President                                      1996           195,769         102,000              --            28,829
                                                 1995           146,461          96,000              --            24,373
John M  Kelly.................................   1997           249,400         120,000              --            29,203
  Executive Vice                                 1996           195,769         102,000              --            33,039
  President                                      1995           146,461          96,000              --            27,000
Edward G  Patrick.............................   1997            74,822          17,500           4,000             8,111
  Vice President of                              1996            68,631          15,000              --             5,697
  Finance, Treasurer                             1995            65,086          12,000              --             1,277
Scott M  Nehm.................................   1997            74,822          17,500           4,000            10,766
  Vice President                                 1996            71,383          15,000              --             8,044
  Controller                                     1995            67,987          12,000              --             2,066

- - - - ----------
<FN>
(1)  Annual  bonuses are  indicated  for the year in which they were earned and accrued.  Annual  bonuses for any year are
     generally paid in the following fiscal year.

(2)  All of the options are to be redeemed in connection with the Recapitalization.
</FN>


Employment Arrangements with Executive Officers

     Mr. Elman is currently  employed as Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer
pursuant to an employment  agreement which carries a three-year term. Under this
agreement,  Mr. Elman  currently  receives a salary of $650,000.  Mr. Scariot is
currently  employed as  President  pursuant  to an  employment  agreement  which
carries a three-year term. Under this agreement,  Mr. Scariot currently receives
a salary  of  $292,000.  Mr.  Kelly is  currently  employed  as  Executive  Vice
President  pursuant to an employment  agreement which carries a three-year term.
Under  this  agreement,  Mr.  Kelly  currently  receives  a salary of  $292,000.
Pursuant to these employment  agreements,  the salary of each of Messrs.  Elman,
Scariot and Kelly will be subject to annual  increases at the  discretion of the
Board of  Directors  of the Company.  Messrs.  Elman,  Scariot and Kelly will be
eligible to participate in an executive  bonus plan which will be instituted for
fiscal 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003.  Messrs.  Elman,  Scariot and Kelly will
also  participate  in an option plan which will allow  management  to earn up to
12.5% of the fully diluted equity of Holdings upon achievement of pre-determined
performance  targets.  In the event of a Change of Control of the Company  after
which the employment of Messrs. Elman, Scariot and Kelly with the Company is not
continued,  Messrs.  Elman,  Scariot  and Kelly  will be  entitled  to Change of
Control benefits unless the equity investment of each of Messrs.  Elman, Scariot
and Kelly in Holdings of each shall have tripled in value.

                                       65


                    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL
                              OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock of Holdings by each person known to the Company to
be the  beneficial  owner of more  than  five  percent  of the  common  stock of
Holdings,  each director of the Company,  each Named Executive and all directors
and executive officers of the Company as a group. Except as otherwise indicated,
the  beneficial  owners of the voting stock listed below,  based on  information
furnished by such owners,  have sole investment and voting power with respect to
such shares.  The business address for each executive  officer of the Company is
in care of the Company.

                                                           Shares
                                                        Beneficially
              Name and Address                             Owned        Percent
              ----------------                             -----        -------
J.W. Childs Equity Partners, L.P.(1)
  One Federal Street
  Boston, Massachusetts                                  8,813,024       67.5%
UBS Capital LLC(1)
  299 Park Avenue
  New York, New York                                     2,410,569       18.8
Robert H. Elman(2)                                         348,916        2.7
John W. Childs(1)(3)
  One Federal Street
  Boston, Massachusetts                                  9,160,151       70.1
Raymond B. Rudy(1)(3)
  One Federal Street
  Boston, Massachusetts                                  8,835,916       67.7
Adam L. Suttin(1)(3)
  One Federal Street
  Boston, Massachusetts                                  8,844,623       67.7
Michael Greene(4)                                           
  299 Park Avenue
  New York, New York                                     2,410,569       18.8
Terry G. Scariot                                            92,452        *
John M. Kelly                                               92,452        *
Edward G. Patrick                                           26,965        *
Scott M. Nehm                                               26,965        *
All Directors and executive officers as a group (9                    
  persons)(1)(2)(3)(4)                                  12,175,377       92.5

- - - - ----------
 *  Less than 1.0%

(1)  Includes  363,968  shares  beneficially  owned by Childs and 99,264  shares
     beneficially  owned by UBS  Capital  pursuant  to  warrants to be issued in
     connection with their respective purchases of Holdings Preferred Stock.

(2)  Includes 164,011 shares owned by Mr. Elman's family.

(3)  Includes shares  beneficially owned by Childs, as to which Messrs.  Childs,
     Rudy and Suttin may be deemed also to be beneficial owners.

(4)  Includes shares  beneficially owned by UBS Capital,  as to which Mr. Greene
     may also be deemed to be a beneficial owner.

                                       66

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     At the closing of the Recapitalization, it is contemplated that the Company
and Holdings  will enter into a management  agreement  with JWCA  providing  for
payment by the Company to JWCA of (i) a $2.55 million advisory and financing fee
in  consideration  of JWCA's  services  regarding the planning,  structuring and
negotiation  of the  Recapitalization  and related  financing and (ii) an annual
management  fee of $240,000 in  consideration  of JWCA's  ongoing  provision  of
certain  consulting  and  management  advisory  services.  Payments  under  this
management  agreement may be made only to the extent permitted by the New Credit
Facility and the  Indenture.  The  management  agreement is expected to be for a
five-year term,  automatically  renewable for successive  extension terms of one
year, unless JWCA or Holdings shall give notice of termination. In addition, UBS
Capital will be entitled to receive a $0.7 million advisory and financing fee in
consideration of UBS Capital's services regarding the planning,  structuring and
negotiation of the Recapitalization and related financing.

     Pursuant to the Recapitalization  Agreement,  concurrently with the closing
of the  Recapitalization,  Holdings,  the  Equity  Investors  and  the  Existing
Stockholders (the "Stockholders") will enter into a Stockholders  Agreement (the
"Stockholders  Agreement").  Subject to  certain  exceptions,  the  Stockholders
Agreement will restrict the right of the  Stockholders  to transfer any Holdings
Common Stock or Warrants or other vested rights to acquire Holdings Common Stock
(collectively, the "Subject Securities") without the consent of the holders of a
majority of the Subject Securities at the time held by Childs and its affiliates
and  associates  (the "JWC  Holders").  Holdings  and the JWC Holders  will have
certain rights of first refusal with respect to Subject Securities. In addition,
the  Stockholder  Agreement  will  provide  for certain  so-called  "tag-along",
"drag-along" and "piggyback  registration" rights. In addition,  the Stockholder
Agreement will provide each  Stockholder  with certain  preemptive  rights.  The
Stockholder  Agreement will also obligate  Holdings and the Stockholders to take
all necessary  actions to include certain nominees of the JWC Holders (who could
constitute  all or a majority of the board of directors)  on Holdings'  board of
directors and to ensure that certain  representatives  of the other Stockholders
may attend  meetings.  The Stockholders  Agreement will also restrict  Holdings'
right to enter into agreements with JWC Holders without the consent of the other
Stockholders.

     Holdings and its subsidiaries  expect to enter into a tax sharing agreement
providing  (among other  things) that each of the  subsidiaries  will  reimburse
Holdings  for its share of income taxes  determined  as if such  subsidiary  had
filed its tax returns separately from Holdings.


                                       67



                              DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

General

     The Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture") between
the Company,  Holdings (as  guarantor)  and Marine Midland Bank, as trustee (the
"Trustee").  The terms of the Notes  include  those stated in the  Indenture and
those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
(the  "Trust  Indenture  Act").  The Notes are  subject to all such  terms,  and
Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a
statement  thereof.  The  following  summary of the material  provisions  of the
Indenture  does not purport to be complete  and is  qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Indenture,  including the definitions  therein of certain terms
used below.  A copy of the proposed  form of Indenture and  Registration  Rights
Agreement  is  available  as  set  forth  under  "Available  Information".   The
definitions  of certain terms used in the following  summary are set forth below
under "-- Certain Definitions."

The  Notes  will  be  general  unsecured  obligations  of the  Company,  will be
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior  Indebtedness
of the Company,  including the New Credit Facility,  and will rank pari passu in
right of payment with any existing and future senior  subordinated  indebtedness
of the Company.  The Company's payment obligations under the Notes will be fully
and   unconditionally   guaranteed  (the  "Holdings   Guarantee")  on  a  senior
subordinated basis by Holdings. In addition, all borrowings under the New Credit
Facility  will be  secured by a Lien on  substantially  all of the assets of the
Company, Holdings and their domestic Subsidiaries.

In  addition,  the  Company  conducts  certain  operations  through  its foreign
subsidiaries and the Notes will be effectively  subordinated to all indebtedness
and other  liabilities  and  commitments  (including  trade  payables  and lease
obligations) of such foreign  subsidiaries.  Any right of the Company to receive
assets  of  any  of  its   Subsidiaries   upon  the  latter's   liquidation   or
reorganization  (and  the  consequent  right  of the  Holders  of the  Notes  to
participate in those assets) will be effectively  subordinated  to the claims of
that  Subsidiary's  creditors,  except to the extent  that the Company is itself
recognized  as a creditor  of such  Subsidiary,  in which case the claims of the
Company  would  still be  subordinate  to any  security  in the  assets  of such
Subsidiary and any  indebtedness of such  Subsidiary  senior to that held by the
Company. As of the date of the Indenture, all of the Company's Subsidiaries will
be Restricted  Subsidiaries.  However, under certain circumstances,  the Company
will be  able to  designate  current  or  future  Subsidiaries  as  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries.  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  will  not be  subject  to many of the
restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

     The Notes will be limited in aggregate  principal  amount to $130.0 million
and will mature on December 15, 2007. The Indenture provides for the issuance of
up to $75.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount of  additional  Notes  having
identical  terms and  conditions  to the Notes offered  hereby (the  "Additional
Notes"),  subject to compliance  with the covenants  contained in the Indenture.
Any Additional  Notes will be part of the same issue as the Notes offered hereby
and will vote on all matters with the Notes offered hereby. For purposes of this
"Description of Notes," references to the Notes do not include Additional Notes.
Interest on the Notes will  accrue  from the most recent date to which  interest
has been  paid or,  if no  interest  has been  paid,  from the date of  original
issuance.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of
twelve 30-day months.  Principal,  premium,  if any, and interest and Liquidated
Damages,  if any,  on the Notes  will be  payable at the office or agency of the
Company maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at
the option of the Company,  payment of interest and Liquidated  Damages, if any,
may be made by check  mailed to the  Holders  of the  Notes at their  respective
addresses  set forth in the  register  of  Holders of Notes;  provided  that all
payments  with  respect to Notes the  Holders of which have given wire  transfer
instructions  to the Company  will be  required  to be made by wire  transfer of
immediately  available funds to the accounts  specified by the Holders  thereof.
Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company's office or agency in New
York will be the office of the Trustee  maintained  for such purpose.  The Notes
will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

                                       68


Subordination

     The payment of all  Obligations on the Notes will be  subordinated in right
of payment, as set forth in the Indenture,  to the prior payment in full in cash
of all Senior Indebtedness,  whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or
thereafter incurred.

     Upon  any  distribution  to  creditors  of the  Company  or  Holdings  in a
liquidation or dissolution of the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, or in
a bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency,  receivership or similar  proceeding
relating to the Company or Holdings or their respective property,  an assignment
for the benefit of creditors or any  marshalling  of the  Company's or Holdings'
assets and liabilities,  the holders of Senior  Indebtedness will be entitled to
receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior
Indebtedness  (including  interest after the commencement of any such proceeding
at the rate specified in the applicable Senior  Indebtedness) before the Holders
of Notes will be entitled to receive  any payment  with  respect to the Notes or
the  Holdings  Guarantee,  and  until all  Obligations  with  respect  to Senior
Indebtedness  are paid in full, any  distribution  to which the Holders of Notes
would be entitled  shall be made to the holders of Senior  Indebtedness  (except
that Holders of Notes may receive  securities that are  subordinated at least to
the same extent as the Notes to Senior Indebtedness and any securities issued in
exchange  for Senior  Indebtedness  and payments  made from the trust  described
under "-- Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance").  Senior Indebtedness shall
not be deemed to have been paid in full until the termination of all commitments
or other Obligations  under the New Credit Facility,  and the payment in full in
cash thereof.

     The Company and Holdings also may not make any payment or distribution upon
or  in  respect  of  the  Notes  or  the  Holdings  Guarantee  (except  in  such
subordinated  securities or from the trust described under "-- Legal  Defeasance
and Covenant  Defeasance")  if (i) a default in the payment of any Obligation on
Designated  Senior  Indebtedness  occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable
period of grace or (ii) any other default occurs and is continuing  with respect
to Designated Senior  Indebtedness that permits holders of the Designated Senior
Indebtedness as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity and the
Trustee receives a notice of such default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the
Company, Holdings, the agent under the New Credit Facility or the holders of any
other  Designated  Senior  Indebtedness.  Payments on the Notes or the  Holdings
Guarantee  may and shall be resumed (a) in the case of a payment  default,  upon
the  date  on  which  such  default  is  cured  or  waived  and (b) in case of a
nonpayment default,  the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is
cured or waived  or 179 days  after  the date on which  the  applicable  Payment
Blockage  Notice is  received,  unless the  maturity  of any  Designated  Senior
Indebtedness has been accelerated. No new period of payment blockage pursuant to
a Payment  Blockage  Notice may be commenced  unless and until (i) 360 days have
elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice
and (ii) all scheduled payments of principal,  premium,  if any, and interest on
the Notes  that have  come due have  been  paid in full in cash.  No  nonpayment
default  that existed or was  continuing  on the date of delivery of any Payment
Blockage  Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent
Payment Blockage Notice.

     The Indenture will further require that the Company promptly notify holders
of Senior  Indebtedness  if  payment of the Notes is  accelerated  because of an
Event of Default.

     As a result of the subordination  provisions  described above, in the event
of a liquidation or  insolvency,  Holders of Notes may recover less ratably than
creditors of the Company or Holdings who are holders of Senior Indebtedness.  At
November 29, 1997, the aggregate  principal amount of Senior Indebtedness of the
Company was approximately  $135.5 million.  The Indenture will limit, subject to
certain financial tests, the amount of additional Indebtedness, including Senior
Indebtedness,  that the Company,  Holdings and their respective subsidiaries can
incur.  See "-- Certain  Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock."

Holdings Guarantee

     The payment of principal of,  premium,  if any, and interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an
unsecured basis by Holdings.  The Holdings Guarantee will be subordinated to the
amounts for which Holdings will be liable under the guarantees  issued from time
to time with respect to Senior  Indebtedness to the same extent as the Notes are
subordinated to such Senior Indebtedness. The obligation of Holdings

                                       69



under  the  Holdings  Guarantee  will  be  limited  so as  not to  constitute  a
fraudulent  conveyance  under  applicable  law. See,  however,  "Risk Factors --
Fraudulent Conveyance and Preference Considerations."

     The Indenture will provide that Holdings may not consolidate  with or merge
with  or  into  (whether  or not  Holdings  is the  surviving  Person),  another
corporation, Person or entity whether or not affiliated with Holdings unless (i)
subject to the  provisions of the following  paragraph,  the Person formed by or
surviving any such  consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings) assumes all
the  obligations of Holdings  pursuant to a  supplemental  indenture in form and
substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Trustee,  under  the  Notes and the
Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,  no Default
or Event of Default exists; (iii) Holdings, or any Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation or merger, would have Consolidated Net Worth (immediately
after  giving  effect  to  such  transaction),  equal  to or  greater  than  the
Consolidated Net Worth of Holdings  immediately  preceding the transaction;  and
(iv)  Holdings  would be  permitted,  immediately  after  giving  effect to such
transaction,  to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the covenant described below under
the caption "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."

Optional Redemption

     The Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's  option prior to December
15, 2002.  Thereafter,  the Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of
the Company,  in whole or in part,  upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
notice,  at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount)
set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the applicable  redemption  date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below:

       Year                                           Percentage

2002................................................  104.9375%
2003................................................  103.2917%
2004................................................  101.6458%
2005 and thereafter.................................  100.0000%


     Notwithstanding the foregoing,  at any time on or before December 15, 2000,
the Company may (but shall not have the  obligation  to) redeem up to 35% of the
original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) at
a redemption  price of 109.875% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated  Damages thereon to the redemption date, with the
net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings; provided that at least
65% of the aggregate  principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes)
remain  outstanding  immediately  after the occurrence of such  redemption;  and
provided,  further,  that such redemption shall occur within 60 days of the date
of the closing of such Public Equity Offering.

     If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time,  selection of
Notes for redemption  will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis;  provided
that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption
shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before
the  redemption  date to each Holder of Notes to be  redeemed at its  registered
address.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only,  the notice of  redemption
that  relates  to such Note shall  state the  portion  of the  principal  amount
thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal  amount equal to the unredeemed
portion  thereof  will  be  issued  in the  name  of  the  Holder  thereof  upon
cancellation  of the original Note. On and after the redemption  date,  interest
ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Optional Redemption Upon Change Of Control

     Upon the  occurrence of a Change of Control prior to December 15, 2002, the
Notes will be  redeemable,  in whole or in part,  at the option of the  Company,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice to each Holder of Notes
to be  redeemed,  at a  redemption  price  equal  to the  sum of  (i)  the  then
outstanding principal amount thereof plus

                                       70


(ii) accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Liquidated  Damages, if any, to the
redemption date plus (iii) the Applicable Premium. The following definitions are
used to determine the Applicable Premium:

     "Applicable  Premium"  will be  defined,  with  respect  to a Note,  as the
greater of (i) 4.9375% of the then outstanding  principal amount of such Note or
(ii) the excess of (A) the present value of the remaining  required interest and
principal  payments due on such Note  (exclusive of accrued and unpaid  interest
and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any),  computed using a discount rate equal to the
Treasury  Rate plus 50 basis  points,  over (B) the then  outstanding  principal
amount of such Note.

     "Treasury  Rate" will be defined  as the yield to  maturity  at the time of
computation of United States Treasury  securities  with a constant  maturity (as
compiled and published in the most recent Federal  Reserve  Statistical  Release
H.15 (519) which has become publicly  available at least two Business Days prior
to the date fixed for prepayment (or, if such  Statistical  Release is no longer
published,  any publicly  available  source of similar market data)) most nearly
equal to the then  remaining  Average  Life to  Stated  Maturity  of the  Notes;
provided,  however,  that if the Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Notes is
not equal to the  constant  maturity of a United  States  Treasury  security for
which a weekly  average  yield is given,  the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by
linear interpolation  (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the
weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields
are given,  except that if the Average  Life to Stated  Maturity of the Notes is
less than one year,  the weekly  average yield on actually  traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Mandatory Redemption

     Except as set forth below under  "Repurchase at the Option of Holders," the
Company is not required to make  mandatory  redemption  or sinking fund payments
with respect to the Notes.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

     Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control,  each Holder of Notes will have
the right to require the Company to repurchase  all or any part (equal to $1,000
or an integral  multiple  thereof) of such Holder's  Notes pursuant to the offer
described  below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in cash equal
to 101% of the  aggregate  principal  amount  thereof  plus  accrued  and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages thereon,  if any, to the date of repurchase (the
"Change  of Control  Payment").  Within  fifteen  days  following  any Change of
Control,  the  Company  will  mail  a  notice  to  each  Holder  describing  the
transaction or  transactions  that constitute the Change of Control and offering
to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice, which date shall be no
earlier  than 30 days and no later  than 60 days  from the date  such  notice is
mailed  (the  "Change of Control  Payment  Date"),  pursuant  to the  procedures
required by the Indenture and described in such notice.  The Company will comply
with the  requirements  of Rule  14e-1  under  the  Exchange  Act and any  other
securities  laws  and  regulations  thereunder  to  the  extent  such  laws  and
regulations  are applicable in connection  with the repurchase of the Notes as a
result of a Change of Control.

     On the Change of Control  Payment  Date,  the Company  will,  to the extent
lawful,  (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly  tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control  Offer,  (2) deposit  with the Paying Agent an
amount  equal to the  Change  of  Control  Payment  in  respect  of all Notes or
portions  thereof so tendered  and (3) deliver or cause to be  delivered  to the
Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the
aggregate  principal  amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the
Company. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered
the Change of Control  Payment for such Notes,  and the  Trustee  will  promptly
authenticate  and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder
a new Note equal in  principal  amount to any  unpurchased  portion of the Notes
surrendered,  if any;  provided  that each such new Note will be in a  principal
amount of $1,000 or an integral  multiple  thereof.  The Indenture  will provide
that, prior to complying with the provisions of this covenant,  but in any event
within 75 days following a Change of Control,  the Company will either repay all
outstanding Senior Indebtedness or obtain the requisite consents,  if any, under
all agreements governing outstanding

                                       71


Senior Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this covenant.
The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on
or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

     The Change of Control provisions  described above will take precedence over
other  provisions of the Indenture which may be applicable.  Except as described
above with  respect  to a Change of  Control,  the  Indenture  does not  contain
provisions  that  permit the  Holders of the Notes to require  that the  Company
repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover,  recapitalization  or
similar transaction.

     The New Credit Facility currently prohibits the Company from purchasing any
Notes,  and also provides that certain  events  constituting a change of control
with respect to the Company would  constitute a default  thereunder.  Any future
credit agreements or other agreements  relating to Senior  Indebtedness to which
the Company becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions.  In
the event a Change of Control  occurs at a time when the  Company is  prohibited
from purchasing  Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to the
purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition.  If the  Company  does not  obtain  such a  consent  or repay  such
borrowings,  the Company will remain  prohibited from purchasing  Notes. In such
case, the Company's failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event
of Default under the Indenture which would, in turn,  constitute a default under
the New Credit Facility. In such circumstances,  the subordination provisions in
the Indenture would likely restrict payments to the Holders of Notes.

     The Company  will not be required to make a Change of Control  Offer upon a
Change of Control  if a third  party  makes the  Change of Control  Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in the  Indenture,  applicable  to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company
and purchases all Notes validly  tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer.

     The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease,  transfer,  conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially all"
of the assets of the Company  and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole.  Although
there is a developing body of case law  interpreting  the phrase  "substantially
all," there is no precise established  definition of the phrase under applicable
law.  Accordingly,  the  ability of a Holder of Notes to require  the Company to
repurchase  such Notes as a result of a sale,  lease,  transfer,  conveyance  or
other  disposition  of  less  than  all of the  assets  of the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Asset Sales

     The Indenture will provide that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any of their respective  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  consummate an
Asset Sale unless (i) the Company, Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be,  receives  consideration  at the time of such  Asset  Sale at least
equal to the fair  market  value  (evidenced  by a  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the
assets or Equity Interests  issued or sold or otherwise  disposed of and (ii) at
least 75% of the  consideration  therefor  received by the Company,  Holdings or
such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;  provided
that the amount of (x) any liabilities (as shown on the Company's,  Holdings' or
such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet) of the Company, Holdings
or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent  liabilities and liabilities
that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, the Holdings Guarantee or any
Subsidiary  Guarantee)  that are  assumed by the  transferee  of any such assets
pursuant to a customary novation  agreement that releases the Company,  Holdings
or such Restricted  Subsidiary from further liability and (y) any notes or other
obligations received by the Company,  Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary
from such transferee that are immediately converted by the Company,  Holdings or
such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received), shall
be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision.

     Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net  Proceeds  from an Asset Sale,
the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, may apply such Net Proceeds, at its
option,  (a)  to  permanently   reduce  outstanding  Senior   Indebtedness  (and
correspondingly  reduce commitments  thereunder) or (b) to acquire a controlling
interest  in  another  business,  the  making  of a capital  expenditure  or the
acquisition of other  long-term  assets,  in each case, in the same or a similar
line of business  as the  Company  was engaged in on the date of the  Indenture.
Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds,

                                       72


the Company or Holdings,  as the case may be, may temporarily  reduce  revolving
credit  Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is
not prohibited by the Indenture.  Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not
applied or invested as provided in the first  sentence of this paragraph will be
deemed to constitute  "Excess  Proceeds."  When the  aggregate  amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company and Holdings will be required to make
an offer to all Holders of Notes and Additional Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer") to
purchase the maximum  principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes that may be
purchased  out of the Excess  Proceeds,  at an offer  price in cash in an amount
equal to 100% of the principal  amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid  interest
and Liquidated Damages,  if any, thereon to the date of purchase,  in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate
amount of Notes and Additional Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is
less than the Excess Proceeds,  the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, may
use any  remaining  Excess  Proceeds  for  general  corporate  purposes.  If the
aggregate  principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes surrendered by Holders
thereof  exceeds the amount of Excess  Proceeds,  the Trustee  shall  select the
Notes and Additional Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.  Upon completion
of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Certain Covenants

Restricted Payments

     The Indenture will provide that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any of the Restricted  Subsidiaries  to, directly or indirectly:  (i)
declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account
of the  Company's,  Holdings'  or any of  the  Restricted  Subsidiaries'  Equity
Interests  (including,  without  limitation,  any payment in connection with any
merger or  consolidation  involving the Company or Holdings) or to the direct or
indirect  holders of the Company's,  Holdings' or any  Restricted  Subsidiaries'
Equity   Interests  in  their   capacity  as  such  (other  than   dividends  or
distributions  payable in Equity  Interests (other than  Disqualified  Stock) of
Holdings);  (ii)  purchase,  redeem or  otherwise  acquire  or retire  for value
(including  without  limitation,  in connection with any merger or consolidation
involving  the  Company  or  Holdings)  any  Equity  Interests  of the  Company,
Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or Holdings, or any Affiliate
of the Company or Holdings  (other than any such Equity  Interests  owned by the
Company or any Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company);  (iii) make
any payment on, or purchase,  redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for
value any  Indebtedness  that is  subordinated  to the Notes (other than Notes),
except a payment of interest or principal of  Indebtedness  (other than interest
payments on any Exchange Notes or Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness) at Stated
Maturity or (iv) make any  Restricted  Investment  (all such  payments and other
actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively  referred
to as "Restricted Payments"),  unless, at the time of and after giving effect to
such Restricted Payment:

     (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would occur as a consequence thereof;

     (b) the Company (in the case of a Restricted  Payment by the Company or any
of its Restricted  Subsidiaries)  or Holdings (in all other cases) would, at the
time of such Restricted  Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if
such  Restricted  Payment  had  been  made at the  beginning  of the  applicable
four-quarter  period,  have a Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1
pursuant  to the  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio  test set  forth  in the  first
paragraph  of the  covenant  described  below under  caption "--  Incurrence  of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;"

     (c) in the case of a  Restricted  Payment of the  Company  or a  Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, such Restricted Payment,  together with the aggregate
of all  other  Restricted  Payments  made  by the  Company  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  after the date of the  Indenture  (excluding  Restricted  Payments
permitted by clause (ii) of the second succeeding  paragraph),  is less than the
sum of (i) 50% of the  Consolidated  Net  Income of the  Company  for the period
(taken as one accounting  period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter
commencing  after the date of the  Indenture  to the end of the  Company's  most
recently  ended  fiscal  quarter for which  internal  financial  statements  are
available at the time of such Restricted  Payment (or, if such  Consolidated Net
Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit),  plus (ii) 100%
of the  aggregate  net cash  proceeds  received by the Company from the issue or
sale since the date

                                       73

of the  Indenture of Equity  Interests of the Company  (other than  Disqualified
Stock) or of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company that have been
converted  into  such  Equity   Interests   (other  than  Equity  Interests  (or
Disqualified  Stock or convertible  debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the
Company and other than  Disqualified  Stock or convertible  debt securities that
have been converted into Disqualified  Stock), plus (iii) to the extent that any
Restricted  Investment that was made after the date of the Indenture is sold for
cash or  otherwise  liquidated  or repaid  for cash,  the lesser of (A) the cash
return of capital with respect to such Restricted  Investment  (less the cost of
disposition,  if any) and (B) the initial amount of such  Restricted  Investment
plus (iv) the amount resulting from redesignations of Unrestricted  Subsidiaries
as Restricted  Subsidiaries  (in each case, such amount to be valued as provided
in the second  succeeding  paragraph)  not to exceed  the amount of  Investments
previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary  and which was treated as a Restricted  Payment under the  Indenture;
and
     (d) in the  case  of a  Restricted  Payment  by  Holdings  or a  Restricted
Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company),  such  Restricted  Payment,  together  with the aggregate of all other
Restricted  Payments  made  by  Holdings,   the  Company  and  their  Restricted
Subsidiaries  after the date of the  Indenture  (excluding  Restricted  Payments
permitted by clause (ii) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum
of (i) 50% of the  Consolidated  Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as
one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing
after the date of the  Indenture to the end of  Holdings'  most  recently  ended
fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time
of such Restricted  Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period
is a deficit,  less 100% of such  deficit),  plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net
cash proceeds  received by Holdings from the issue or sale since the date of the
Indenture of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified  Stock) or of
Disqualified  Stock or debt securities of Holdings that have been converted into
such Equity Interests  (other than Equity  Interests (or  Disqualified  Stock or
convertible  debt  securities)  sold to a Subsidiary  of Holdings and other than
Disqualified  Stock or convertible debt securities that have been converted into
Disqualified  Stock),  plus (iii) to the extent that any  Restricted  Investment
that was made  after  the date of the  Indenture  is sold for cash or  otherwise
liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (A) the cash return of capital with
respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and
(B) the  initial  amount of such  Restricted  Investment  plus  (iv) the  amount
resulting  from  redesignations  of  Unrestricted   Subsidiaries  as  Restricted
Subsidiaries  (in each case,  such amount to be valued as provided in the second
succeeding paragraph) not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by
Holdings in such  Unrestricted  Subsidiary and which was treated as a Restricted
Payment under the Indenture.

     The foregoing provisions will not prohibit: (i) the payment of any dividend
within  60 days  after  the  date of  declaration  thereof,  if at said  date of
declaration  such  payment  would  have  complied  with  the  provisions  of the
Indenture;  (ii) the  redemption,  repurchase,  retirement,  defeasance or other
acquisition of any subordinated  Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company
in  exchange  for,  or  out of the  net  cash  proceeds  of,  the  substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company) of other
Equity  Interests of the Company (other than any Disqualified  Stock);  provided
that the amount of any such net cash  proceeds  that are  utilized  for any such
redemption,  repurchase,  retirement,  defeasance or other  acquisition shall be
excluded  from clause  (c)(ii) of  paragraph  (c) above;  (iii) the  redemption,
repurchase,  retirement,  defeasance or other  acquisition  of any  subordinated
Indebtedness or Equity  Interests of Holdings in exchange for, or out of the net
cash proceeds of, the  substantially  concurrent sale (other than to the Company
or a Restricted  Subsidiary  of Holdings) of other Equity  Interests of Holdings
(other than any  Disqualified  Stock);  provided that the amount of any such net
cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement,
defeasance  or other  acquisition  shall be  excluded  from  clause  (d)(ii)  of
paragraph  (d)  above;  (iv) the  defeasance,  redemption,  repurchase  or other
acquisition  of  subordinated  Indebtedness  with the net cash  proceeds from an
incurrence  of  Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness;  (v)  the  making  of  any
Restricted  Payment by Holdings  utilizing the proceeds of a Restricted  Payment
made by the Company to  Holdings  in  accordance  with the  Indenture;  (vi) the
payment of any  dividend by a Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company or Holdings
(other than the Company) to the holders of its common Equity  Interests on a pro
rata basis;  (vii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and is continuing,  the repurchase,  redemption or other retirement for value of
any Equity  Interests of the Company,  Holdings or a Restricted  Subsidiary,  or
dividends  or other  distributions  by the Company to Holdings  the  proceeds of
which are utilized by Holdings to  repurchase,  redeem or  otherwise  acquire or
retire for value any Equity  Interests  of Holdings,  in each case,  held by any
member of the management,  employees or consultants of the Company, a Restricted
Subsidiary or Holdings pursuant to any management, employee or consultant equity
subscription agreement or stock option agreement; provided
                                       74

that the aggregate price paid for all such  repurchased,  redeemed,  acquired or
retired  Equity  Interests  shall  not  exceed  the sum of (x)  $500,000  in any
twelve-month  period and (y) the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company
or Holdings from any  reissuance of Equity  Interests by Holdings or the Company
to members of  management  of the  Company or Holdings  (provided  that the cash
proceeds referred to in this clause (y) shall be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of
paragraph (c) above);  (viii) dividends or other payments to Holdings sufficient
to  enable  Holdings  to pay (x)  accounting,  legal,  corporate  reporting  and
administrative expenses of Holdings incurred in the ordinary course of business,
(y) required fees and expenses,  and any adjustments to the purchase price under
the  Stock   Purchase   Agreement,   in  each  case  in   connection   with  the
Recapitalization,  and (z) the  registration  fees and expenses under applicable
laws and  regulations  of its debt or equity  securities;  and (ix)  payments to
Holdings pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement.  In addition, the Indenture will
provide that the Company may make a  distribution  to Holdings to consummate the
Recapitalization.

     The Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings,  as the case may be, may
designate any  Restricted  Subsidiary to be an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary if such
designation   would  not  cause  a  Default.   For   purposes   of  making  such
determination,  all  outstanding  Investments  by the Company,  Holdings and the
Restricted  Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in the Subsidiary
so  designated  will be deemed  to be  Restricted  Payments  at the time of such
designation and will reduce the amount  available for Restricted  Payments under
the first paragraph of this covenant.  All such outstanding  Investments will be
deemed to  constitute  Investments  in an amount equal to the greater of (x) the
net book value of such  Investments at the time of such  designation and (y) the
fair market  value of such  Investments  at the time of such  designation.  Such
designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted
at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     The amount of all Restricted  Payments  (other than cash) shall be the fair
market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities
proposed  to  be  transferred  or  issued  by  the  Company,  Holdings  or  such
Subsidiary,  as the case may be,  pursuant to the Restricted  Payment.  The fair
market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined by the Board
of Directors of the Company or  Holdings,  as the case may be, whose  resolution
with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee, such determination to be
based  upon an  opinion  or  appraisal  issued by an  accounting,  appraisal  or
investment  banking firm of national  standing if such fair market value exceeds
$5.0  million.  Not later than the date of making any  Restricted  Payment,  the
Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate stating that such
Restricted  Payment  is  permitted  and  setting  forth the basis upon which the
calculations  required by the  covenant  "Restricted  Payments"  were  computed,
together  with a copy of any  fairness  opinion  or  appraisal  required  by the
Indenture,  which  calculations  may be based upon  Holdings'  latest  available
financial statements.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

     The Indenture will provide that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any of their  respective  Subsidiaries  to,  directly or  indirectly,
create,  incur,  issue,  assume,  guarantee  or  otherwise  become  directly  or
indirectly  liable,  contingently or otherwise,  with respect to  (collectively,
"incur")  any  Indebtedness  (including  Acquired  Debt),  will  not  issue  any
Disqualified  Stock and will not permit any of their respective  Subsidiaries to
issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that (i) the Company may
incur  Indebtedness  (including  Acquired Debt) or issue shares of  Disqualified
Stock if the Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio of the Company for the Company's most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
are  available   immediately   preceding  the  date  on  which  such  additional
Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at
least 1.75 to 1, if such  incurrence  or issuance is on or prior to December 15,
1999, or 2.0 to 1, if such incurrence or issuance is after December 15, 1999, in
each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of
the  net  proceeds  therefrom),  as if  the  additional  Indebtedness  had  been
incurred,  or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the
beginning of such four-quarter  period and (ii) Holdings may incur  Indebtedness
(including  Acquired  Debt) or issue shares of  Disqualified  Stock if the Fixed
Charge  Coverage  Ratio of Holdings for Holdings'  most recently ended four full
fiscal   quarters  for  which  internal   financial   statements  are  available
immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred
or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 1.75 to 1, if such
incurrence or issuance is on or prior to December 15, 1999, or 2.0 to 1, if such
incurrence or issuance is after December 15, 1999, in each case, determined on a
pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds

                                       75


therefrom),  as if  the  additional  Indebtedness  had  been  incurred,  or  the
Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such
four-quarter period.

     The  provisions  of the first  paragraph of this covenant will not apply to
the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, "Permitted Debt"), each of
which shall be given independent effect:

     (i)  the  incurrence  by  the  Company,   Holdings  and  their   respective
Subsidiaries of  Indebtedness  (including  letters of credit),  or guarantees of
such Indebtedness, pursuant to the term loan portion of the New Credit Facility;
provided  that,  after  giving pro forma effect to any such  incurrence  and the
application of the proceeds  therefrom,  the aggregate  principal  amount of all
Indebtedness of the Company,  Holdings and their Subsidiaries  outstanding under
the term loan portion of the New Credit  Facility does not exceed $100.0 million
less the  aggregate  amount  of all Net  Proceeds  of  Asset  Sales  applied  to
permanently repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above
under the caption "Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Asset Sales;"

     (ii)  the  incurrence  by  the  Company,   Holdings  and  their  respective
Subsidiaries of  Indebtedness  (including  letters of credit),  or guarantees of
such  Indebtedness,  pursuant to the  revolving  loan  portion of the New Credit
Facility  (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal  amount equal
to  the  maximum  potential  liability  of  the  Company,   Holdings  and  their
Subsidiaries  thereunder);  provided that,  after giving pro forma effect to any
such  incurrence and the  application of the proceeds  therefrom,  the aggregate
principal  amount of all  Indebtedness  (including  letters  of  credit)  of the
Company,  Holdings and their  Subsidiaries  outstanding under the revolving loan
portion of the New  Credit  Facility  does not  exceed the  greater of (x) $75.0
million less the aggregate  amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied to
permanently repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above
under the caption  "Repurchase  at the Option of Holders -- Asset  Sales" or (y)
the amount of the Borrowing Base as of any date of incurrence;

     (iii) the  incurrence  by the Company of  Indebtedness  represented  by the
Notes  (other than any  Additional  Notes),  the  incurrence  by Holdings of the
Holdings Guarantee or the incurrence by any Restricted  Subsidiary of Subsidiary
Guarantees;

     (iv) the incurrence by the Company,  Holdings or any of their  Subsidiaries
of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or
purchase money  obligations,  in each case incurred for the purpose of financing
all or any part of the purchase price or cost of  construction or improvement of
property,  plant or equipment  used in the business of the Company,  Holdings or
such Subsidiary,  in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5.0 million at
any time outstanding;

     (v) the  incurrence  by any  corporation  that becomes a Subsidiary  of the
Company after the Issue Date of Acquired Debt, which Indebtedness is existing at
the time such  corporation  becomes a Subsidiary;  provided,  however,  that (A)
either (x) the  principal  amount (or accreted  value,  as  applicable)  of such
Acquired  Debt,  together  with  any  other  outstanding  Indebtedness  incurred
pursuant to this clause (iv),  does not exceed $5.0 million since the Issue Date
or  (y)  immediately  after  giving  effect  to  such  corporation   becoming  a
Subsidiary,  Holdings  could  incur at least  $1.00 of  additional  Indebtedness
(other  than  Permitted  Debt)  in  accordance  with  the  Indenture,  (B)  such
Indebtedness  is without  recourse to the  Company,  Holdings or to any of their
respective Subsidiaries or to any of their respective properties or assets other
than Person  becoming a  Subsidiary  or its  properties  and assets and (C) such
Indebtedness  was  not  incurred  as a  result  of or in  connection  with or in
contemplation of such entity becoming a Subsidiary;

     (vi) the incurrence by the Company,  Holdings or any of their  Subsidiaries
of Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness  in exchange for, or the net proceeds of
which  are  used to  extend,  refinance,  renew,  replace,  defease  or  refund,
Indebtedness that was permitted by the Indenture to be incurred;

                                       76


     (vii) the  incurrence  of  intercompany  Indebtedness  between or among the
Company,   Holdings  and  any  of  their  respective   Wholly  Owned  Restricted
Subsidiaries;  provided,  however,  that (i) if the  Company or  Holdings is the
obligor on such Indebtedness,  such Indebtedness is expressly subordinate to the
prior payment in full in cash of all  Obligations  with respect to the Notes and
(ii)(A) any subsequent  issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in
any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company, Holdings or
a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary and (B) any sale or other transfer of any
such  Indebtedness  to a Person  that is not either the  Company,  Holdings or a
Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute
an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company,  Holdings or such Subsidiary,
as the case may be;

     (viii)  Indebtedness of an Unrestricted  Subsidiary owed to and held by the
Company,  Holdings  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary,  provided  that  the  Company,
Holdings or such  Restricted  Subsidiary  is permitted to make an  investment in
such  Unrestricted  Subsidiary under the Indenture at the time such Indebtedness
is incurred in an amount equal to the principal amount of such Indebtedness;

     (ix) the incurrence by the Company or Holdings of Hedging  Obligations that
are incurred for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency risk or interest rate
risk with respect to any  floating  rate  Indebtedness  that is permitted by the
terms of this Indenture to be outstanding;

     (x) the  incurrence by  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  of  Non-Recourse  Debt,
provided,  however, that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt
of an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary,  such event  shall be deemed to  constitute  an
incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary;

     (xi)  Indebtedness  incurred in respect of performance,  surety and similar
bonds provided by the Company,  Holdings and the Restricted  Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business, and refinancings thereof;

     (xii) Indebtedness for letters of credit relating to workers'  compensation
claims and  self-insurance  or similar  requirements  in the ordinary  course of
business;

     (xiii) Indebtedness arising from guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company,
Holdings or any  Subsidiary or other  agreements  of the Company,  Holdings or a
Subsidiary  providing  for  indemnification,  adjustment  of  purchase  price or
similar  obligations,  in each case,  incurred or assumed in connection with the
disposition  of any business,  assets or  Subsidiary,  other than  guarantees of
Indebtedness  incurred  by any  person  acquiring  all or any  portion  of  such
business,  assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing  such  acquisition,
provided  that  the  maximum   aggregate   liability  in  respect  of  all  such
Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the
Company, Holdings and their Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

     (xiv) the  issuance by Holdings,  on the Issue Date,  of shares of Holdings
Preferred Stock, with an aggregate  liquidation value of up to $17.6 million and
the issuance of additional  shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock as dividends on
outstanding  shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock subsequent to the Issue Date in
accordance with the terms of the Holdings Preferred Stock;

     (xv) the  incurrence of Exchange  Notes issued (a) in exchange for all, but
not less than all, of the  outstanding  Holdings  Preferred  Stock in accordance
with the terms of the Holdings  Preferred  Stock as in effect on the Issue Date,
if immediately  prior to giving effect to the incurrence of such Exchange Notes,
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of

                                       77


Holdings  would have been at least 2.0 to 1 pursuant to the Fixed  Charge  Ratio
test set forth in clause  (ii) of the  proviso  of the first  paragraph  of this
covenant;  provided  that in  calculating  such Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio of
Holdings,  no  effect  shall  be  given  to  clause  (ii) of the  definition  of
"Consolidated  Net Income" set forth under "-- Certain  Definitions"  below) and
(b) as interest on Exchange Notes in accordance with the terms thereof;

     (xvi) the incurrence by Holdings of Qualified Subordinated  Indebtedness in
an  aggregate   principal  amount  not  to  exceed  $5.0  million  at  any  time
outstanding; and

     (xvii) the incurrence by the Company, Holdings or any of their Subsidiaries
of additional  Indebtedness (in addition to Indebtedness  permitted by any other
clause of this paragraph) in an aggregate  principal  amount (or accreted value,
as applicable) at any time outstanding not to exceed $20.0 million.

     For purposes of determining  compliance  with this  covenant,  in the event
that an  item of  Indebtedness  meets  the  criteria  of  more  than  one of the
categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xvii) above or is
entitled to be incurred  pursuant to the first  paragraph of this covenant,  the
Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness in any
manner that complies with this  covenant and such item of  Indebtedness  will be
treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant
to the first paragraph hereof. Accrual of interest and the accretion of accreted
value will not be deemed to be an  incurrence  of  Indebtedness  for purposes of
this covenant.

Liens

     The Indenture will provide that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any of their  respective  Subsidiaries  to,  directly or  indirectly,
create,  incur,  assume  or  suffer  to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or
hereafter  acquired,  or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any
right to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

     The Indenture will provide that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  directly or indirectly,  create or
otherwise  cause or suffer  to exist or  become  effective  any  encumbrance  or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted  Subsidiary to (i)(a) pay dividends
or  make  any  other  distributions  to  the  Company,  Holdings  or  any of the
Restricted  Subsidiaries  (1) on its  Capital  Stock or (2) with  respect to any
other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits,  or (b) pay any
Indebtedness   owed  to  the  Company,   Holdings  or  any  of  the   Restricted
Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company, Holdings or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the
Company,  Holdings  or any of  the  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  except  for  such
encumbrances or restrictions  existing under or by reason of (a) applicable law,
(b) any instrument governing  Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired
by the Company,  Holdings or any of the Restricted  Subsidiaries as in effect at
the  time of such  acquisition  (except  to the  extent  such  Indebtedness  was
incurred in connection  with or in  contemplation  of such  acquisition),  which
encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or
assets of any Person,  other than the Person,  or the  property or assets of the
Person,  so  acquired,  provided  that,  in  the  case  of  Indebtedness,   such
Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred,  (c) by
reason of customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses, encumbrances,
contracts or similar assets  entered into or acquired in the ordinary  course of
business and consistent with past practices,  (d) purchase money obligations for
property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of
the nature  described in clause  (iii) above on the  property so  acquired,  (e)
existing by virtue of any  transfer of,  agreement to transfer,  option or right
with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company,  Holdings or
any Restricted  Subsidiary not otherwise  prohibited by the Indenture,  (f) with
respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has
been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the
Capital  Stock of, or property and assets of, such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (g)
Indebtedness  of  the  Company  and  its  Restricted   Subsidiaries   containing
restrictions on dividends,  distributions and other payments to Holdings and its
Restricted   Subsidiaries   (other   than  the   Company   and  its   Restricted
Subsidiaries),  (h) the New Credit Facility, provided that such restrictions are
no more restrictive than those contained

                                       78


in the New  Credit  Facility  as in effect on the Issue  Date or such  Permitted
Refinancing  Indebtedness  is no more  restrictive  than those  contained in the
agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

     The Indenture  will provide that the Company may not  consolidate  or merge
with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all
of its  properties  or assets in one or more  related  transactions,  to another
corporation, Person or entity unless (i) either (a) the Company is the surviving
corporation  or (b) the entity or the  Person  formed by or  surviving  any such
consolidation  or merger  (if other  than the  Company)  or to which  such sale,
assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance or other  disposition shall have been
made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States,
any state thereof or the District of Columbia;  (ii) the entity or Person formed
by or surviving any such  consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or
the entity or Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance
or other  disposition  shall have been made assumes all the  obligations  of the
Company under the Notes and the Indenture,  pursuant to a supplemental indenture
in a form reasonably  satisfactory to the Trustee;  (iii) immediately after such
transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;  (iv) except in the case of a
merger of the Company with or into a Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary,  the
Company or the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease,  conveyance  or other  disposition  shall  have  been  made (A) will have
Consolidated  Net Worth  immediately  after the transaction  equal to or greater
than  the  Consolidated  Net  Worth of the  Company  immediately  preceding  the
transaction  and (B) will, at the time of such  transaction and after giving pro
forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable  four-quarter  period,  be  permitted  to  incur  at  least  $1.00 of
additional  Indebtedness  pursuant to the Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio test set
forth in the first  paragraph of the covenant  described above under the caption
"--  Incurrence of  Indebtedness  and Issuance of Preferred  Stock;" and (v) the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel,  each  stating  that  such  consolidation,  merger,  sale,  assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and such supplemental indenture
complies with the Indenture and that all  conditions  precedent  provided for in
the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Transactions with Affiliates

     The Indenture will provide that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any Restricted  Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease,
transfer or otherwise  dispose of any of their  respective  properties or assets
to, or purchase any property or assets from,  or enter into or make or amend any
transaction,  contract,  agreement,  understanding,  loan,  advance or guarantee
with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate
Transaction"),  unless (i) such  Affiliate  Transaction  is on terms that are no
less favorable to the Company,  Holdings or the relevant Restricted  Subsidiary,
as the case may be,  than those that would have been  obtained  in a  comparable
transaction by the Company,  Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, with an  unrelated  Person and (ii) the Company or Holdings  delivers to
the Trustee (a) with respect to any Affiliate  Transaction  or series of related
Affiliate   Transactions   involving   aggregate   consideration  in  excess  of
$1,000,000,  a resolution  of the Board of Directors  approving  such  Affiliate
Transaction  and  an  Officers'  Certificate   certifying  that  such  Affiliate
Transaction  complies with clause (i) above and that such Affiliate  Transaction
has been  approved  by a majority of the  disinterested  members of the Board of
Directors and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate  Transactions  involving  aggregate  consideration  in  excess of $5.0
million,  an  opinion  as to the  fairness  to the  Holders  of  such  Affiliate
Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or
investment banking firm of national  standing;  provided that (t) any employment
agreement entered into by the Company,  Holdings or any of their Subsidiaries in
the ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with the past  practice of the
Company, Holdings or such Subsidiary,  (u) transactions between or among (A) the
Company and/or its Restricted  Subsidiaries  and (B) Holdings and its Restricted
Subsidiaries  (other  than the  Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries),  (v)
Restricted  Payments (other than Restricted  Investments)  that are permitted by
the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption "-- Restricted
Payments," (w) investment  banking and management fees in an aggregate amount no
greater than $240,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year (plus  reimbursement
of expenses) to be paid by the Company and/or  Holdings to the Principals or any
Related Party, (x) an aggregate cash fee of $3.25 million payable by the Company
and/or Holdings to the Principals or any Related Party or UBS Capital LLC

                                       79


on or about the Issue Date and (y) any loans made to the  Company  under the New
Credit  Facility by any Affiliate of the Union Bank of Switzerland  and fees and
reimbursement  of expenses in respect  thereof and (z) discounts and commissions
payable to UBS Securities LLC in the Offering of the Notes, in each case,  shall
not be deemed Affiliate Transactions.

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

     The Indenture will provide that the Company and Holdings will not, and will
not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to, enter into any sale and  leaseback
transaction  (other  than,  (x) among the  Company and Wholly  Owned  Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company or (y) among Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of
the  Company);  provided  that the Company or Holdings may enter into a sale and
leaseback  transaction if (i) the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, could
have (a)  incurred  Indebtedness  in an amount  equal to the  Attributable  Debt
relating  to such  sale  and  leaseback  transaction  pursuant  to the  covenant
described above under the caption "-- Incurrence of Additional  Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock" and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness
pursuant to the covenant  described above under the caption "-- Liens," (ii) the
gross cash proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to
the fair market value (as  determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the  Company  or  Holdings,  as  applicable,  and  set  forth  in  an  Officers'
Certificate  delivered to the  Trustee) of the  property  that is the subject of
such sale and  leaseback  transaction  and (iii) the  transfer of assets in such
sale and leaseback  transaction is permitted by, and the Company or Holdings, as
the case may be, applies the proceeds of such  transaction  in compliance  with,
the covenant described above under the caption "-- Asset Sales."

Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries

     The  Indenture  will  provide  that the Company (i) will not,  and will not
permit any Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company  to,  transfer,
convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any such Wholly
Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the  Company),   unless  (a)  such  transfer,
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Capital Stock of such
Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  and (b) the cash Net  Proceeds  from such
transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance
with the covenant  described  above under the caption "-- Asset Sales," and (ii)
will not permit any Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company to issue
any of its Equity  Interests  (other than, if  necessary,  shares of its Capital
Stock constituting directors' qualifying shares) to any Person other than to the
Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

     The Indenture  will provide that Holdings (i) will not, and will not permit
any Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary of Holdings to, transfer,  convey, sell,
lease or  otherwise  dispose  of any  Capital  Stock of any  such  Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary  to any Person  (other than  Holdings  or a Wholly  Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings), unless (a) such transfer,  conveyance, sale,
lease or other  disposition  is of all the Capital  Stock of such  Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary  and  (b) the  cash  Net  Proceeds  from  such  transfer,
conveyance,  sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
covenant  described  above under the caption "-- Asset Sales," and (ii) will not
permit any Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of Holdings to issue any of its
Equity  Interests  (other  than,  if  necessary,  shares  of its  Capital  Stock
constituting  directors' qualifying shares) to any Person other than to Holdings
or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings.

Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness

     The  Indenture  will provide that the Company and Holdings  will not permit
any Restricted  Subsidiary to guarantee the payment of any  Indebtedness  of the
Company,  Holdings  or any  other  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (in each  case,  the
"Guaranteed Debt"), unless (i) if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Guarantor,
such Restricted Subsidiary  simultaneously  executes and delivers a supplemental
indenture to the Indenture  providing  for a Subsidiary  Guarantee of payment of
the Notes by such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (ii) if the Notes or the  Subsidiary
Guarantee (if any) of such  Restricted  Subsidiary are  subordinated in right of
payment to the Guaranteed Debt, the Subsidiary  Guarantee under the supplemental
indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted  Subsidiary's  guarantee with
respect to the Guaranteed Debt  substantially to the same extent as the Notes or
the Subsidiary Guarantee are subordinated to the Guaranteed Debt

                                       80


under  the  Indenture,  (iii) if the  Guaranteed  Debt is by its  express  terms
subordinated  in right of payment to the Notes or the  Subsidiary  Guarantee (if
any) of such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  any  such  guarantee  of such  Restricted
Subsidiary with respect to the Guaranteed Debt shall be subordinated in right of
payment to such Restricted Subsidiary's Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the
Notes substantially to the same extent as the Guaranteed Debt is subordinated to
the Notes or the Subsidiary  Guarantee (if any) of such  Restricted  Subsidiary,
(iv) such Restricted Subsidiary subordinates rights of reimbursement,  indemnity
or subrogation  or any other rights against the Company or any other  Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such  Restricted  Subsidiary  under its
Subsidiary Guarantee to its obligation under its Subsidiary  Guarantee,  and (v)
such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to
the effect that (A) such Subsidiary Guarantee has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered,  and (B) such Subsidiary  Guarantee  constitutes a valid, binding
and  enforceable  obligation of such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  except insofar as
enforcement  thereof may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or similar laws
(including,  without limitation,  all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and
except  insofar as  enforcement  thereof is  subject  to general  principles  of
equity.

     The Indenture will provide that no Guarantor may consolidate  with or merge
with or into (whether or not such  Guarantor is the surviving  Person),  another
corporation,  person or entity  whether or not  affiliated  with such  Guarantor
unless (i) subject to the  provisions  of the  following  paragraph,  the Person
formed by or  surviving  any such  consolidation  or merger  (if other than such
Guarantor)  assumes  all  the  obligations  of  such  Guarantor  pursuant  to  a
supplemental  indenture in form and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Trustee,  under the Notes,  the  Indenture  and  Subsidiary  Guarantee  and (ii)
immediately  after  giving  effect to such  transaction,  no Default or Event of
Default exists.

     The Indenture will provide that in the event of a sale or other disposition
of all of the  assets  of any  Guarantor,  by way of  merger,  consolidation  or
otherwise,  or a sale or other  disposition  of all of the capital  stock of any
Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition,  by
way of such a merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of
such  Guarantor)  or the  corporation  acquiring the property (in the event of a
sale or  other  disposition  of all of the  assets  of such  Guarantor)  will be
released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that
the Net  Proceeds of such sale or other  disposition  are applied in  accordance
with the applicable  provisions of the Indenture.  See  "Repurchase at Option of
Holders -- Asset Sales." The Indenture  will also provide that in the event that
a Guarantor is  designated  by the Company to be an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture,  such Guarantor will be released and
of any obligations  under its Subsidiary  Guarantee.  See "Certain  Covenants --
Restricted Payments."

No Senior Subordinated Debt

     The  Indenture  will provide  that (i) the Company will not incur,  create,
issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior  Indebtedness and senior
in any  respect  in right of  payment  to the Notes and (ii) no  Guarantor  will
incur,  create,  issue,  assume,  guarantee or otherwise  become  liable for any
Indebtedness  that is  subordinate  or junior in right of  payment to any Senior
Indebtedness of such Guarantor, and senior in any respect in right of payment to
such Guarantor's guarantees of the Notes.

Payments for Consent

     The Indenture  will provide that neither the Company,  nor Holdings nor any
of their respective  Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly,  pay or cause to
be paid any consideration,  whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any
Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent,  waiver or amendment
of any of the terms or  provisions  of the  Indenture  or the Notes  unless such
consideration  is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that
consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation
documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Reports

     The Indenture  will provide that,  whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission"),  so
long as any Notes are outstanding,  the Company and Holdings will furnish to the
Holders of Notes (i) all quarterly and annual  financial  information that would
be required to be contained in a filing with

                                       81


the  Commission  on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Holdings  were  required to file such
Forms, including a "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" that describes the financial condition and results of
operations of Holdings and its consolidated  Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable
detail,  either  on the face of the  financial  statements  or in the  footnotes
thereto and in Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations,  the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company and the Restricted  Subsidiaries  separate from the financial  condition
and results of  operations  of the  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries),  but  excluding
exhibits,  and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by
the Company's  certified  independent  accountants  and (ii) all current reports
that would be required to be filed with the  Commission  on Form 8-K if Holdings
were required to file such reports. In addition,  whether or not required by the
rules and regulations of the  Commission,  Holdings will file a copy of all such
information and reports with the Commission for public availability  (unless the
Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to
securities  analysts and prospective  investors upon request.  In addition,  the
Company  and  Holdings  have  agreed  that,  for so  long  as any  Notes  remain
outstanding,  they will  furnish to the Holders and to  securities  analysts and
prospective  investors,  upon their  request,  the  information  required  to be
delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Events of Default and Remedies

     The Indenture will provide that each of the following  constitutes an Event
of Default:  (i) default for 30 days in the payment  when due of interest on, or
Liquidated  Damages with respect to, the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture); (ii) default in the payment when due
of principal of or premium,  if any, on the Notes  (whether or not prohibited by
the subordination provisions of the Indenture);  (iii) failure by the Company or
Holdings to comply with the provisions  described under the captions "Repurchase
at the Option of the Holders -- Change of Control" or "-- Asset Sales"  "Certain
Covenants -- Restricted Payments" or "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of  Preferred  Stock;" (iv) failure by the Company or Holdings for 60 days after
notice from the Trustee or holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount
of the  outstanding  Notes to  comply  with any of its other  agreements  in the
Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture
or  instrument  under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured
or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company, Holdings or any
of the  Restricted  Subsidiaries  (or the payment of which is  guaranteed by the
Company,   Holdings  or  any  of  the  Restricted   Subsidiaries)  whether  such
Indebtedness  or  guarantee  now  exists,  or is  created  after the date of the
Indenture,  which  default  (a) is caused by a failure  to pay  principal  of or
premium,  if any, or interest on the final maturity date of such Indebtedness (a
"Payment Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior
to its express  maturity  and, in each case,  the  principal  amount of any such
Indebtedness,  together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness
under which there has been a Payment  Default or the  maturity of which has been
so  accelerated,  aggregates  $5.0 million or more; (vi) failure by the Company,
Holdings  or  any  of  the  Restricted   Subsidiaries  to  pay  final  judgments
aggregating in excess of $5.0 million,  which judgments are not paid, discharged
or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture or
any  Guarantee  that is given by a Guarantor,  any  Guarantee  of a  Significant
Restricted   Subsidiary  shall  be  held  in  any  judicial   proceeding  to  be
unenforceable  or invalid or shall  cease for any reason to be in full force and
effect;  and (viii) certain  events of bankruptcy or insolvency  with respect to
the Company, Holdings or any of their Significant Restricted Subsidiaries.

     If any Event of  Default  occurs  and is  continuing,  the  Trustee  or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal  amount of the then  outstanding  Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that
such declaration will not become effective until the earlier to occur of (i) the
acceleration of the maturity of any  Indebtedness  under the New Credit Facility
or (ii) five business days  following  notice of such  declaration  to the agent
under the New Credit Facility.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an
Event of Default  arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency,  with
respect to the Company,  Holdings, any Significant  Restricted  Subsidiary,  all
outstanding  Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.
Holders  of the Notes  may not  enforce  the  Indenture  or the Notes  except as
provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority
in  aggregate  principal  amount of the then  outstanding  Notes may  direct the
Trustee in its  exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may  withhold  from
Holders  of the  Notes  notice of any  continuing  Default  or Event of  Default
(except a Default or Event of Default  relating to the payment of  principal  or
interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

                                       82


     In the case of any Event of  Default  occurring  by  reason of any  willful
action (or  inaction)  taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company  with
the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had
to pay if the  Company  then had  elected  to redeem the Notes  pursuant  to the
optional  redemption  provisions of the Indenture,  an equivalent  premium shall
also become and be immediately due and payable,  to the extent permitted by law,
upon the  acceleration  of the  Notes.  If an Event of Default  occurs  prior to
December 15, 2002, by reason of any willful  action (or inaction)  taken (or not
taken)  by or on  behalf of the  Company  with the  intention  of  avoiding  the
prohibition  on  redemption  of the Notes prior to December 15,  2002,  then the
premium specified in the Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable
to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

     The Holders of a majority in aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes then
outstanding  by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the
Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences  under
the Indenture except a continuing  Default or Event of Default in the payment of
interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.

     The  Company is  required  to deliver to the  Trustee  annually a statement
regarding  compliance  with the  Indenture,  and the  Company is  required  upon
becoming  aware of any Default or Event of Default,  to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

     No past,  present or future director,  officer,  employee,  incorporator or
stockholder  of the Company or Holdings,  as such,  shall have any liability for
any obligations of the Company,  Holdings or any Subsidiary under the Notes, the
Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason
of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note
waives and releases all such  liability.  The waiver and release are part of the
consideration  for  issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may not be  effective to
waive  liabilities  under the federal  securities laws and it is the view of the
Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

     The Company  may,  at its option and at any time,  elect to have all of its
obligations   discharged   with  respect  to  the   outstanding   Notes  ("Legal
Defeasance")  except  for (i) the  rights of  Holders  of  outstanding  Notes to
receive  payments in respect of the principal of, premium,  if any, and interest
and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from
the trust referred to below, (ii) the Company's  obligations with respect to the
Notes  concerning  issuing  temporary Notes,  registration of Notes,  mutilated,
destroyed,  lost or stolen Notes and the  maintenance of an office or agency for
payment and money for security payments held in trust, (iii) the rights, powers,
trusts,  duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company's  obligations in
connection therewith and (iv) the Legal Defeasance  provisions of the Indenture.
In addition,  the Company may, at its option and at any time,  elect to have the
obligations of the Company  released with respect to certain  covenants that are
described in the Indenture  ("Covenant  Defeasance") and thereafter any omission
to comply  with such  obligations  shall not  constitute  a Default  or Event of
Default  with respect to the Notes.  In the event  Covenant  Defeasance  occurs,
certain   events   (not   including   non-payment,   bankruptcy,   receivership,
rehabilitation  and insolvency  events) described under "Events of Default" will
no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

     In order to exercise either Legal  Defeasance or Covenant  Defeasance,  (i)
the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit
of the  Holders  of the Notes,  cash in U.S.  dollars,  non-callable  Government
Securities,  or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in
the opinion of a nationally  recognized firm of independent public  accountants,
to pay the principal of, premium,  if any, and interest and Liquidated  Damages,
if any, on the  outstanding  Notes on the stated  maturity or on the  applicable
redemption  date,  as the case may be, and the Company must specify  whether the
Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; (ii) in
the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
opinion of counsel in the United  States  reasonably  acceptable  to the Trustee
confirming  that (A) the Company has received  from, or there has been published
by,  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  a  ruling  or (B)  since  the  date of the
Indenture,  there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in
either case to the effect that,  and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall
confirm that, the Holders of the  outstanding  Notes will not recognize  income,
gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result

                                       83


of such Legal  Defeasance  and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such  Legal  Defeasance  had  not  occurred;  (iii)  in  the  case  of  Covenant
Defeasance,  the  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee an opinion of
counsel in the United States  reasonably  acceptable  to the Trustee  confirming
that the Holders of the  outstanding  Notes will not recognize  income,  gain or
loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
will be subject to federal  income tax on the same  amounts,  in the same manner
and at the same  times as would have been the case if such  Covenant  Defeasance
had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default
resulting  from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar
as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned,  at any
time in the period  ending on the 91st day after the date of  deposit;  (v) such
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation
of, or  constitute a default under any material  agreement or instrument  (other
than the Indenture) to which the Company,  Holdings or any of their Subsidiaries
is a party or by which the  Company,  Holdings or any of their  Subsidiaries  is
bound; (vi) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel
to the effect that after the 91st day  following  the  deposit,  the trust funds
will not be  subject  to the effect of any  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally;  (vii) the
Company must deliver to the Trustee an  Officers'  Certificate  stating that the
deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of
Notes over the other  creditors  of the  Company  with the intent of  defeating,
hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and (viii)
the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate and an opinion
of counsel,  each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to
the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Transfer and Exchange

     A Holder may transfer or exchange  Notes in accordance  with the Indenture.
The  Registrar  and the  Trustee may require a Holder,  among other  things,  to
furnish  appropriate  endorsements  and transfer  documents  and the Company may
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees  required by law or  permitted by the
Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected
for  redemption.  Also,  the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any
Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

     The registered  Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

     Except as provided in the next two  succeeding  paragraphs,  the Indenture,
the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or  supplemented  with the consent of
the  Holders  of at least a  majority  in  principal  amount of the  Notes  then
outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with
a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for,  Notes),  and any existing
default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the
Notes may be waived with the  consent of the Holders of a majority in  principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes (including  consents obtained in connection
with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).

     Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not
(with  respect  to any Notes  held by a  nonconsenting  Holder):  (i) reduce the
principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement
or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note
or alter the provisions  with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than
provisions  relating  to the  covenants  described  above  under the caption "--
Repurchase  at the Option of  Holders"),  (iii) reduce the rate of or change the
time for  payment  of  interest  on any Note,  (iv)  waive a Default or Event of
Default in the payment of  principal  of or premium,  if any, or interest on the
Notes  (except a rescission  of  acceleration  of the Notes by the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate  principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the
payment default that resulted from such acceleration), (v) make any Note payable
in money  other  than that  stated  in the  Notes,  (vi) make any  change in the
provisions of the  Indenture  relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights
of Holders of Notes to receive  payments of principal of or premium,  if any, or
interest on the Notes, (vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note
(other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the
caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders"),  (viii) release any Guarantor
from any of its  obligations  under its  Guarantee or the  Indenture,  except in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture or (ix) make

                                       84


any change in the foregoing  amendment and waiver provisions.  In addition,  any
amendment to the  provisions  of Article 10 of the  Indenture  (which  relate to
subordination)  will  require  the  consent  of the  Holders  of at least 75% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding if such amendment would
adversely affect the rights of Holders of Notes.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing,  without the consent of any Holder of Notes,
the  Company,  the  Guarantors  and the  Trustee  may  amend or  supplement  the
Indenture,  the  Notes  or any  Guarantee  to  cure  any  ambiguity,  defect  or
inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated  Notes,  to provide  for the  assumption  of the  Company's  or any
Guarantor's  obligations  to  Holders  of  Notes  in the  case  of a  merger  or
consolidation,  to provide  for the  issuance  of a  Subsidiary  Guarantee  by a
Subsidiary of the Company or Holdings, to provide for the issuance of Additional
Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture on the Issue
Date, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to
the Holders of Notes or that does not  adversely  affect the legal  rights under
the  Indenture  of any  such  Holder,  or to  comply  with  requirements  of the
Commission  in order to effect or maintain the  qualification  of the  Indenture
under the Trust Indenture Act.

Concerning the Trustee

     The Indenture  contains  certain  limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should it become a  creditor  of the  Company,  to obtain  payment  of claims in
certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such
claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other
transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate
such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue
or resign.

     The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
will have the  right to direct  the time,  method  and place of  conducting  any
proceeding  for  exercising  any remedy  available  to the  Trustee,  subject to
certain  exceptions.  The  Indenture  provides  that in case an Event of Default
shall occur  (which shall not be cured),  the Trustee  will be required,  in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct
of his own  affairs.  Subject to such  provisions,  the Trustee will be under no
obligation  to exercise any of its rights or powers  under the  Indenture at the
request of any Holder of Notes,  unless  such Holder  shall have  offered to the
Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.

Additional Information

     Anyone who receives this  Prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture and
Registration  Rights Agreement without charge by writing to Desa  International,
Inc., 2701 Industrial Drive,  P.O. Box 90004,  Bowling Green,  Kentucky,  42102,
Attention: Ed Patrick.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

     Except  as set forth in the next  paragraph,  the Notes to be resold as set
forth  herein  will  initially  be  issued in the form of one  Global  Note (the
"Global Note").  The Global Note will be deposited on the date of the closing of
the sale of the Notes offered hereby (the "Closing Date") with, or on behalf of,
the  Depositary  and  registered  in the name of Cede & Co.,  as  nominee of the
Depositary (such nominee being referred to herein as the "Global Note Holder").

     Notes that were (i) originally  issued to or transferred to  "institutional
accredited  investors"  who are not  "qualified  institutional  buyers" (as such
terms are defined under "Notice to Investors" elsewhere herein) (the "Non-Global
Purchasers") or (ii) issued as described below under "Certificated  Securities,"
will  be  issued  in  the  form  of  registered  definitive   certificates  (the
"Certificated Securities"). Upon the transfer to a qualified institutional buyer
of Certificated  Securities  initially  issued to a Non-Global  Purchaser,  such
Certificated  Securities  may,  unless  the  Global  Note  has  previously  been
exchanged  for  Certificated  Securities,  be  exchanged  for an interest in the
Global Note representing the principal amount of Notes being transferred.

     The Depositary is a limited-purpose  trust company that was created to hold
securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the "Participants"
or the "Depositary's Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and

                                       85

settlement of  transactions  in such  securities  between  Participants  through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants.  The Depositary's
Participants  include  securities  brokers  and dealers  (including  the Initial
Purchasers),  banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations.  Access to the  Depositary's  system is also  available  to other
entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies (collectively,  the
"Indirect  Participants" or the "Depositary's Indirect Participants") that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly
or indirectly.  Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities
held  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Depositary  only  through  the   Depositary's
Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.

     The  Company  expects  that  pursuant  to  procedures  established  by  the
Depositary (i) upon deposit of the Global Note,  the Depositary  will credit the
accounts of Participants  designated by the Initial  Purchasers with portions of
the  principal  amount  of the  Global  Note and  (ii)  ownership  of the  Notes
evidenced  by the Global Note will be shown on, and the  transfer  of  ownership
thereof will be effected only  through,  records  maintained  by the  Depositary
(with  respect  to  the  interests  of  the  Depositary's   Participants),   the
Depositary's   Participants   and  the   Depositary's   Indirect   Participants.
Prospective  purchasers  are advised  that the laws of some states  require that
certain  persons take physical  delivery in definitive  form of securities  that
they own.  Consequently,  the ability to transfer Notes  evidenced by the Global
Note will be limited to such  extent.  For  certain  other  restrictions  on the
transferability of the Notes, see "Notice to Investors."

     So long as the Global Note Holder is the registered owner of any Notes, the
Global Note Holder will be considered the sole Holder under the Indenture of any
Notes evidenced by the Global Note.  Beneficial owners of Notes evidenced by the
Global  Note will not be  considered  the  owners or Holders  thereof  under the
Indenture  for  any  purpose,  including  with  respect  to  the  giving  of any
directions,  instructions  or approvals to the Trustee  thereunder.  Neither the
Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect
of the records of the  Depositary or for  maintaining,  supervising or reviewing
any records of the Depositary relating to the Notes.

     Payments in respect of the  principal  of,  premium,  if any,  interest and
Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on any Notes  registered in the name of the Global
Note Holder on the  applicable  record date will be payable by the Trustee to or
at the  direction  of the Global Note Holder in its  capacity as the  registered
Holder under the Indenture.  Under the terms of the  Indenture,  the Company and
the Trustee may treat the persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global
Note,  are  registered as the owners  thereof for the purpose of receiving  such
payments. Consequently, neither the Company nor the Trustee has or will have any
responsibility or liability for the payment of such amounts to beneficial owners
of Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any). The Company believes,  however,  that it is currently the policy of the
Depositary to immediately credit the accounts of the relevant  Participants with
such  payments,  in  amounts  proportionate  to  their  respective  holdings  of
beneficial  interests  in the  relevant  security as shown on the records of the
Depositary.  Payments  by the  Depositary's  Participants  and the  Depositary's
Indirect  Participants  to the  beneficial  owners of Notes will be  governed by
standing  instructions and customary  practice and will be the responsibility of
the Depositary's Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.

Certificated Securities

     Subject to certain  conditions,  any person having a beneficial interest in
the Global Note may,  upon  request to the  Trustee,  exchange  such  beneficial
interest  for  Notes  in the  form of  Certificated  Securities.  Upon  any such
issuance,  the Trustee is required to register such  Certificated  Securities in
the name of, and cause the same to be  delivered  to, such person or persons (or
the nominee of any thereof). All such certificated Notes would be subject to the
legend  requirements  described herein under "Notice to Investors." In addition,
if (i) the Company  notifies  the Trustee in writing that the  Depositary  is no
longer  willing  or able to act as a  depositary  and the  Company  is unable to
locate a qualified  successor within 90 days or (ii) the Company, at its option,
notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Notes in
the form of Certificated Securities under the Indenture, then, upon surrender by
the Global Note Holder of its Global Note,  Notes in such form will be issued to
each person that the Global Note Holder and the Depositary identify as being the
beneficial owner of the related Notes.

     Neither the  Company  nor the  Trustee  will be liable for any delay by the
Global Note Holder or the  Depositary in identifying  the  beneficial  owners of
Notes and the  Company and the  Trustee  may  conclusively  rely on, and will be
protected  in  relying  on,  instructions  from the  Global  Note  Holder or the
Depositary for all purposes.

                                       86


Same-Day Settlement and Payment

     The  Indenture   will  require  that  payments  in  respect  of  the  Notes
represented by the Global Note (including  principal,  premium, if any, interest
and Liquidated  Damages,  if any) be made in immediately  available funds.  With
respect to Certificated Securities,  however, the Company will make all payments
of principal,  premium,  if any,  interest and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, by
mailing  a check to each  Holder's  registered  address.  Secondary  trading  in
long-term  notes and  debentures  of corporate  issuers is generally  settled in
clearing-house  or nextday  funds.  In contrast,  the Notes  represented  by the
Global Note are  expected  to be  eligible to trade in the PORTAL  Market and to
trade in the Depositary's  Same-Day Funds Settlement  System,  and any permitted
secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore,  be required by
the Depositary to be settled in immediately available funds. The Company expects
that secondary  trading in the  Certificated  Securities will also be settled in
immediately available funds.

Certain Definitions

     Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture.  Reference
is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any
other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

     "Acquired  Debt"  means,  with  respect  to  any  specified   Person,   (i)
Indebtedness  of any other  Person  existing  at the time such  other  Person is
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person,  including,
without   limitation,   Indebtedness   incurred  in   connection   with,  or  in
contemplation  of,  such  other  Person  merging  with  or into  or  becoming  a
Subsidiary of such specified  Person,  and (ii)  Indebtedness  secured by a Lien
encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

     "Affiliate"  of any  specified  Person means any other  Person  directly or
indirectly  controlling  or  controlled  by or under  direct or indirect  common
control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition,  "control"
(including,  with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the  possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause the
direction  of the  management  or policies of such Person,  whether  through the
ownership  of voting  securities,  by  agreement  or  otherwise;  provided  that
beneficial  ownership of 10% or more of the voting  securities of a Person shall
be deemed to be control.

     "Asset Sale" means (i) the sale, lease,  conveyance or other disposition of
any  assets  or  rights  (including,  without  limitation,  by way of a sale and
leaseback) other than sales of inventory or other current assets in the ordinary
course of  business  or  obsolete  equipment  (provided  that the  sale,  lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of (x)
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (y) Holdings and
its Restricted  Subsidiaries  as a whole,  will be governed by the provisions of
the Indenture  described  above under the caption  "Repurchase  at the Option of
Holders -- Change of Control"  and/or the provisions  described  above under the
caption "Certain  Covenants -- Merger,  Consolidation or Sale of Assets" and not
by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant), and (ii) the issue or sale by the
Company, Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of
any of the Company's or Holdings' Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i)
or (ii),  whether in a single  transaction  or a series of related  transactions
that have a fair  market  value  (as  determined  in good  faith by the Board of
Directors  of the  Company)  in  excess  of $1.0  million.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing:  (i) a transfer of assets by the Company to a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or by a Subsidiary to the Company or to a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) a transfer of assets by Holdings to a
Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of Holdings or by a Subsidiary  (other than
the Company or a  Subsidiary  of the  Company) to Holdings or to a Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary of Holdings,  (iii) an issuance of Equity  Interests by a
Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another
Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company,  (iv) an issuance of Equity
Interests by a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of Holdings  (other than the
Company or any of its  Subsidiaries)  to  Holdings  or to another  Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary  of  Holdings,  and  (v) a  Restricted  Payment  that  is
permitted by the covenant  described above under the caption "Certain  Covenants
- - - - -- Restricted Payments" will not be deemed to be Asset Sales.

                                       87

     "Attributable  Debt" in respect of a sale and leaseback  transaction means,
at the time of  determination,  the  present  value  (discounted  at the rate of
interest  implicit in such  transaction,  determined in accordance with GAAP) of
the obligation of the lessee for net rental  payments  during the remaining term
of the lease  included in such sale and  leaseback  transaction  (including  any
period  for which  such  lease has been  extended  or may,  at the option of the
lessor, be extended).

     "Average Life to Stated Maturity"  means,  when applied to any Indebtedness
at any  date,  the  number  of years  obtained  by  dividing  (i) the sum of the
products  obtained  by  multiplying  (a)  the  amount  of  each  then  remaining
installment,  sinking  fund,  serial  maturity  or other  required  payments  of
principal,  including payment at final maturity,  in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years  (calculated  to the  nearest  one-  twelfth)  that will  elapse
between such date and the making of such payment,  by (ii) the then  outstanding
principal amount of such Indebtedness.

     "Borrowing  Base" means,  as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of 85%
of accounts receivable of the Company,  Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries
as of such date  that are not more  than 90 days past due,  plus 65% of the book
value  of all  inventory  owned  by the  Company,  Holdings  and the  Restricted
Subsidiaries  as of such date, in each case  calculated on a consolidated  basis
and in accordance with GAAP. To the extent that  information is not available as
to the amount of accounts  receivable  or inventory as of a specific  date,  the
Company and  Holdings  may utilize the most  recent  available  information  for
purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base.

     "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination  thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with
GAAP.

     "Capital  Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation,  corporate  stock,
(ii) in the case of an  association  or  business  entity,  any and all  shares,
interests,  participations,  rights or other equivalents (however designated) of
corporate  stock,  (iii)  in the  case of a  partnership  or  limited  liability
company,  partnership or membership  interests  (whether general or limited) and
(iv) any other interest or  participation  that confers on a Person the right to
receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the
issuing Person.

     "Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars,  (ii) securities issued
or directly and fully  guaranteed or insured by the United States  government or
any agency or  instrumentality  thereof  having  maturities of not more than one
year from the date of acquisition,  (iii) certificates of deposit and eurodollar
time deposits with  maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition,
bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank
deposits,  in each case with any lender party to the New Credit Facility or with
any  domestic  commercial  bank  having  capital and surplus in excess of $500.0
million  and a  Keefe  Bank  Watch  Rating  of "B" or  better,  (iv)  repurchase
obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of
the types  described  in  clauses  (ii) and (iii)  above  entered  into with any
financial  institution  meeting the  qualifications  specified  in clause  (iii)
above, (v) commercial paper of a domestic issuer having a rating of at least A-1
by Standard and Poor's  Ratings  Services or P-1 by Moody's  Investors  Service,
Inc.  maturing  within twelve months after the date of acquisition  and (vi) any
mutual  fund which  invests  solely in  investments  of the types  described  in
clauses (i) through (v) above.

     "Change of Control" means the  occurrence of any of the following:  (i) the
sale, lease,  transfer,  conveyance or other  disposition  (other than by way of
merger or consolidation),  in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially  all of the  assets  of either  (x)  Holdings  and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (y) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
taken as a whole, in each case, to any "person" (as such term is used in Section
13(d)(3)  of the  Exchange  Act)  other  than the  Principals  or their  Related
Parties,  (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
of  the  Company  or  Holdings,   (iii)  the  consummation  of  any  transaction
(including,  without  limitation,  any merger or consolidation) (a) prior to the
initial  underwritten  public  offering by the Company or Holdings of its Common
Stock pursuant to an effective  registration  statement under the Securities Act
(the  "IPO") the result of which is that  either  (A) the  Principals  and their
Related Parties become the  "beneficial  owner" (as such term is defined in Rule
13d-3 and Rule  13d-5  under the  Exchange  Act,  except  that for  purposes  of
calculating the beneficial  ownership of any person, such person shall be deemed
to have "beneficial  ownership" of all securities that such person has the right
to acquire,  whether such right is currently  exercisable or is exercisable only
upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition) of less than 40%

                                       88

of the Voting Stock of the Company or Holdings  (measured by voting power rather
than  number of shares) or (B) any person  (as  defined  above),  other than the
Principals and their Related  Parties,  becomes the beneficial owner (as defined
above),  directly  or  indirectly,  of 40% or more of the  Voting  Stock  of the
Company or Holdings and such person is or becomes,  directly or indirectly,  the
beneficial owner of a greater percentage of the voting power of the Voting Stock
of the  Company or  Holdings,  calculated  on a fully  diluted  basis,  than the
percentage  beneficially  owned by the Principals and their Related Parties,  or
(b) after the IPO, any person (as defined above),  other than the Principals and
their Related Parties, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined above), directly
or indirectly, of 35% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company or Holdings and
such person is or becomes,  directly or indirectly,  the  beneficial  owner of a
greater  percentage  of the voting  power of the Voting  Stock of the Company or
Holdings,  calculated on a fully diluted basis, than the percentage beneficially
owned by the Principals and their Related Parties, (iv) the first day on which a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings are
not Continuing Directors, (v) the first day on which Holdings ceases to own 100%
of the  outstanding  Equity  Interests  of the  Company,  or (vi) the Company or
Holdings  consolidates  with,  or  merges  with or into,  any  Person  or sells,
assigns,   conveys,   transfers,   leases  or  otherwise   disposes  of  all  or
substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any Person  consolidates with,
or merges with or into, the Company or Holdings, in any such event pursuant to a
transaction  in which any of the  outstanding  Voting  Stock of the  Company  or
Holdings is converted into or exchanged for cash,  securities or other property,
other  than any such  transaction  where  the  Voting  Stock of the  Company  or
Holdings outstanding  immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or
exchanged for Voting Stock (other than  Disqualified  Stock) of the surviving or
transferee  Person  constituting  a majority of the  outstanding  shares of such
Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee  Person  (immediately  after giving
effect to such issuance).  For purposes of this  definition,  any transfer of an
equity interest of an entity that was formed for the purpose of acquiring Voting
Stock of the Company or Holdings will be deemed to be a transfer of such portion
of such Voting Stock as  corresponds to the portion of the equity of such entity
that has been so transferred.

     "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to the Company or Holdings for
any period,  the  Consolidated  Net Income of such Person for such period  plus,
without duplication,  (i) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net
loss realized in  connection  with an Asset Sale (to the extent such losses were
deducted in computing  such  Consolidated  Net Income),  plus (ii) provision for
taxes  based on income or profits of such Person and its  Subsidiaries  for such
period,  to the extent that such  provision  for taxes was included in computing
such Consolidated Net Income,  plus (iii) consolidated  interest expense of such
Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether
or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance
costs and original  issue  discount,  noncash  interest  payments,  the interest
component of any deferred  payment  obligations,  the interest  component of all
payments  associated  with Capital  Lease  Obligations,  imputed  interest  with
respect to Attributable Debt, commissions,  discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance  financings,  and
net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging  Obligations),  to the extent that any
such expense was deducted in computing such  Consolidated Net Income,  plus (iv)
depreciation,   amortization  (including  amortization  of  goodwill  and  other
intangibles  but excluding  amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid
in a prior  period) and other  non-cash  expenses  (excluding  any such non-cash
expense  to the extent  that it  represents  an  accrual of or reserve  for cash
expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was
paid in a prior period) of such Person and its  Subsidiaries  for such period to
the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were
deducted in computing  such  Consolidated  Net Income,  minus (v) non-cash items
increasing  such  Consolidated  Net Income for such period,  in each case,  on a
consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the  provision  for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the
depreciation  and  amortization and other non-cash charges of, a Subsidiary of a
Person shall be added to Consolidated  Net Income to compute  Consolidated  Cash
Flow only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such
Subsidiary  was  included in  calculating  the  Consolidated  Net Income of such
Person and only if a  corresponding  amount  would be  permitted  at the date of
determination  to be dividended to the Company or Holdings,  as the case may be,
by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant
to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees,
orders,   statutes,  rules  and  governmental  regulations  applicable  to  that
Subsidiary or its stockholders.

     "Consolidated  Net Income"  means,  with respect to the Company or Holdings
for  any  period,  the  aggregate  of the Net  Income  of  such  Person  and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in
accordance  with GAAP;  provided  that (i) the Net Income  (but not loss) of any
Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary

                                       89

or that is accounted for by the equity  method of  accounting  shall be included
only to the extent of the amount of dividends or  distributions  paid in cash to
the referent Person or a Restricted  Subsidiary thereof,  (ii) the Net Income of
any Restricted  Subsidiary  shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration
or payment of dividends or similar  distributions by that Restricted  Subsidiary
of that Net Income is not at the date of  determination  permitted  without  any
prior  governmental  approval  (that  has not been  obtained)  or,  directly  or
indirectly,  by  operation  of the  terms  of  its  charter  or  any  agreement,
instrument,  judgment,  decree, order, statute, rule or governmental  regulation
applicable  to that  Restricted  Subsidiary or its  stockholders,  (iii) the Net
Income of any Person  acquired  in a pooling of  interests  transaction  for any
period  prior  to the  date of such  acquisition  shall  be  excluded,  (iv) the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded and (v)
the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded,  whether or not
distributed to the Company, Holdings or one of their Subsidiaries.

     "Consolidated  Net Worth" means, with respect to the Company or Holdings as
of any date, the sum of (i) the consolidated  equity of the common  stockholders
of such Person and its consolidated  Subsidiaries as of such date, plus (ii) the
respective  amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date with
respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by
its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends  unless such dividends may
be  declared  and paid only out of net  earnings  in respect of the year of such
declaration  and  payment,  but only to the extent of any cash  received by such
Person upon issuance of such preferred stock, less (x) all write-ups (other than
write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible
assets of a going concern  business made within 12 months after the  acquisition
of such  business)  subsequent to the date of the Indenture in the book value of
any asset owned by such Person or a consolidated  Subsidiary of such Person, (y)
all investments as of such date in  unconsolidated  Subsidiaries  and in Persons
that are not Subsidiaries (except, in each case, Permitted Investments), and (z)
all unamortized debt discount and expense and unamortized deferred charges as of
such date, all of the foregoing determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Continuing  Directors" means, as of any date of determination,  any member
of the Board of  Directors  of the Company or  Holdings  who (i) was a member of
such Board of Directors on the date of the  Indenture or (ii) was  nominated for
election or elected to such Board of  Directors  with the approval of a majority
of the  Continuing  Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such
nomination or election.

     "Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving
of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

     "Designated  Senior   Indebtedness"   means  (i)  so  long  as  any  Senior
Indebtedness  under  the  New  Credit  Facility  is  outstanding,   such  Senior
Indebtedness and (ii) thereafter,  any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under
the Indenture the principal  amount of which is $50 million or more and that has
been designated by the Company as "Designated Senior Indebtedness."

     "Disqualified  Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the
terms  of  any  security  into  which  it is  convertible  or  for  which  it is
exchangeable,  at the option of the holder thereof) or upon the happening of any
event,  matures  or  is  mandatorily  redeemable,  pursuant  to a  sinking  fund
obligation or otherwise,  or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof,  in
whole or in part,  on or prior  to the date  that is 91 days  after  the date on
which the Notes  mature;  provided,  however,  that any Capital Stock that would
constitute  Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right
to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not  constitute  Disqualified  Stock if
the terms of such Capital Stock  provide that the Company may not  repurchase or
redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase
or redemption  complies with the covenant  described above under the caption "--
Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments."

     "Equity  Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants,  options or other
rights to  acquire  Capital  Stock  (but  excluding  any debt  security  that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

     "Exchange Notes" means the 12% Junior  Subordinated  Notes due December 31,
2009 of Holdings, issuable pursuant to the terms of the Holdings Preferred Stock
as in effect on the Issue Date.

                                       90

     "Existing  Indebtedness"  means  Indebtedness of the Company,  Holdings and
their  Subsidiaries  (other than Indebtedness  under the New Credit Facility) in
existence on the date of the Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

     "Fixed  Charges"  means,  with  respect to the Company or Holdings  for any
period, the sum, without duplication,  of (i) the consolidated  interest expense
of such Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
accrued  (including,  without  limitation,  original  issue  discount,  non-cash
interest payments,  the interest component of any deferred payment  obligations,
the  interest   component  of  all  payments   associated   with  Capital  Lease
Obligations,  imputed interest with respect to Attributable  Debt,  commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges  incurred in respect of letter of credit or
bankers'  acceptance  financings,  and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging
Obligations  but  excluding  amortization  of debt  issuance  costs),  (ii)  the
consolidated  interest  expense of such Person and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
that  was  capitalized  during  such  period,  (iii)  any  interest  expense  on
Indebtedness  of another  Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  (whether or not such  guarantee or Lien is called
upon),  and (iv) the product of (a) all cash dividend  payments on any series of
preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than
dividend  payments on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified  Stock) of the Company or Holdings,  as the case may be, times
(b) a fraction,  the numerator of which is one and the  denominator  of which is
one minus the then current combined federal,  state and local statutory tax rate
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries,  expressed as a decimal, in each
case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

     "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to the Company or Holdings
for any period,  the ratio of the Consolidated  Cash Flow of such Person and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person and
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  for such  period.  In the event that the Company,
Holdings or any of the Restricted  Subsidiaries incurs,  assumes,  guarantees or
redeems any Indebtedness  (other than revolving credit  borrowings) or issues or
redeems  preferred stock  subsequent to the commencement of the period for which
the Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio is being  calculated  but prior to the date on
which the event for which the  calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
made (the  "Calculation  Date"),  then the Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio shall be
calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence,  assumption, guarantee or
redemption of  Indebtedness,  or such issuance or redemption of preferred stock,
as if the same had  occurred at the  beginning  of the  applicable  four-quarter
reference period. In addition,  for purposes of making the computation  referred
to above, (i) acquisitions  that have been made by the Company,  Holdings or any
of the Restricted Subsidiaries,  including through mergers or consolidations and
including any related financing transactions,  during the four-quarter reference
period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation
Date  shall be deemed  to have  occurred  on the  first day of the  four-quarter
reference period and  Consolidated  Cash Flow for such reference period shall be
calculated without giving effect to clause (iii) of the proviso set forth in the
definition  of  Consolidated  Net  Income,   (ii)  the  Consolidated  Cash  Flow
attributable to discontinued operations,  as determined in accordance with GAAP,
and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be
excluded,  and (iii) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued  operations,
as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses  disposed of
prior to the Calculation  Date,  shall be excluded,  but only to the extent that
the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the
referent Person or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries following the Calculation
Date.

     "GAAP" means  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  set forth in the
opinions and  pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public  Accountants and statements and  pronouncements of
the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or in such other  statements by such
other entity as have been  approved by a significant  segment of the  accounting
profession, which are in effect from time to time.

     "guarantee"  means a guarantee  (other than by  endorsement  of  negotiable
instruments  for  collection  in the  ordinary  course of  business),  direct or
indirect,  in any manner (including,  without limitation,  letters of credit and
reimbursement  agreements  in  respect  thereof),  of  all or  any  part  of any
Indebtedness.

     "Guarantee"  means  a  guarantee  of  the  Notes  (including  the  Holdings
Guarantee and each Subsidiary Guarantee).

     "Guarantor"  means (i)  Holdings,  (ii) each  Subsidiary  that  executes  a
Subsidiary  Guarantee in accordance  with the provisions of the  Indenture,  and
(iii) their respective successors and assigns.

                                       91

     "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such  Person  under  (i)  interest  rate  swap  agreements,  interest  rate  cap
agreements  and interest  rate collar  agreements  and (ii) other  agreements or
arrangements  designed to protect such Person against  fluctuations  in interest
rates or the value of foreign currencies purchased or received by the Company in
the ordinary course of business.

     "Holdings"  means Desa Holdings  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  and
parent of the Company.

     "Holdings  Preferred Stock" means Holdings' Series C 12% Senior  Redeemable
Exchangeable Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, as in effect
on the Issue Date.

     "Indebtedness"  means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such
Person, whether or not contingent,  in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by
bonds,  notes,  debentures  or  similar  instruments  or  letters  of credit (or
reimbursement   agreements  in  respect  thereof)  or  banker's  acceptances  or
representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of the
purchase price of any property or representing any Hedging  Obligations,  except
any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to
the extent any of the foregoing  indebtedness  (other than letters of credit and
Hedging  Obligations)  would appear as a liability  upon a balance sheet of such
Person prepared in accordance  with GAAP, as well as all  indebtedness of others
secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such  indebtedness
is assumed by such  Person)  and,  to the extent  not  otherwise  included,  the
guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person.  The amount of
any  Indebtedness  outstanding  as of any date shall be (i) the  accreted  value
thereof,  in the case of any Indebtedness that does not require current payments
of interest,  and (ii) the principal amount thereof,  together with any interest
thereon  that  is  more  than  30  days  past  due,  in the  case  of any  other
Indebtedness.

     "Investments"  means,  with respect to any Person,  all investments by such
Person  in other  Persons  (including  Affiliates)  in the  forms of  direct  or
indirect loans  (including  guarantees of  Indebtedness  or other  obligations),
advances  or capital  contributions  (excluding  commission,  travel and similar
advances to officers and  employees  made in the ordinary  course of  business),
purchases  or other  acquisitions  for  consideration  of  Indebtedness,  Equity
Interests  or other  securities,  together  with all items  that are or would be
classified as investments  on a balance sheet prepared in accordance  with GAAP.
If the  Company,  Holdings  or any of  their  respective  Subsidiaries  sells or
otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect  Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or Holdings such that, after giving effect to any such
sale or  disposition,  such Person is no longer a Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
Company or Holdings,  the Company and/or Holdings,  as the case may be, shall be
deemed to have made an  Investment  on the date of any such sale or  disposition
equal to the  fair  market  value of the  Equity  Interests  of such  Restricted
Subsidiary  not sold or disposed of in an amount  determined  as provided in the
final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption "-- Restricted
Payments."

     "Issue Date" means the first date of issuance of Notes.

     "Lien"  means,  with  respect to any asset,  any  mortgage,  lien,  pledge,
charge,  security  interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed,  recorded or  otherwise  perfected  under  applicable  law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature  thereof,  any option or other  agreement  to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

     "Net Income"  means,  with respect to any Person,  the net income (loss) of
such Person,  determined  in  accordance  with GAAP and before any  reduction in
respect of preferred stock dividends,  excluding, however, (i) any gain (but not
loss),  together  with any  related  provision  for  taxes on such gain (but not
loss),  realized  in  connection  with (a) any Asset  Sale  (including,  without
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or (b) the
disposition  of  any  securities  by  such  Person  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries or the  extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but
not loss),  together with any related provision for taxes on such  extraordinary
or nonrecurring gain (but not loss).

                                       92

     "Net Proceeds"  means the aggregate cash proceeds  received by the Company,
Holdings  or any of the  Restricted  Subsidiaries  in  respect of any Asset Sale
(including,  without  limitation,  any  cash  received  upon  the  sale or other
disposition of any non-cash  consideration  received in any Asset Sale),  net of
the direct costs  relating to such Asset Sale  (including,  without  limitation,
legal,  accounting and investment  banking fees, and sales  commissions) and any
relocation  expenses  incurred as a result  thereof,  taxes paid or payable as a
result  thereof  (after  taking  into  account  any  available  tax  credits  or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements),  amounts required to be applied to
the  repayment of  Indebtedness  (other than  Indebtedness  under the New Credit
Facility) secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such
Asset Sale and any reserve for  adjustment  in respect of the sale price of such
asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

     "New Credit Facility" means that certain credit  facility,  dated as of the
Issue  Date,  by and among the  Company,  Holdings  and  NationsBank,  N.A.,  as
administrative  agent,  issuing  bank and swing line bank and the other  parties
party  thereto,  together with all "Loan  Documents" as defined  therein and all
other  documents,  instruments and agreements  executed in connection  therewith
(including,  without limitation, any guarantees,  security documents and Hedging
Obligations), and in each case as amended, supplemented or modified from time to
time,   including  any  renewal,   refunding,   replacement,   restructuring  or
refinancing of all or a portion thereof from time to time whether by the same or
any other agent, lender or other party thereto.

     "Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the Company,
nor Holdings nor any of the Restricted  Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support
of any kind  (including  any  undertaking,  agreement or  instrument  that would
constitute  Indebtedness),  (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor
or otherwise),  or (c) constitutes the lender;  and (ii) no default with respect
to which  (including  any  rights  that  the  holders  thereof  may have to take
enforcement  action  against an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary)  would  permit  (upon
notice,  lapse of time or both)  any  holder of any  other  Indebtedness  of the
Company,  Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on
such  other  Indebtedness  or cause the  payment  thereof to be  accelerated  or
payable  prior to its stated  maturity;  and (iii) as to which the lenders  have
been  notified in writing  that they will not have any  recourse to the stock or
assets of the Company, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

     "Obligations"   means   any   principal,    interest,    penalties,   fees,
indemnifications,  reimbursements,  damages and other liabilities  payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

     "Permitted  Investments"  means (a) any  Investment  in the Company or in a
Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company;  (b) any  Investment  by
Holdings or any of its  Subsidiaries  (other than the Company or a Subsidiary of
the Company) in Holdings or in a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;
(c) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; (d) any Investment by the Company or any
of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  in a Person,  if as a result of such Investment
(i) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company or
(ii)  such  Person is  merged,  consolidated  or  amalgamated  with or into,  or
transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated
into, the Company or a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company;  (e)
any Investment by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if
as a result of such Investment (i) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary  of  Holdings  or  (ii)  such  Person  is  merged,   consolidated  or
amalgamated  with or into, or transfers or conveys all or  substantially  all of
its assets to, or is  liquidated  into,  Holdings or a Wholly  Owned  Restricted
Subsidiary of Holdings;  (f) any Restricted  Investment  made as a result of the
receipt of non-cash  consideration  from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to
and  in  compliance  with  the  covenant   described  above  under  the  caption
"Repurchase  at the Option of Holders -- Asset  Sales;" (g) any  acquisition  of
assets  solely in  exchange  for the  issuance of Equity  Interests  (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Holdings; and (h) other Investments in any
Person  having an aggregate  fair market  value  (measured on the date each such
Investment was made and without  giving effect to subsequent  changes in value),
when taken together with all other  Investments made pursuant to this clause (h)
that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $5.0 million.

     "Permitted  Liens"  means (i)  Liens  securing  Indebtedness  under the New
Credit Facility; (ii) Liens on assets of Subsidiaries of the Company in favor of
the Company;  (iii) Liens on assets of  Subsidiaries of Holdings (other than the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in favor of Holdings; (iv) Liens on property
of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with
the Company, Holdings or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries;

                                       93

provided that such Liens were in existence  prior to the  contemplation  of such
merger or consolidation  and do not extend to any assets other than those of the
Person  merged  into or  consolidated  with  the  Company  or  Holdings  or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; (v) Liens on property existing at the
time of acquisition thereof by the Company,  Holdings or any of their respective
Subsidiaries,   provided  that  such  Liens  were  in  existence  prior  to  the
contemplation  of such  acquisition;  (v) Liens to  secure  the  performance  of
statutory or regulatory obligations, leases, surety or appeal bonds, performance
bonds or other  obligations of a like nature  incurred in the ordinary course of
business;   (vi)  Liens  to  secure   Indebtedness   (including   Capital  Lease
Obligations)  permitted  by clause (iv) of the second  paragraph of the covenant
entitled  "Incurrence of Indebtedness  and Issuance of Preferred Stock" covering
only the assets  acquired with such  Indebtedness;  (vii) Liens  existing on the
date of the  Indenture;  (viii)  Liens for taxes,  assessments  or  governmental
charges or claims that are not yet  delinquent  or that are being  contested  in
good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  promptly  instituted  and  diligently
concluded,  provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be
required in conformity  with GAAP shall have been made therefor;  (ix) statutory
and  common  law  Liens of  landlords  and  carriers,  warehousemen,  mechanics,
suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary
course of business with respect to amounts not yet more than ninety days overdue
or being  contested  in good faith by  appropriate  legal  proceedings  promptly
instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate
provision,  if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been
made; (x) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary  course of business in
connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of
social security; (xi) easements, rights-of-way,  municipal and zoning ordinances
and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do
not materially  interfere  with the ordinary  course of business of the Company,
Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; (xii) Liens encumbering property
or assets  under  construction  arising from  progress or partial  payments by a
customer of the Company,  Holdings or its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  relating to
such  property  or  assets;  (xiii)  any  interest  or title of a lessor  in the
property  subject to any  Capitalized  Lease or  operating  lease;  (xiv)  Liens
arising from filing  Uniform  Commercial  Code  financing  statements  regarding
leases;  (xv)  Liens  in  favor  of the  Company,  Holdings  or  any  Restricted
Subsidiary;  (xvi) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order
against the Company,  Holdings or any Restricted  Subsidiary  that does not give
rise to an Event of  Default;  (xvii)  Liens in  favor of  customs  and  revenue
authorities  arising as a matter of law to secure  payment of customs  duties in
connection with the importation of goods;  (xviii) Liens  encumbering  customary
initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are either within the
general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course
of business, in each case securing Hedging Obligations;  (xix) Liens arising out
of conditional  sale, title retention,  consignment or similar  arrangements for
the sale of goods entered into by the Company, Holdings or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries  in the  ordinary  course of business in  accordance  with the past
practices of the Company,  Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the
Issue  Date;  (xx) Liens  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of  business of the
Company,  Holdings  or any of their  respective  Subsidiaries  with  respect  to
obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that
(a) are not incurred in connection  with the borrowing of money or the obtaining
of  advances  or credit  (other  than  trade  credit in the  ordinary  course of
business) and (b) do not in the aggregate  materially  detract from the value of
the property or  materially  impair the use thereof in the operation of business
by  the  Company,  Holdings  or  such  Subsidiary;  (xxi)  Liens  on  assets  of
Unrestricted   Subsidiaries  that  secure   Non-Recourse  Debt  of  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries;  and (xxii)  Liens on assets of the Company  securing  Obligations
under any Senior  Indebtedness of the Company and Liens on assets of a Guarantor
securing Obligations under any Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor.

     "Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company,
Holdings or any of their respective  Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the
net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance,  renew, replace, defease or
refund Existing  Indebtedness or other Indebtedness of the Company,  Holdings or
any of the  Restricted  Subsidiaries  incurred in accordance  with the Indenture
(other than  Indebtedness  incurred in accordance with clauses (i), (ii),  (iv),
(vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiii),  (xiv), (xv), (xvi) and (xvii) of
the second  paragraph of the covenant  entitled  "Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred  Stock;")  provided  that:  (i) the  principal  amount (or
accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness does
not exceed the principal  amount of (or accreted  value,  if  applicable),  plus
accrued  interest  on,  the  Indebtedness  so  extended,  refinanced,   renewed,
replaced,  defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred
in connection  therewith);  (ii) such Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness has a
final  maturity  date at or later  than the final  maturity  date of,  and has a
Weighted  Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average
Life to Maturity  of, the  Indebtedness  being  extended,  refinanced,  renewed,
replaced,  defeased  or  refunded;  (iii) if the  Indebtedness  being  extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
                                       94


refunded  is  subordinated  in right of  payment to the  Notes,  such  Permitted
Refinancing  Indebtedness  has a final  maturity date at or later than the final
maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms
at least as  favorable  to the  Holders  of  Notes  as  those  contained  in the
documentation  governing the Indebtedness being extended,  refinanced,  renewed,
replaced,  defeased  or  refunded;  (iv)  if the  Indebtedness  being  extended,
refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,  defeased or refunded  is  Indebtedness  of the
Company or its Restricted  Subsidiaries,  such  Indebtedness  is incurred by the
Company,  Holdings  or the  Restricted  Subsidiary  who is  the  obligor  on the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded
and (v) if the  Indebtedness  being  extended,  refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,
defeased or refunded is Indebtedness of Holdings or its Restricted  Subsidiaries
(other than the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries),  such Indebtedness is
incurred  by  Holdings or the  Restricted  Subsidiary  who is the obligor of the
Indebtedness  being  extended,   refinanced,   renewed,  replaced,  defeased  or
refunded.

     "Principals"  means  (i) J.W.  Childs  Equity  Partners,  L.P.,  (ii)  each
Affiliate of J.W. Childs Equity  Partners,  L.P. as of the Issue Date, and (iii)
each officer or employee  (including their respective  immediate family members)
of J.W. Childs Associates, L.P. as of the Issue Date.

     "Public Equity  Offering" means an  underwritten  public offering of common
stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Holdings, pursuant to an
effective  registration  statement  filed with the Commission in accordance with
the  Securities  Act;  provided,  however,  that, in the case of a Public Equity
Offering by  Holdings,  Holdings  contributes  to the capital of the Company net
cash  proceeds  thereof in an amount  sufficient  to redeem the Notes called for
redemption in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

     "Qualified Subordinated  Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of Holdings which
(i)  does not  require  payments  (other  than  payments  made  with  additional
Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness) in respect of principal,  premium, interest
or otherwise  (pursuant  to mandatory  redemption,  sinking fund  obligation  or
otherwise)  prior to the date that is 91 days  after the date on which the Notes
mature,  (ii)  does not  directly  or  indirectly  provide  for any  restrictive
covenants or events of default  other than the  covenants  and events of default
which are substantially the same as those provided for in the Exchange Notes (as
in effect on the Issue  Date) and (iii) is  subordinated  in right of payment to
the  Notes at  least  to the same  extent  as the  Holdings  Preferred  Stock is
subordinated  to the Notes on the Issue  Date  (including  with  respect  to the
standstill provisions provided therein).

     "Related  Party" with respect to any  Principal  means (A) any  controlling
stockholder or 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary of such Principal or (B) or trust,
corporation,  partnership  or other  entity,  the  beneficiaries,  stockholders,
partners,  owners or Persons  beneficially  holding  an 80% or more  controlling
interest of which consist of such Principal  and/or such other Persons  referred
to in the immediately preceding clause (A).

     "Restricted  Investment"  means  any  Investment  other  than  a  Permitted
Investment.

     "Restricted  Subsidiary"  of a Person means any  Subsidiary of the referent
Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     "Senior  Indebtedness"  means (i) all  "Obligations"  in  respect of and as
defined in the New Credit Facility (including, without limitation, interest that
accrues after the filing of a petition initiating any action or proceeding under
Bankruptcy  Law or any other  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or similar law or statute
protecting creditors in effect in any jurisdiction, whether or not such interest
accrues after the filing of such petition for purposes of Bankruptcy Law or such
other law or statute or is an allowed  claim in any such action or  proceeding),
whether  existing on the date hereof or hereafter  incurred,  and (ii) any other
Indebtedness  permitted to be incurred by the Company or any Guarantor under the
terms of the Indenture,  unless the instrument under which such  Indebtedness is
incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right
of  payment  to the  Notes.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  in the
foregoing,  Senior  Indebtedness will not include (w) any liability for federal,
state,  local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Guarantor,  (x)
any  Indebtedness  of the Company or any  Guarantor  to any of their  respective
Subsidiaries or other Affiliates,  except to the extent any such Indebtedness is
pledged as security under the New Credit Facility, (y) any trade payables or (z)
any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the Indenture.

                                       95


     "Significant  Restricted  Subsidiary" means a Restricted  Subsidiary,  that
would be a  "significant  subsidiary"  as  defined  in  Article  1, Rule 1-02 of
Regulation S-X,  promulgated  pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation
is in effect on the date of the Indenture.

     "Stated  Maturity"  means,  with respect to any  installment of interest or
principal  on any  series of  Indebtedness,  the date on which  such  payment of
interest or principal  was  scheduled  to be paid in the original  documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to
repay,  redeem or repurchase  any such  interest or principal  prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

     "Stock  Purchase  Agreement"  means that Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated
October 8, 1997,  among J.W. Childs Equity  Partners,  L.P.,  Holdings,  and the
stockholders of Holdings named therein, as in effect on the Issue Date.

     "Subsidiary"  means,  with  respect  to any  Person,  (i) any  corporation,
association or other business  entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled  (without  regard to the occurrence of
any  contingency)  to vote in the  election of  directors,  managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or  controlled,  directly  or  indirectly,  by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof) or (ii) any  partnership  (a) the sole general  partner or the managing
general  partner of which is such Person or a  Subsidiary  of such Person or (b)
the  only  general  partners  of  which  are  such  Person  or of  one  or  more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

     "Subsidiary  Guarantee"  means  each  guarantee  of the  Notes  issued by a
Subsidiary of Holdings or the Company pursuant to the Indenture.

     "Tax Sharing Agreement" means the tax sharing agreement among Holdings, the
Company and any one or more of Holdings'  subsidiaries,  as amended from time to
time, so long as the method of calculating the amount of the Company's payments,
if any, to be made  thereunder  is not less  favorable  to the  Company  than as
provided in such  agreement as in effect on the Issue Date (except to the extent
required  to reflect  changes  in  applicable  federal  or state tax  laws),  as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  means any Subsidiary  that is designated by the
Board of  Directors  of the  Company  or  Holdings,  as the  case may be,  as an
Unrestricted  Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution,  but only to the extent
that such Subsidiary:  (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; (b)
is not party to any agreement,  contract,  arrangement or understanding with the
Company,  Holdings  or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  unless the terms of any such
agreement,  contract,  arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the
Company,  Holdings  or such  Restricted  Subsidiary  than  those  that  might be
obtained  at the time from  Persons  who are not  Affiliates  of the  Company or
Holdings (as  determined  in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company
or Holdings,  as the case may be); (c) is a Person with respect to which neither
the Company, nor Holdings nor any of the Restricted  Subsidiaries has any direct
or indirect  obligation (x) to subscribe for additional  Equity Interests or (y)
to maintain or  preserve  such  Person's  financial  condition  or to cause such
Person to achieve any  specified  levels of operating  results;  and (d) has not
guaranteed or otherwise  directly or indirectly  provided credit support for any
Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries. Any
such designation by such Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by
filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board  Resolution  giving effect
to  such  designation  and  an  Officers'   Certificate   certifying  that  such
designation  complied  with the  foregoing  conditions  and was permitted by the
covenant  described  above under the caption  "Certain  Covenants --  Restricted
Payments." If, at any time, any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary would fail to meet the
foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary,  it shall thereafter cease
to be  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  for  purposes  of  the  Indenture  and  any
Indebtedness of such  Subsidiary  shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary  as of such date (and,  if such  Indebtedness  is not permitted to be
incurred  as of such  date  under  the  covenant  described  under  the  caption
"Incurrence of  Indebtedness  and Issuance of Preferred  Stock," the Company and
Holdings  shall be in default of such  covenant).  The Board of Directors of the
Company or Holdings may at any time designate any Unrestricted  Subsidiary to be
a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an
incurrence  of  Indebtedness  by a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of  any  outstanding
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted  Subsidiary and such designation shall only be
permitted if (i) such  Indebtedness  is permitted  under the covenant  described
under the caption "Certain  Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Preferred Stock," calculated on a pro

                                       96


forma  basis  as if  such  designation  had  occurred  at the  beginning  of the
four-quarter  reference period, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be
in existence following such designation.

     "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, the Capital Stock of such
Person  that is at the time  entitled  to vote in the  election  of the Board of
Directors of such Person.

     "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any  date,  the  number  of years  obtained  by  dividing  (i) the sum of the
products  obtained  by  multiplying  (a)  the  amount  of  each  then  remaining
installment,  sinking  fund,  serial  maturity  or other  required  payments  of
principal,  including payment at final maturity,  in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.

     "Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary"  of any Person  means a  Restricted
Subsidiary  of  such  Person  all of the  outstanding  Capital  Stock  or  other
ownership interests of which (other than directors'  qualifying shares) shall at
the time be owned  by such  Person  or by one or more  Wholly  Owned  Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries
of such Person.

                                       97



                       DESCRIPTION OF NEW CREDIT FACILITY

General

     Concurrently  with the  consummation of the  Recapitalization,  the Company
entered  into the New Credit  Facility  with the lenders from time to time party
thereto,  NationsBank,  as Administrative Agent, Union Bank of Switzerland,  New
York Branch, as Documentation Agent,  NationsBank  Montgomery  Securities,  Inc.
("NMSI"), as Syndication Agent for the lenders referred to therein, and NMSI and
UBS Securities  LLC, as  Co-Arrangers,  providing for borrowings in an aggregate
principal amount of up to $195 million.  The New Credit Facility is comprised of
a six-year term facility (the "New Term Loan A") in the principal  amount of $50
million,  a seven-year  term  facility  (the "New Term Loan B") in the principal
amount of $50  million,  a revolving  credit  facility  (the  "Revolving  Credit
Facility") in the principal  amount of $75.0 million,  and a 6-year  acquisition
facility (the  "Acquisition  Facility") in the principal  amount of $20 million.
Indebtedness  under the New Credit  Facility is  guaranteed by Holdings and each
existing  and  hereafter  acquired  domestic  subsidiary  of the  Company.  This
information  relating to the New Credit Facility is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the complete  text of the  documents  entered into or to be entered
into in connection  therewith.  The  following is a  description  of the general
terms of the New Credit Facility.

Security

     Indebtedness  under the New Credit Facility is secured by (i) substantially
all of the assets of Holdings, the Company and their domestic subsidiaries, (ii)
100% of the  outstanding  capital  stock of each of the Company and the domestic
subsidiaries  of  Holdings  and the  Company  and (iii)  65% of the  outstanding
capital stock of any foreign subsidiary of the Company or Holdings.

Interest

     Amounts  outstanding under the New Term Loan A and the New Revolving Credit
Facility bear  interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 225 basis points.  Amounts
outstanding under the New Term Loan B and the Acquisition Facility bear interest
at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 262.5 basis points.

Borrowing Base

     Pursuant  to the  terms of the New  Credit  Facility,  advances  under  the
Revolving Credit Facility are limited to a borrowing base comprised of specified
percentages of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory.  The Company
will be required to reduce  outstanding  borrowings  under the Revolving  Credit
Facility to a maximum of $15.0 million for a period of at least thirty (30) days
during each year.

Maturity

     Loans made  pursuant to the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  may be  borrowed,
repaid  and  reborrowed  from time to time  until the sixth  anniversary  of the
Closing Date or the earlier repayment in full of the New Term Loan A, subject to
the satisfaction of certain conditions on the date of any such borrowing.

Fees

     The Company is required to pay to the Banks in the  aggregate a  commitment
fee equal to 50 basis points per annum, payable in arrears on a quarterly basis,
on the committed  undrawn amount of the New Credit  Facility.  The Agent and the
Banks shall receive such other fees as have been separately agreed upon with the
Agent,  including,  without  limitation,  in respect of letters of credit issued
under the letter of credit subfacility.

                                       98


Letters of Credit Subfacility

     The New Credit Facility  includes a subfacility for the issuance of letters
of credit up to a maximum  aggregate  amount at any one time  outstanding not to
exceed  $10.0  million.  If any  letter  of  credit  is  outstanding  after  the
termination of the New Credit Facility,  the Company would be required to post a
standby letter of credit or deposit cash  collateral in an amount  sufficient to
reimburse  the Banks for  amounts  drawn  under any such  outstanding  letter of
credit.

Covenants

     The New Credit  Facility  contains a number of financial,  affirmative  and
negative   covenants   that   regulate  the   operations  of  Holdings  and  its
subsidiaries,  including the Company.  Financial  covenants  require Holdings to
maintain:  (i) a minimum fixed charge  coverage ratio,  (ii) a minimum  interest
coverage ratio; and (iii) a maximum leverage ratio. Negative covenants restrict,
among other things, the incurrence of debt, the existence of liens, transactions
with affiliates, loans, advances and investments, payment of dividends and other
distributions to shareholders,  dispositions of assets, mergers,  consolidations
and dissolutions, contingent liabilities and changes in business.

Events of Default; Remedies

     The New Credit Agreement contains customary events of default under the New
Credit Facility,  including (i) the non-payment of principal,  interest or other
amounts,  (ii) violation of covenants,  (iii) inaccuracy of representations  and
warranties,  (iv)  cross-defaults  to certain  other  indebtedness  and material
agreements  (including  the  Notes),  (iv)  certain  events  of  bankruptcy  and
insolvency,  (v) ERISA, (vi) actual or asserted invalidity of any loan documents
or security interests, (vii) changes in control of the ownership of the Company,
(viii)  bankruptcy and (ix) Holdings  engaging in any business or activity other
than  holding  100% of the stock of the  Company.  If any such  event of default
occurs,  the Administrative  Agent will be entitled,  on behalf of the Banks, to
take all actions  permitted to be taken by a secured  creditor under the Uniform
Commercial  Code and to accelerate the amounts due under the New Credit Facility
and may require all such amounts  outstanding  thereunder to be immediately paid
in full.


                                       99


                     DESCRIPTION OF HOLDINGS PREFERRED STOCK

     The following statements are brief summaries of certain provisions relating
to the shares of the Holdings  Preferred  Stock.  The following  statements  are
qualified  in their  entirety by the  provisions  of  Holdings'  Certificate  of
Incorporation  and the  Restated  Certificate  of  Designation  relating  to the
Holdings  Preferred  Stock (the  "Certificate  of  Designation")  filed with the
secretary of state of Delaware,  which includes the  resolutions of the Board of
Directors of Holdings creating the Holdings Preferred Stock.

Dividend Rights

     Holders of Holdings Preferred Stock are entitled to receive,  but only when
and as  declared by the Board of  Directors  of  Holdings  out of funds  legally
available  therefor,  cumulative  dividends  at the annual  rate of $120.00  per
share,  payable  semiannually on the last day of June 30 and December 31 in each
year,  commencing  June 30, 1998 (a "Dividend  Reference  Date").  Dividends are
cumulative,  accrue on a daily basis,  are calculated  from the date of issue of
the Holdings Preferred Stock and are payable to holders of record on such record
dates as are fixed by the Board of Directors of Holdings.  Dividends payable for
any period less than a full semiannual period will be computed on the basis of a
365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.

     Dividends  are  payable  in cash,  except if any  dividend  payable  on any
Dividend  Reference Date occurring  before December 31, 2009 is not declared and
paid in full in cash on such Dividend  Reference  Date,  the amount payable as a
dividend on such Dividend Reference Date that is not paid in cash shall, subject
to the terms of any Parity Securities or Senior Securities (each defined below),
be declared and paid in additional shares of Holdings Preferred Stock, with such
additional  shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock being valued at $1,000 per share
for such purpose.

     For purposes of the Certificate of Designation:

     "Equity  Interests" means capital stock and all warrants,  options or other
rights to  acquire  capital  stock  (but  excluding  any debt  security  that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, capital stock).

     "Junior  Security" means any shares of the voting common and the non-voting
common  stock of  Holdings  and any other  class or series of stock of  Holdings
which,  by  the  terms  of  Holdings'  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or of the
instrument by which its Board of Directors, acting pursuant to authority granted
in  Holdings'  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  shall fix the  relative  rights,
preferences and limitations  thereof,  shall be junior to the Holdings Preferred
Stock in respect  of the right to receive  dividends  or to  participate  in any
distribution of assets  (including but not limited to any distribution of assets
in connection with the liquidation of Holdings) other than by way of dividends.

     "Parity  Security"  means  any  shares  of any  class or series of stock of
Holdings which, by the terms of Holdings' Certificate of Incorporation or of the
instrument by which its Board of Directors, acting pursuant to authority granted
in  Holdings'  certificate  of  incorporation,  shall fix the  relative  rights,
preferences  and  limitations  thereof,  shall be on a parity with the  Holdings
Preferred Stock in respect of the right to receive  dividends and to participate
in any distribution of assets  (including but not limited to any distribution of
assets in  connection  with the  liquidation  of Holdings)  other than by way of
dividends.

     "Senior  Security" means shares of any class or series of stock of Holdings
which,  by  the  terms  of  Holdings'  certificate  of  incorporation  or of the
instrument by which the Board of Directors, acting pursuant to authority granted
in  Holdings'  certificate  of  incorporation,  shall fix the  relative  rights,
preferences and limitations  thereof,  shall be senior to the Holdings Preferred
Stock in respect  of the right to receive  dividends  or to  participate  in any
distribution of assets  (including but not limited to any distribution of assets
in connection with the liquidation of Holdings) other than by way of dividends.

     No dividend (payable other than in shares of Junior Securities)  whatsoever
shall be paid  upon,  or  moneys or other  property  of  Holdings  set apart for
payment of any dividend upon, any Junior  Security nor shall any Junior Security
be  redeemed or  purchased  by Holdings  or any  subsidiary  thereof  (except by
conversion into or exchange for Junior

                                       100


Securities)  nor shall any moneys or other property be paid to or made available
for a sinking fund for any such  redemption or purchase of any Junior  Security,
unless, in each such instance,  all of the following conditions are met: (i) all
dividends on all outstanding  shares of Holdings Preferred Stock accrued through
the most recent  Dividend  Reference  Date shall have been paid or declared  and
sufficient   moneys  (or,  to  the  extent   permitted  by  the  Certificate  of
Designation,  shares of Holdings Preferred Stock) set aside for payment thereof;
(ii) all dividends on all outstanding shares of Holdings Preferred Stock accrued
through the most recent Dividend Reference Date from the Dividend Reference Date
immediately  preceding such most recent Dividend  Reference Date shall have been
paid in cash or declared and  sufficient  moneys set aside for payment  thereof;
(iii) all shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock issued by Holdings after December
31, 2002 as payment-in-kind  dividends shall have been redeemed;  (iv), Holdings
shall have redeemed all shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock (A) for which it has
received a notice of redemption from the holders  thereof  pursuant to the right
of holders to demand redemption described below under the heading "Redemption on
Demand by Holder" and in respect of which  Holdings'  obligation  to redeem such
shares  shall  not have  terminated  or (B) which are  required  to be  redeemed
pursuant to the  mandatory  redemption  obligation of Holdings  described  below
under the heading  "Mandatory  Redemption;" and (v) certain other limitations on
the maximum  amount of such  dividends on or  redemptions or purchases of Junior
Securities are met. The foregoing  provisions shall not prohibit (i) the payment
of any dividend within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration thereof, if
at the date of such  declaration  such  payment  would  have  complied  with the
provisions of the Certificate of Designation, or (ii) the repurchase, redemption
or other  retirement  for value of any Equity  Interests of Holdings held by any
member of the  management or employees of Holdings or any subsidiary of Holdings
pursuant to the Stockholders  Agreement to be entered into concurrently with the
closing of the  Recapitalization,  among  Holdings  and its  stockholders  named
therein;  provided that (A) the aggregate  price paid for all such  repurchased,
redeemed,  acquired  or  retired  Equity  Interests  shall be subject to certain
limitations on the maximum amount thereof, (B) no Voting Rights Triggering Event
(defined  below) shall have  occurred and be continuing  immediately  after such
transaction,  and (C)  Holdings  shall  have  redeemed  all  shares of  Holdings
Preferred  Stock (I) for which it has received a notice of  redemption  from the
holders thereof pursuant to the right of holders to demand redemption  described
below under the heading "Redemption on Demand by Holder" and in respect of which
Holdings'  obligation  to redeem such shares shall not have  terminated  or (II)
which  are  required  to  be  redeemed  pursuant  to  the  mandatory  redemption
obligation of Holdings described below under the heading "Mandatory Redemption."

     So long as any share of Holdings  Preferred Stock remains  outstanding,  no
full dividend (payable other than in shares of Junior  Securities) shall be paid
upon, or moneys or other  property of Holdings set apart for payment of any full
dividend upon, any Parity  Securities,  unless all dividends on all  outstanding
shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock  accrued  through the most recent  Dividend
Reference  Date shall have been paid or declared and  sufficient  moneys (or, to
the extent  required  by the  Certificate  of  Designation,  shares of  Holdings
Preferred Stock) set aside for payment thereof. If all such dividends are not so
paid,  the Holdings  Preferred  Stock shall share  dividends  pro rata with such
Parity Securities.

     Substantially  all  of  Holdings'  operations  are  conducted  through  the
Company. The ability of Holdings to pay cash dividends on the Holdings Preferred
Stock will be dependent  upon the payment to it of dividends,  interest or other
charges by the Company.  The Company's right to make such payments is restricted
by the New Credit Facility and the Indenture.

Liquidation Preference

     Upon any  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up of  Holdings,  whether
voluntary  or  involuntary,  the  holders of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock will be
entitled to be paid out of the assets of Holdings  available for distribution to
stockholders,  before  any  distribution  or  payment  is made  upon any  Junior
Securities,  an amount in cash equal to the sum of $1,000 per share of  Holdings
Preferred Stock plus all accrued and unpaid dividends  thereon (the "Liquidation
Value"). After such payment, the holders of Holdings Preferred Stock will not be
entitled  to any  further  payment  or claim to any of the  remaining  assets of
Holdings.  If, upon any liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of Holdings, the
assets of Holdings to be distributed  among holders of Holdings  Preferred Stock
are insufficient to permit payment to holders of the aggregate Liquidation Value
to which they are  entitled,  then the assets of Holdings to be  distributed  to
such  holders  will be  distributed  ratably  among such  holders.  Neither  the
consolidation or merger of Holdings into or with any other person or entity, nor
the sale or  transfer  by  Holdings  of all or any part of its  assets,  nor the
reduction of the capital stock of Holdings,  will be deemed to be a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of Holdings.

                                       101


Redemption

     Holdings has the following  redemption  rights and obligations with respect
to the Preferred Stock:

     Optional Redemptions by Holdings. At any time within six (6) months after a
Change of Control  or a  Qualified  Public  Offering  (each as  defined  below),
Holdings may, at its election,  redeem all or any part of the outstanding shares
of Holdings  Preferred Stock, out of funds legally  available  therefor,  at the
Liquidation Value. For purposes of the Certificate of Designation:

     "Change of Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

     (i) The sale, lease, transfer,  conveyance or other disposition (other than
by way of merger or consolidation),  in one or a series of related transactions,
of all or  substantially  all of the assets of  Holdings  or the  Company to any
"person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act),  except
to the extent such  transaction  would not  constitute a Change of Control under
clause (vi) of this definition;

     (ii) The adoption of a plan relating to the  liquidation  or dissolution of
Holdings or the Company;

     (iii) The consummation of any transaction (including but not limited to any
merger or consolidation,  (A) prior to the initial  underwritten public offering
of the common stock of Holdings pursuant to an effective  registration statement
under the Securities Act (the "IPO") the result of which is that the JWC Holders
and their Related Parties become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined
in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act,  except that a person shall
be deemed to have "beneficial  ownership" of all securities that such person has
the  right to  acquire,  whether  such  right  is  currently  exercisable  or is
exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition) of less than 40%
of the Voting Stock of Holdings  (measured by voting power rather than number of
shares) or (B) after the IPO, any person (as defined above),  other than the JWC
Holders and their  Related  Parties,  becomes the  beneficial  owner (as defined
above),  directly or indirectly,  of 35% or more of the Voting Stock of Holdings
and such person is or becomes, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of a
greater  percentage  of the  voting  power  of the  Voting  Stock  of  Holdings,
calculated on a fully diluted basis, than the percentage  beneficially  owned by
the JWC Holders and their Related Parties;

     (iv) The  first  day on which a  majority  of the  members  of the Board of
Directors of Holdings are not Continuing Directors;

     (v) The first day on which Holdings shall own, directly or indirectly, less
than all of the issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of the Company or of the
surviving or transferee  Person of the Company in a transaction not constituting
a Change of Control under clause (vi) of this definition; or

     (vi) Holdings or the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any
Person or sells, assigns,  conveys,  transfers,  leases or otherwise disposes of
all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any Person consolidates
with,  or merges with or into,  Holdings or the Company,  as the case may be, in
any such event  pursuant to a  transaction  in which (A) any of the  outstanding
Voting Stock of Holdings is converted into or exchanged for cash,  securities or
other  property,  other  than any such  transaction  where the  Voting  Stock of
Holdings outstanding  immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or
exchanged for Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person  constituting a
majority of the  outstanding  shares of such Voting  Stock of such  surviving or
transferee Person  (immediately after giving effect to such issuance) or (B) any
of the  outstanding  Voting Stock of the Company is converted  into or exchanged
for cash,  securities or other property  (other than payments of or the right to
receive cash in respect of fractional  shares of such Voting Stock),  other than
any  such  transaction  where  the  Voting  Stock  of  the  Company  outstanding
immediately prior

                                       102


to such  transaction  is  converted  into or  exchanged  for Voting Stock of the
surviving or transferee Person all of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by
Holdings (immediately after giving effect to such issuance).

     "Continuing  Directors" means, as of any date of determination,  any member
of the Board of  Directors  of  Holdings  who (i) was a member of such  Board of
Directors on the date of adoption of the Certificate of Designation by the Board
of Directors of Holdings or (ii) was  nominated  for election or elected to such
Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the  Continuing  Directors
who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

     "JWC  Holders"  means  the  JWC  Holders  as  defined  in the  Stockholders
Agreement   to  be  entered   into   concurrently   with  the   closing  of  the
Recapitalization  among Holdings and the stockholders of Holdings named therein.
The Principals are included among the JWC Holders.

     "Person" means any individual, partnership,  corporation, limited liability
corporation,   trust,   estate,  joint  venture,   association,   unincorporated
organization, government or any department or agency thereof, or other entity.

     "Qualified  Public  Offering" means one or more public sales of any capital
stock of Holdings pursuant to one or more registration statements (other than on
Form S-4 or S-8 or any other similar  limited  purpose  form),  that have become
effective under the Securities Act, yielding at least $10.0 million in aggregate
gross proceeds.

     "Related  Party" with respect to any JWC Holder  means (i) any  controlling
stockholder or 80% (or more) owned  subsidiary of such JWC Holder or (ii) trust,
corporation,  partnership  or other  entity,  the  beneficiaries,  stockholders,
partner,  owners or  Persons  beneficially  holding  an 80% or more  controlling
interest of which consist of JWC Holders  and/or such other Persons  referred to
in the immediately preceding clause (i).

     "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, the capital stock of such
Person  that is at the time  entitled  to vote in the  election  of the Board of
Directors of such Person.

     At any time and from time to time Holdings may, at its election, redeem all
or any part of the outstanding  shares of Holdings Preferred Stock issued by the
Holdings as payment-in-kind  dividends out of funds legally available  therefor,
at the Liquidation Value.

     Redemption on Demand by Holder.  Within ten business days after a Change of
Control,  Holdings shall, unless Holdings shall have theretofore given notice of
the optional redemption by Holdings of all of the outstanding shares of Holdings
Preferred  Stock,  give written notice to the holders of the Holdings  Preferred
Stock of the demand redemption rights described in this paragraph.  In addition,
within ten business days after each Dividend  Reference  Date occurring at least
six months after such Change of Control,  Holdings  shall give written notice to
the holders of Preferred Stock of such demand redemption rights. Upon receipt of
any such notice,  each holder of shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock may require
Holdings to redeem, at the Liquidation Value plus an amount equal to one percent
(1%) of such  Liquidation  Value at the time of redemption,  up to the lesser of
(i) all of the shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock held by such holder and (ii)
such number of shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock held of record by such holder
as shall equal the product of (x) all of the shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock
in respect of which such holder shall have exercised his demand redemption right
multiplied  by (y) a ratio,  the  numerator  of which shall be equal to the Cash
Available  for  Redemption  and the  denominator  of which shall be equal to the
aggregate of the  Liquidation  Value plus an amount equal to one percent (1%) of
the  Liquidation  Value  at the  time of  redemption  for all of the  shares  of
Holdings Preferred Stock in respect of which holders of Holdings Preferred Stock
shall have  exercised  their  demand  redemption  rights.  Holdings  will not be
required to pay the  redemption  price due in connection  with the redemption of
any Holdings  Preferred  Stock as described in this paragraph  until  ninety-one
business days after the  redemption of all of the Notes  required to be redeemed
by the Company in connection with such Change of Control.  The right of a holder
of shares of Holdings Preferred Stock to require Holdings to redeem, out of Cash
Available for Redemption,  any or all of such shares (and any shares of Holdings
Preferred  Stock  thereafter  issued  as   payment-in-kind   dividends  thereon)
following a Change of Control or any Dividend  Reference Date occurring at least
six months after such Change of Control  will  terminate to the extent that such
holder fails to exercise his demand  redemption  right in respect of such shares
within the applicable exercise period following any date on which Holdings gives
notice of such demand redemption rights.

                                       103


     For  purposes  of the  Certificate  of  Designation,  "Cash  Available  for
Redemption" means, as of any date, the sum of

(i)  the lesser of

         (A) the sum of (I) the  aggregate  amount of cash and cash  equivalents
     held by Holdings  as of such date,  plus (II) the  maximum  undrawn  amount
     available to Holdings  (without  duplication of any amount available to any
     subsidiary of Holdings under any credit or loan agreements,  as amended and
     in effect from time to time,  including  but not limited to any such credit
     or loan agreement in connection  with which Holdings acts as a guarantor or
     co-  obligor of the  obligations  of any such  subsidiary)  as of such date
     under any credit or loan agreements,  as amended and in effect from time to
     time, to which the Holdings is party, as borrower, plus

         (B) the maximum amount that Holdings  could,  if it declared and paid a
     cash  dividend  on its common  stock on such date,  declare and pay without
     being in violation  of or default  under (with or without the lapse of time
     or the  giving  of  notice,  or  both)  any  applicable  law  or any  note,
     debenture,   indenture   or  other   agreement  or   instrument   governing
     indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, plus

(ii) the lesser of

         (A) the sum of (I) the  aggregate  amount of cash and cash  equivalents
     held by the  Company as of such date plus (II) the maximum  undrawn  amount
     available as of such date under (x) the New Credit Facility, as amended and
     in effect  from time to time,  or (y) any  credit  or loan  agreements,  as
     amended and in effect from time to time,  hereafter  executed in connection
     with any refinancing or replacement of the New Credit Facility, and

         (B) the maximum amount that the Company could,  if it declared and paid
     a cash  dividend on its common stock on such date,  declare and pay without
     being in violation  of or default  under (with or without the lapse of time
     or the  giving  of  notice,  or  both)  any  applicable  law  or any  note,
     debenture,   indenture   or  other   agreement  or   instrument   governing
     indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company, minus

     (iii) a reasonable reserve determined by the Board of Directors of Holdings
in the good faith exercise of its business judgment.

     Mandatory  Redemption.  On December 31, 2009, Holdings shall redeem, at the
Liquidation Value, all of the outstanding shares of Holdings Preferred Stock.

     If the funds of Holdings  legally  available  for  redemption  of Preferred
Stock on any  redemption  date are  insufficient  to redeem the total  number of
shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock to be  redeemed  on such date,  those funds
which are legally  available shall be used to redeem the maximum possible number
of shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock ratably among the holders of the Holdings
Preferred Stock to be redeemed. At any time thereafter, when additional funds of
the Holdings are legally  available  for the  redemption  of Holdings  Preferred
Stock,  such funds shall immediately be used to redeem,  without  interest,  the
balance of the Holdings  Preferred Stock which Holdings has become  obligated to
redeem on any redemption date but which it has not redeemed.

     Substantially  all  of  Holdings'  operations  are  conducted  through  the
Company.  The  ability  of  Holdings  to pay  the  redemption  price  due on the
redemption  of any of the Holdings  Preferred  Stock will be dependent  upon the
payment  to it of  dividends,  interest  or other  charges by the  Company.  The
Company's  right to make such payments is restricted by the New Credit  Facility
and the Indenture.

Voting Rights

     The  outstanding  shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock have no voting rights
except as required by law and as follows:

                                       104



     (a) The affirmative  vote of the holders of record of at least two thirds (
2/3) of the outstanding shares of Holdings Preferred Stock, voting together as a
separate class, is required (i) to change (A) the rate or time of payment of any
dividends on, or (B) the time or amount of any  redemption of, or (C) the amount
of any  payments  upon  liquidation  of  Holdings  with  respect  to, or (D) the
priorities  afforded by the provisions of the Certificate of Designation for the
benefit of shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock or (ii) to amend the  redemption
rights of the holders of the Holdings  Preferred Stock described above under the
heading  "Mandatory  Redemption"  or (iii) to amend  the  voting  rights  of the
holders of the Holdings Preferred Stock.

     (b) The  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of at least a  majority  of the
outstanding  shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock,  voting together as a separate
class, is required to: (i) increase the number of authorized  shares of Holdings
Preferred  Stock or (ii)  authorize or issue any  additional  shares of Holdings
Preferred  Stock  (other than as  dividends  on  outstanding  shares of Holdings
Preferred Stock to the extent permitted under the Certificate of Designation) or
(iii)  issue any  shares of  capital  stock of  Holdings  of any  class,  or any
security or  obligations  convertible  into any capital stock of Holdings of any
class, in each case ranking on a parity with or prior to the Holdings  Preferred
Stock as to  distribution  of assets in  liquidation  or in right of  payment of
dividends (other than shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock issued as dividends on
outstanding shares of Holdings Preferred Stock to the extent permitted under the
Certificate  of Designation  or in connection  with the exchange,  for shares of
Holdings  Preferred  Stock,  of any Exchange  Notes (as defined below) issued by
Holdings).

     (c) In the event that (I) (A)  dividends  (either  in cash or  through  the
issuance  of  additional  shares  of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock  to the  extent
permitted under the Certificate of Designation) on the Holdings  Preferred Stock
are in arrears and unpaid with  respect to any  Dividend  Reference  Date or (B)
December 31, 2002,  Holdings fails on three (3) or more Dividend Reference Dates
(whether or not  consecutive) to declare and pay in full in cash  dividends,  in
the  amount of all  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  on the  shares of  Holdings
Preferred Stock outstanding as of each such Dividend Reference Date, on the then
outstanding  shares of Holdings Preferred Stock (each, a "Dividend Voting Rights
Triggering  Event") or (II) Holdings fails to redeem all of the then outstanding
shares of Holdings  Preferred  Stock on December 31, 2009 or otherwise  fails to
discharge  any  redemption  obligation  with respect to the  Holdings  Preferred
Stock,  then the maximum  authorized  number of  directors  of Holdings  will be
increased by one (1) and holders of Holdings  Preferred  Stock shall be entitled
to vote their shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock,  together with the holders of
any Parity  Securities upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are
exercisable,  to elect,  as a class,  an additional one (1) director.  Each such
event  described  in  clauses  (I) and (II) is herein  referred  to as a "Voting
Rights Triggering Event." So long as shares of Holdings Preferred Stock shall be
outstanding,  the holders of Holdings  Preferred Stock shall retain the right to
vote and elect, with the holders of any such Parity Securities,  voting together
as a single class,  such director until such time as (A) in the event such right
arises due to a Dividend Voting Rights Trigger Event, all accumulated  dividends
that are in arrears on the Holdings Preferred Stock are paid in full in cash or,
with respect to any Dividend  Reference Date occurring on or before December 31,
2002, through the issuance of additional shares of Holdings Preferred Stock; and
(B) in all other  cases,  the  failure,  breach or default  giving  rise to such
Voting Rights  Triggering Event is remedied or waived by the holders of at least
a majority  of the shares of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding  and
entitled  to vote  thereon.  Such  period is herein  referred  to as a  "Default
Period."  Immediately upon the expiration of a Default Period,  the right of the
holders of Holdings  Preferred Stock to elect one director shall cease, the term
of office of the director elected by the holders of Holdings Preferred Stock and
such Parity  Securities as a class shall terminate,  and the number of directors
shall be such number as may be provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation,
as amended, or By-Laws of Holdings.

Exchange Notes

     Exchange  Provisions.  Holdings may, at its election,  exchange all but not
less than all of the  outstanding  shares of  Holdings  Preferred  Stock for 12%
Junior  Subordinated  Notes due  December  31, 2009 of Holdings  (the  "Exchange
Notes")  having the general  terms  described  below.  Upon the  exchange of the
Holdings  Preferred  Stock for the  Exchange  Notes,  each  holder  of  Holdings
Preferred  Stock will be entitled to  receive,  per share of Holdings  Preferred
Stock so

                                       105


exchanged,  a principal amount of Exchange Notes equal to the Liquidation  Value
of such share as of the date of such exchange. Upon such exchange,  dividends on
the shares of Holdings Preferred Stock so exchanged shall cease to accrue,  such
shares  shall no  longer  be deemed  to be  outstanding,  and all  rights of the
holders  thereof as stockholders of Holdings with respect to shares so exchanged
(except the right to receive from  Holdings the Exchange  Notes in the aggregate
original  principal  amount to which such holder is entitled upon such exchange)
shall cease.  The Indenture and the New Credit Facility  restrict the ability of
Holdings to elect to issue  Exchange  Notes in exchange for  Holdings  Preferred
Stock.

     General. The Exchange Notes will be issued only if and when Holdings elects
to require the exchange of the Holdings  Preferred Stock for the Exchange Notes.
The  Exchange  Notes  will be  unsecured  obligations  of  Holdings  and will be
subordinated  to  Holdings'  obligations  under the New Credit  Facility and the
Holdings  Guarantee of the Notes.  The Exchange Notes will not be obligations of
the Company and,  accordingly,  the rights of the holders of the Exchange  Notes
will be effectively  subordinated to rights of the holders of the Notes,  except
to the extent that  Holdings  may itself be a creditor  with claims  against the
Company.  The maximum aggregate  original principal amount of the Exchange Notes
will be limited to the aggregate original principal amount of the Exchange Notes
originally issued in exchange for shares of the Holdings Preferred Stock.

     Interest.  (a) The  Exchange  Notes will bear  interest  from their date of
issuance at the rate of 12% per annum, which will be due and payable on the last
day of each  June 30 and  December  31 after  the  Exchange  Notes  are  issued.
Interest  on the  Exchange  Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which
interest  has been paid,  or if no  interest  has been paid,  from the  original
issuance  of the  Exchange  Notes.  Interest  is  payable in cash,  except  that
Holdings may elect to defer the payment of any interest  payable on any interest
payment date occurring on or before  December 31, 2002 and prior to the Catch-up
Date (as hereinafter  defined).  To the extent that any interest  accrued on the
Exchange Notes is not paid in cash on any interest  payment date,  such deferred
interest  bears interest at 12% per annum,  compounded on each interest  payment
date thereafter until paid.

     (b) On the last  business  day  occurring  on or before the first  interest
payment date  following the fifth  anniversary of the date on which the Exchange
Notes were originally issued in exchange for shares of Holdings  Preferred Stock
(the  "Catch-up  Date"),  Holdings  is  required  to pay in cash,  in respect of
interest  accrued  and unpaid  under the  Exchange  Notes,  in  addition  to any
interest  payment  otherwise  due on such  date,  such  additional  amount as is
necessary  so that the  aggregate  amount  includible  for  federal  income  tax
purposes  in gross  income  with  respect to the  Exchange  Notes by the holders
thereof for all periods  ending on or before such first  interest  payment  date
does not exceed the aggregate  cumulative  amount of interest paid in cash under
the Exchange  Notes  through such first  interest  payment date by more than the
product of the original  principal  amount of the Exchange  Notes  multiplied by
their yield to maturity.

     (c) Each  payment of interest  due on an interest  payment  date  occurring
after the Catch-up  Date is required to be in an amount  sufficient  so that the
total  amount of  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  at the close of such  interest
payment date shall in no event  exceed the maximum  amount which may be deferred
without  causing a loss or deferral of  Holdings'  deduction  of original  issue
discount on the  Exchange  Notes under  applicable  provisions  of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     Holdings'  operations  are  conducted  through the  Company.  The rights of
Holdings  and its  creditors,  including  the  holders  of  Exchange  Notes,  to
participate in the assets of the Company upon any liquidation or  reorganization
of the Company or otherwise  will be subject to the prior claims of creditors of
the Company  (including,  among  others,  holders of the  Notes),  except to the
extent that Holdings may itself be a creditor  with claims  against the Company.
The ability of  Holdings  to pay  principal  and cash  interest  payments on the
Exchange Notes will be dependent  upon the payment to it of dividends,  interest
or other charges by the Company.  The  Company's  right to make such payments is
restricted by the New Credit Facility and the Indenture.

     Redemption.  Holdings has the following  redemption  rights and obligations
with respect to the Exchange Notes:

     (a) At any time within six months  after a Change of Control or a Qualified
Public  Offering,  Holdings  may  redeem  all or  any  part  of the  outstanding
principal  amount of the Exchange  Notes,  without  premium,  but together  with
accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

                                       106


     (b) Within ten  business  days after a Change of Control,  Holdings  shall,
unless Holdings shall have theretofore  given notice of the optional  redemption
by Holdings of all of the Exchange Notes,  give written notice to the holders of
the Exchange Notes of the demand  redemption rights described in this paragraph.
In addition, within ten business days after each interest payment date occurring
at least six months  after such Change of Control,  Holdings  shall give written
notice to the holders of the  Exchange  Notes of such  redemption  rights.  Upon
receipt of any such notice,  each holder of Exchange Notes may require  Holdings
to redeem,  at a redemption  price equal to the outstanding  principal amount of
and accrued and unpaid interest on such Exchange Notes,  together with a premium
thereon in an amount  equal to one  percent  (1%) of such  principal  amount and
accrued and unpaid interest to be redeemed,  and all accrued and unpaid interest
on such principal amount, up to the lesser of (i) all of the Exchange Notes held
by such  holder and (ii) such  aggregate  amount of the  Exchange  Notes held of
record by such holder as shall equal the product of (A) the Cash  Available  for
Redemption  multiplied by (B) a ratio,  the numerator of which shall be equal to
the  redemption  price of all of the  Exchange  Notes in  respect  of which such
holder shall have exercised his demand  redemption  right and the denominator of
which shall be equal to the aggregate  redemption  price for all of the Exchange
Notes in respect of which the holders  thereof shall have exercised their demand
redemption right. Holdings will not be obligated to pay the redemption price due
in connection  with the  redemption  of any Exchange  Notes as described in this
paragraph (b) until ten business  days after the  redemption of all of the Notes
required  to be  redeemed  by the  Company  in  connection  with such  Change of
Control.  The right of a holder of Exchange Notes to require Holdings to redeem,
out of  Cash  Available  for  Redemption,  any or all  of  such  Exchange  Notes
following a Change of Control or any interest  payment  date  occurring at least
six months after such Change of Control  will  terminate to the extent that such
holder fails to exercise his demand redemption right in respect of such Exchange
Notes within the applicable exercise period following any date on which Holdings
gives notice of such demand redemption rights.

     Subordination  and  Standstill  Provisions.  The payment of the  principal,
premium,  if any, and interest on the Exchange Notes is subordinated in right of
payment to the prior  payment in full of all Senior Debt (as  defined  below) of
Holdings,  whether  outstanding on the date of issuance of the Exchange Notes or
thereafter created,  incurred,  assumed or guaranteed.  Upon any distribution to
creditors of Holdings in a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Holdings or
in a bankruptcy, reorganization,  insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding
relating  to  Holdings  or its  property,  the  holders  of Senior  Debt will be
entitled to receive payment in full in cash before the Exchange  Noteholders are
entitled  to  receive  any  payment.  If any  such  distribution  is made to the
Exchange  Noteholders  before all Senior Debt has been paid in full or provision
has been  made for such  payment,  such  distribution  must be paid  over to the
holders of the Senior Debt. No such subordination will prevent the occurrence of
an Event of Default (as defined below).

     During the  continuance of (i) any default in the payment of the principal,
premium,  if any, or interest on Senior Debt in an aggregate principal amount of
at least $10 million,  including  principal or interest  which has become due by
reason of acceleration,  or (ii) any other default, in respect of which Holdings
shall have been  notified  in writing by the holder of such  Senior  Debt or any
trustee therefor,  with respect to Senior Debt in an aggregate  principal amount
of at least $10  million  permitting  the  holders  thereof  to  accelerate  the
maturity thereof, no payment may be made on the Exchange Notes, and payments may
thereafter be resumed only if both such default or any subsequent  default shall
have been cured or waived or shall cease to exist;  provided  that, in the event
that a Senior Debt default  (other than any such Senior Debt default of a nature
described  in  clause  (i)  of  this  paragraph)  shall  have  occurred  and  be
continuing,  the restrictions  set forth in this paragraph shall,  unless all of
the Senior Debt in respect of which such Senior Debt default shall have occurred
and  be  continuing   shall  have  been  declared  due  and  payable  under  any
acceleration  provision  applicable  thereto and such declaration shall not have
been waived,  rescinded or annulled, cease to apply upon the earliest of (A) two
hundred  seventy (270) days after the  occurrence of such Senior Debt default or
(B) the date on which all Senior Debt defaults under such Senior Debt shall have
been cured or waived; provided, further, that the restrictions set forth in this
paragraph on payments  with  respect to the  Exchange  Notes in the event that a
Senior  Debt  default  (other  than any such  Senior  Debt  default  of a nature
described in clause (i) of this  paragraph)  may be invoked no more than one (1)
time in any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period,  unless all of the Senior
Debt in respect of which such Senior Debt  default  shall have  occurred  and be
continuing  shall have been  declared  due and  payable  under any  acceleration
provision  applicable  thereto and such declaration  shall not have been waived,
rescinded or annulled.  If any such payment is made to the Exchange  Noteholders
before all Senior Debt has been paid in full or provision has been made for such
payment, such payment must be paid over to the holders of the Senior Debt.

                                       107


     Holders of the  Exchange  Notes may not take any action to  accelerate  the
maturity of the  indebtedness  evidenced by the Exchange Notes unless all Senior
Debt shall have been paid in full in cash or all Senior  Debt shall  theretofore
have become due and payable.

     Holders of the Exchange  Notes may not  commence  any action or  proceeding
against Holdings to recover all or any part of any indebtedness evidenced by the
Exchange  Notes or bring or join  with any  creditor  in  bringing,  unless  the
holders of the Senior Debt then outstanding  shall join therein,  any proceeding
against Holdings under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar law
or statute unless and until all Senior Debt shall be paid in full in cash.

For purposes of the Exchange Notes, "Senior Debt" means

     (a) All obligations  and  liabilities of Holdings (other than  indebtedness
represented  by the  Exchange  Notes),  direct  or  indirect,  as to  principal,
interest  (including  post-petition  interest  whether or not an allowed claim),
premium or otherwise,  initially incurred or issued to institutional  investors,
whether  outstanding  on the date hereof or hereafter  created or incurred,  and
whether at any time assigned or otherwise transferred to any other institutional
investor or any other person,  including but not limited to (i) all  obligations
and  liabilities in respect of money borrowed or purchase money  indebtedness by
or of Holdings,  (ii) all guarantees and endorsements (other than for collection
or deposit in the  ordinary  course of  business)  of any such  obligations  and
liabilities  of  others,  such as but not  limited  to  guarantees  of any  such
obligation or liability of a subsidiary of Holdings,  (iii) all  obligations and
liabilities  secured by any mortgage,  lien, pledge,  security interest or other
encumbrance in respect of property,  whether  incurred in connection  with money
borrowed or the acquisition of property, (iv) all obligations and liabilities in
respect of any lease of property, and (v) reimbursement obligations with respect
to letters of credit and interest rate protection agreements;

     (b) All obligations  and  liabilities of Holdings (other than  indebtedness
represented  by the  Exchange  Notes),  direct  or  indirect,  as to  principal,
interest,  premium  or  otherwise  with  respect  to any  obligation,  note,  or
debenture  offered by Holdings for sale to the public in an offer  structured so
as to comply with applicable  rules and regulations for a public offering in the
jurisdiction or  jurisdictions  in which such  obligation,  note or debenture is
offered,  whether  outstanding  on the  date  hereof  or  hereafter  created  or
incurred, which are not expressly made pari passu or subordinate to the Exchange
Notes;

     (c) All obligations  and  liabilities of Holdings (other than  indebtedness
represented  by the  Exchange  Notes)  to  which  the  Exchange  Notes  shall be
expressly  subordinated in writing by the holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes then outstanding;

     (d)  All  other   obligations  and  liabilities  of  Holdings  (other  than
indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes); and

     (e) All  renewals,  extensions,  modifications  and  refundings of any such
obligation or liability;

unless  in the case of  either  (a),  (b),  (c),  (d) or (e),  the  terms of the
agreement or instrument  creating the obligation or liability provide that it is
not senior to the Exchange Notes.

     Events of Default and Remedies. Subject to the subordination and standstill
provisions  described  above under the  heading  "Subordination  and  Standstill
Provisions":  (i) upon the occurrence and  continuation  of any Event of Default
(as defined  below),  then (a) in the case of any Event of Default  specified in
clause (a) or (d)(i) of the  definition  of "Event of  Default,"  each holder of
Exchange  Note,  and (b) in the case of any other Event of Default  specified in
clause (b) or (c) of the definition of "Event of Default," the holder or holders
of record of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of
the Exchange Notes then  outstanding,  may proceed to protect and enforce his or
their rights, as the case may be, by suit in equity,  action at law and/or other
appropriate  proceeding  either for  specific  performance  of any  covenant  or
condition, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in the Exchange Notes,
and may by notice in writing to  Holdings  declare all or any part of the unpaid
balance of the Exchange  Notes held by him to be forthwith due and payable,  and
the holder may  proceed to enforce  payment of such  balance or part  thereof in
such manner as he may elect;  and (ii)  Holdings  shall pay to the holder,  upon
demand, the reasonable costs and expenses

                                       108


(including  reasonable  attorneys  fees and expenses)  incurred by the holder in
connection  with the  enforcement  of his rights and  remedies  arising upon the
occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

     Anything in the Exchange Notes to the contrary notwithstanding,  if any one
or more Events of Default specified in clause (d)(ii) or (iii) of the definition
of "Event of Default" shall occur and be continuing,  then the holder or holders
of record of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of
the Exchange  Notes then  outstanding  may proceed to protect and enforce his or
their rights by suit in equity for specific performance and/or action at law for
damages;  provided that the remedy, judgment,  damages or other relief in equity
or at law of any such  holder or  holders  shall be limited to the right to seek
specific  performance  of the obligation of Holdings to make payments in respect
of interest  accrued on the Exchange  Notes or damages,  as the case may be, to,
and only to, the extent that Holdings shall have had cash available for interest
payments  (defined  in the  Exchange  Notes  similarly  to  Cash  Available  for
Redemption)  at the relevant  date,  determined in accordance  with the Exchange
Notes.  Such  remedy  (i)  shall be the sole and  exclusive  remedy at law or in
equity of any such holder or holders of Exchange  Notes in respect of any one or
more Events of Default specified in clause (d)(ii) or (iii) of the definition of
"Event of Default" and (ii) shall be subject to the subordination and standstill
provisions  described  above under the  heading  "Subordination  and  Standstill
Provisions."

     For purposes of the Exchange Notes, "Event of Default" means the occurrence
and continuance of any of the following events:

     (a) Except as otherwise  provided in clause (d) below,  Holdings shall have
failed,  for a period of thirty days after written notice  thereof,  to make any
principal,  interest,  fee or other payment on any of the indebtedness evidenced
by the  Exchange  Notes  (notwithstanding  that  such  payment  shall  have been
suspended pursuant to the subordination provisions hereof); or

     (b) Except as otherwise  provided in clause (d) below,  Holdings shall have
failed duly to observe or perform in any  material  respect any other  covenant,
agreement or provision contained in the Exchange Notes other than those referred
to in subdivision (a) above,  and such failure shall have continued for a period
of thirty days after written notice thereof; or

     (c) Any customary bankruptcy-type event with respect to Holdings shall have
occurred and be continuing.

     (d) notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c),

         (i) the  failure of Holdings to pay  interest  payable on any  interest
     payment  date  occurring  after the earlier of (A) December 31, 2002 or (B)
     the Catch-up Date shall constitute an Event of Default to, and only to, the
     extent that Holdings  shall fail to pay such interest in an amount at least
     equal to the amount of cash available for interest payments,  determined in
     accordance  with the Exchange Notes, as determined by Holdings as of a date
     within ten business days prior to each such interest payment date;

         (ii) the failure of Holdings to make the interest payment  described in
     paragraph (b) under the heading "-- Interest" shall not constitute an Event
     of Default  under the  Exchange  Notes to,  and only to,  the  extent  that
     Holdings shall fail to make such payment in an amount at least equal to the
     amount of cash  available for interest  payments,  determined in accordance
     with the Exchange  Notes, as determined by Holdings as of a date within ten
     business days prior to the Catch-up Date; and

         (iii) the failure of Holdings to make any interest payment described in
     paragraph (c) under the heading "-- Interest" shall  constitute an Event of
     Default under the Exchange  Notes to, and only to, the extent that Holdings
     shall fail to make such  payment in an amount at least  equal to the amount
     of cash available for interest payments,

                                       109



     determined in accordance with the Exchange Notes, as determined by Holdings
     as of a date  within  ten  business  days  prior to the  relevant  interest
     payment date.

                                       110



                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters  related to the Notes offered hereby are being passed
upon for the Company by Sullivan & Worcester LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.


                              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Holdings at March 1, 1997 and
March 2,  1996,  and for each of the three  years in the period  ended  March 1,
1997, included in this Offering  Memorandum,  have been audited by Ernst & Young
LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein.


                                       111




                                    INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                                                  
DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
  Report of Ernst & Young LLP                                                                         F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 2, 1996, March 1, 1997 and November 29, 1997
     (Unaudited)                                                                                      F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Income for fiscal years ended February 25, 1995, March 2,
     1996 and March 1, 1997 and the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November 30, 1996
and November
     29, 1997 (Unaudited)                                                                             F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for fiscal years ended
     February  25,  1995,  March 2, 1996 and  March 1, 1997 and the  thirty-nine
weeks ended
     November 29, 1997 (Unaudited)                                                                    F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal years ended February 25, 1995,
     March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997 and the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November
30, 1996
     and November 29, 1997 (Unaudited)                                                                F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                          F-7

HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)
  INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT                                                                        F-20
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996:
    Balance Sheet                                                                                     F-21
    Statement of Operations                                                                           F-22
    Statement of Shareholders' Equity                                                                 F-23
    Statement of Cash Flows                                                                           F-24
    Notes to Financial Statements                                                                     F-25
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED OCTOBER 5, 1997:
    Balance Sheet                                                                                     F-30
    Statement of Operations                                                                           F-31
    Statement of Shareholders' Equity                                                                 F-32
    Statement of Cash Flows                                                                           F-33
    Notes to Financial Statements                                                                     F-




                                       F-1




                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors and Stockholders
DESA Holdings Corporation

     We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of DESA
Holdings  Corporation (the "Company") as of March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997, and
the related  consolidated  statements of income,  stockholders' equity (deficit)
and cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended  March 1, 1997.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the consolidated  financial position of DESA Holdings
Corporation at March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997, and the consolidated  results of
its  operations  and its cash  flows for each of the three  years in the  period
ended March 1, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

     As discussed in Note 3, the Company  changed its method of determining  the
cost of inventory in 1996.

                                                 
New York, New York
April 4, 1997



                                       F-2




                                             DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                     (In thousands, excepts number of shares)

                                                                            March 2,      March 1,   November 29,
                                                                              1996          1997         1997
                                                                              ----          ----         ----
                                                                                                      (Unaudited)
                                                                                          
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                $     145    $   5,058    $     201
  Accounts receivable, net                                                    10,751       13,066       65,586
  Inventories:
     Raw materials                                                               363          508          740
     Work-in-process                                                           4,519        4,386        7,831
     Finished goods                                                           10,054       10,853       18,562
                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                              14,936       15,747       27,133
  Deferred tax assets                                                          1,621        1,206        1,177
  Other current assets                                                           218          555        1,154
                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
Total current assets                                                          27,671       35,632       95,251
Property, plant and equipment:
  Land                                                                           390          390          390
  Buildings and improvements                                                   4,297        4,297        4,297
  Machinery and equipment                                                     22,144       24,892       28,582
  Furniture and fixtures                                                         655          640          640
                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                              27,486       30,21        33,909
  Less accumulated depreciation                                              (17,742)     (20,137)     (22,500)
                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                               9,744       10,082       11,409
Goodwill                                                                      41,947       40,829       39,999
Other assets                                                                   6,183        5,441       11,121
Total assets                                                               $  85,545    $  91,984    $ 157,780
                                                                           =========    =========    =========
Liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit) Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                                         $  10,890    $  17,997    $  25,114
  Accrued liabilities                                                          9,115        8,695       10,319
  Income taxes payable                                                           810        1,156        2,705
  Current portion of long-term debt                                            8,050       16,350       22,355
                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
Total current liabilities                                                     28,865       44,198       60,493
Long-term debt                                                               149,709      130,600      240,500
Deferred tax liabilities                                                       2,079        1,664        1,663
Other liabilities                                                                294          276          379
                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
Total liabilities                                                            180,947      176,738      303,035
Commitments
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
 Preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized-- 2,000,000 shares;                
    issued and outstanding-- 17,600 shares at November 29, 1997                 --           --           --
 Capital in excess of par value--Preferred stock                                --           --         17,600
  Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized --50,000,000 shares; issued and
     outstanding -- 23,363,876 shares at March 2, 1996, 23,573,876 at
     March 1, 1997 and 12,606,162.9409 shares at November 29, 1997              234           236          126
  Nonvoting common stock, $.01 par value; authorized-- 3,000,000
     shares; issued and outstanding -- 1,781,557 shares at March 2, 1896
     and March 1, 1997 and 90,603.6022 shares at November 29, 1997                18           18            1
  Capital in excess of par value                                              26,514       26,722       82,273
  Carryover predecessor basis adjustment                                     (32,309)     (32,309)     (32,309)
  Retained earnings (deficit)                                                (89,829)     (79,113)    (212,484)
  Cumulative translation adjustment                                              (30)        (308)        (462)
                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)                                         (95,402)     (84,754)    (145,255)
                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)                       $  85,545    $  91,984    $ 157,780
                                                                           =========    =========    =========


                                            See accompanying notes.

                                                      F-3




                                                 DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                                             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                      (In thousands)

                                                           Fiscal years ended                    Thirty-nine weeks ended
                                                 ----------------------------------------      ----------------------------
                                                 February 25,       March 2,      March 1,     November 30,    November 29,
                                                     1995            1996          1997           1996            1997
                                                     ----            ----          ----           ----            ----
                                                                                                         (Unaudited)
                                                                                                      
Net sales                                         $ 172,501       $ 186,324     $ 209,105       $ 173,587       $ 193,404
Operating costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales                                     107,484         116,217       130,890         108,587         123,243
  Selling and administrative expenses                33,851          35,503        42,656          32,083          35,477
                                                  ---------       ---------     ---------       ---------       ---------
Operating profit                                     31,166          34,604        35,559          32,917          34,684
Other expenses:
  Interest                                            5,777           7,073        14,509          11,105          11,321
  Other                                               2,124           2,325         2,601           1,830           2,082
                                                  ---------       ---------     ---------       ---------       ---------
Income before provision for income taxes             23,265          25,206        18,449          19,982          21,281
Provision for income taxes                           10,064          10,703         7,733           8,378           8,769
                                                  ---------       ---------     ---------       ---------       ---------
Income before extraordinary item                     13,201          14,503        10,716          11,604          12,512
Extraordinary item, net of income tax of $1,723
  and $2,285                                             --           2,638            --              --           7,797
                                                  ---------       ---------     ---------       ---------       ---------
Net income                                           13,201          11,865        10,716          11,604           4,715
Less dividends on preferred stock                       900             853            --              --              17
                                                  ---------       ---------     ---------       ---------       ---------
Income available for common stockholders          $  12,301       $  11,012     $  10,716       $  11,604       $   4,698
                                                  =========       =========     =========       =========       =========



                                                  See accompanying notes.


                                                            F-4




                                                DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                                Fiscal years ended February 25, 1995, March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997
                                    and the thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997 (Unaudited)

                                                           (In thousands)


                               Preferred Stock    
                            ----------------------                                  Carryover                            Total
                                        Capital in           Nonvoting  Capital in  Predecessor  Retained  Cumulative Stockholders'
                                         excess of   Common    Common    Excess of    Basis      Earnings  Translation   Equity
                             Series A    par value    Stock    Stock     Par Value  Adjustment  (Deficit)  Adjustment  (Deficit)
                            ----------  ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- ----------  ---------- ----------- ----------
                                                                                                 
Balance at February 26, 1994  $ 5,150    $ 4,461     $ 225      --       $24,752   $(32,309)   $      12    $ (12)     $   2,279
Net income                         --         --        --      --            --         --       13,201       --         13,201
Dividends on preferred stock      646        254        --      --            --         --         (900)      --             --
Exercise of stock options          --         --         7      --           689         --           --       --            696
Translation  adjustment            --         --        --      --            --         --           --       18             18
Balance at February 25, 1995    5,796      4,715       232      --        25,441    (32,309)      12,313        6         16,194
Net income                         --         --        --      --            --         --       11,865       --         11,865
Dividends on preferred stock      622        231        --      --            --         --         (853)      --             --
Redemption of preferred stock  (6,418)    (4,946)       --      --            --         --           --       --        (11,364)
Exercise of stock options          --         --         2      --           200         --           --       --            202
Exercise of BT warrant             --         --        --      18           873         --           --       --            891
Dividends on common stock                                                                                             
 and nonvoting common stock        --         --        --      --            --         --     (113,154)      --       (113,154)
Translation adjustment             --         --        --      --            --         --           --      (36)           (36)
Balance at March 2, 1996           --         --       234      18        26,514    (32,309)     (89,829)     (30)       (95,402)
Net income                         --         --        --      --            --         --       10,716       --          10,716
Exercise of stock options          --         --         2      --           208         --           --       --             210
Translation  adjustment            --         --        --      --            --         --           --     (278)          (278)
Balance at March 1, 1997           --         --       236      18        26,722    (32,309)     (79,113)    (308)       (84,754)
Net income                         --         --        --      --            --         --        4,715       --          4,715
Issue preferred stock              --     17,600        --      --            --         --           --       --         17,600
Repurchase of common stock         --         --      (110)    (17)       55,551         --           --       --         55,424
Recapitalization                   --         --        --      --            --         --     (138,069)      --       (138,069)
Dividends on preferred stock       --         --        --      --            --         --          (17)      --            (17)
Translation adjustment             --         --        --      --            --         --           --     (154)          (154)
Balance at November 29, 1997  $    --    $17,600     $ 126    $  1       $82,273   $(32,309)   $(212,484)   $(462)     $(145,255)
                              =======    =======     =====    ====       =======   ========    =========    =====      ========= 
                                                                                                                      

                                    
                                                       See accompanying notes.

                                                                 F-5




                                               DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                                         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                    (In thousands)

                                                                           Fiscal years ended              Thirty-nine weeks ended
                                                                 -------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                                  February 25,    March 2,    March 1,   November 30,   November 29,
                                                                     1995          1996        1997         1996           1997
                                                                     ----          ----        ----         ----           ----    
                                                                                                                  (Unaudited)
                                                                                                                
Operating activities
Net income                                                       $  13,201    $  11,865    $  10,716         $  11,604    $   4,698
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------         ---------    ---------
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided                                                                 
  by (used in) operating activities:                                                                                     
  Depreciation                                                       2,148        2,332        2,432             2,127        2,363
  Amortization                                                       1,966        1,963        2,104             1,571        5,372
  Deferred income taxes                                             (1,260)         964         --                --            (78)
  Equity in undistributed earnings of joint  venture                  (109)        (119)        (132)              (88)        (124
  Extraordinary item                                                  --          2,638         --                --          7,797
  (Increase) decrease in operating assets:                                                                               
    Accounts receivable, net                                        (2,656)       4,431       (2,315)          (47,856)     (52,520)
    Inventories                                                     (6,474)         (67)        (811)           (4,608)     (11,386)
    Other current assets                                               (43)         (64)        (337)              102         (580)
  Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:                                                                          
    Accounts payable                                                 6,867       (3,224)       7,107            15,837        7,117
    Accrued liabilities                                              3,824       (2,516)        (694)            4,183        1,641
    Income taxes payable                                               833        1,380          346             4,743        1,548
    Other liabilities                                                   40         (208)         (18)               (7)          87
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                 18,337       19,375       18,398           (13,378)     (33,565)
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------         ---------    ---------
Investing activities                                                                                                     
Capital expenditures                                                (1,499)      (2,122)      (2,770)           (1,662)      (3,690)
Dividends received from joint venture                                  196          112          132               111          124
Purchase of Toro assets                                               (873)        --           --                --           --
Other                                                                 --            (50)        (244)             --             27
Net cash used in investing activities                               (2,176)      (2,060)      (2,882)           (1,551)      (3,539)
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------         ---------    ---------
Financing activities                                                                                                     
Recapitalization transactions:                                                                                           
  Proceeds from new Term Loans                                   $    --      $ 155,000    $    --           $    --      $ 100,000
  Proceeds from new revolver loan                                     --          9,900         --                --         35,500
  Proceeds from exercise of BT Warrant                                --            891         --                --        130,000
  Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock                              --         (6,418)        --                --           --
  Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock                              --         (4,946)        --                --           --
  Repayment of old Term Loans                                         --        (50,950)        --                --       (183,095)
  Dividends paid on common stock and nonvoting common stock           --       (113,154)        --                --           --
  Payment of expenses                                                 --         (5,673)        --                --        (17,490)
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------         ---------    ---------
Net cash flow used in Recapitalization transactions                   --        (15,350)        --                --         64,915
Decrease in revolving loan                                            --         (7,141)      (2,759)           19,815       43,000
Principal payments of old Term Loans                                (2,250)     (11,050)        --                --         (6,855)
Principal payments of new Term Loans                                  --           --         (8,050)           (4,830)        --
Decrease in promissory notes                                           (97)        --           --                --         (2,645)
Payments for repurchase of common stock                               --           --           --                --       (166,141)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock                             --           --           --                --         17,600
Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                 696          202          210               201       82,400
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------         ---------    ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                 (1,651)     (17,989)     (10,599)           15,186       32,641
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------         ---------    ---------
                                                                                                                         
Effect of exchange rates on cash                                        63           (1)          (4)               (9)         (27)
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------         ---------    ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents for the period     14,573      (16,025)       4,913               247       (4,857)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                     1,597       16,170          145               145        5,058
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------         ---------    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                       $  16,170    $     145    $   5,058         $     393    $     201
                                                                 =========    =========    =========         =========    =========

                                                         
                                                       See accompanying notes.

                                                                 F-6

                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  Fiscal years ended February 25, 1995, March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997 and the
         thirty-nine weeks ended November 30, 1996 and November 29, 1997
                  (information for the thirty-nine weeks ended
              November 30, 1996 and November 29, 1997 is unaudited)

1.  Organization and Basis of Presentation

     DESA  Holdings  Corporation  (the  "Company")  was  formed in 1993 by (i) a
contribution  of $13.5  million by a group of investors  formed by Hicks,  Muse,
Tate & Furst Incorporated  ("Hicks Muse"), a privately held investment firm, for
13,500,000  shares of $.01 par value  common stock which  represents  60% of the
outstanding  voting shares of the Company,  with the remaining  9,000,000 shares
acquired by the management  shareholders of DESA Holding Corp.  ("Old Holdings")
in exchange for 140,831 shares of Old Holdings,  (ii) 200,000 shares of Series A
variable rate cumulative Preferred Stock issued to BT Investment Partners,  Inc.
("Bankers  Trust") and (iii) 176,000 shares of Series B variable rate cumulative
Preferred  Stock issued to CIGNA  Investments  and Mutual Benefit Life Insurance
Company  ("CIGNA/Mutual").  Bankers  Trust also  received a warrant to  purchase
1,781,557 shares of common stock of the Company (the "BT warrant") at a price of
$.50 per share and the  management  shareholders  received  options to  purchase
695,876  shares of common  stock of the  Company  (see Note 7). The fair  market
values  assigned to these  warrants and options were  $1,781,557  and  $695,876,
respectively.  In December  1993,  the Company  acquired all of the  outstanding
common shares of DESA  International,  Inc. (the  "Restructuring"  transaction).
This  Restructuring  met the criteria under the Emerging Issues Task Force Issue
No. 88-16, "Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions".  Consequently, management's
entire residual  interest in the Company was valued at its predecessor basis and
is  shown  as  a  Carryover  Basis  Adjustment  of  $32,308,744,  which  reduces
stockholders'  equity on the  consolidated  balance  sheet  whereas Hicks Muse's
residual interest was valued at fair value.

     The Company was refinanced on January 12, 1996 through new borrowings ("new
Term Loans") via a new credit  agreement with Bankers Trust. In conjunction with
this transaction,  the Company paid a dividend of $113,154,449 to the holders of
common stock and nonvoting  common  stock,  redeemed all  outstanding  shares of
Series A and Series B preferred stock including payment of the accrued preferred
stock dividends and repaid the outstanding balance of the old Term Loans.

     In addition, as part of the refinancing in January 1996, the Company issued
1,781,557  shares of nonvoting  common stock in conjunction with the exercise of
the BT  warrant.  Each share of  nonvoting  common  stock,  at the option of the
holder,  is  convertible  into one share of common  stock,  subject  to  certain
restrictions.

     Since the  refinancing  in  January  1996 did not result in a change in the
controlling  interest  held by the  management  shareholders  and Hicks Muse,  a
change in the accounting basis under generally accepted accounting principles to
reflect the current market value was not applied. Therefore, the above described
transactions   (the   "Recapitalization")   have   been   accounted   for  as  a
recapitalization with all amounts paid to the management  shareholders,  Bankers
Trust, Hicks Muse and CIGNA/Mutual being recorded as reductions in stockholders'
equity.

2.  Company Operations

     The  Company is  engaged  in the  manufacturing  and  marketing  of various
consumer product lines,  including zone heating products and specialty tools. No
single  customer  accounted  for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal year 1995.
Two customers, which operate in the hardware homecenter industry,  accounted for
10% and 11% of net sales,  respectively,  in fiscal year 1996 and 13% and 11% of
net sales, respectively, in fiscal year 1997.

                                       F-7

                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

3.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Fiscal Year

     The Company's  fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to February 28. The
fiscal years for the financial statements included herein ended on March 1, 1997
(52 weeks), March 2, 1996 (53 weeks), and February 25, 1995 (52 weeks).

Consolidation

     The accompanying  consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
DESA Holdings Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries: DESA International,
Inc.;  DESA  Industries of Canada,  Inc.;  and DESA Europe B.V. All  significant
intercompany  accounts and transactions have been eliminated.  The Company's 50%
interest in a joint venture is accounted for using the equity method.

Interim Financial Information

     The interim  consolidated  financial statements as of November 29, 1997 and
for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November  30, 1996 and  November 29, 1997 and
related  disclosures  in  these  notes  are  unaudited.  The  interim  financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles for interim  financial  information and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.
Accordingly,  they do not include all of the  information  and notes required by
generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial  statements.  In
the opinion of  management,  all  adjustments,  consisting  of normal  recurring
accruals,  considered  necessary  for a fair  presentation  have been  included.
Operating  results for the  thirty-nine  weeks ended  November  29, 1997 are not
necessarily  indicative  of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year
ending February 28, 1998.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Effective  February
26,  1995,  the Company  changed its method of  determining  the cost of all its
United States'  inventories  from the first-in,  first-out  (FIFO) method to the
last-in,  first-out (LIFO) method.  The Company believes the LIFO method results
in a better matching of current costs with current revenues.

     At  March  2,  1996  and  March  1,  1997,   approximately   95%  and  88%,
respectively,  of the total  inventory  balance is priced at LIFO. The effect of
the  change  in  fiscal  year 1996 and 1997 was to  increase  pre-tax  income by
$95,000 and $278,000,  respectively.  The cumulative  effect of this  accounting
change and the pro forma effects on prior years' earnings have not been included
because such effects are not reasonably determinable.

     If the LIFO method of valuing  inventories was not used, total  inventories
would have been  $95,000 and $373,000  lower than  reported at March 2, 1996 and
March 1, 1997, respectively.

                                       F-8

                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

3.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Property, Plant and Equipment

     Property,  plant and  equipment  are  stated at cost.  Major  renewals  and
betterments  are  capitalized  whereas  maintenance  and repairs are expensed as
incurred. Upon disposition,  the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation
are removed  from the  accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is included in
income.  Depreciation of plant and equipment is determined on the  straight-line
basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings and improvements...................................  33 years
Machinery and equipment......................................  5-12 years
Furniture and fixtures.......................................  5-10 years
Tooling and molds............................................  3 years

Income Taxes

The Company  accounts for income taxes using the liability method as required by
Financial  Accounting  Standard  No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes" ("FAS
109").  Under the provisions of FAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are
determined  based on tax  rates  expected  to be in effect  when the taxes  will
actually be paid or refunds received.

Financing Costs

         Financing costs are amortized using the  straight-line  method over the
life of the related debt  instrument.  The amortization of these financing costs
is included in other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

Goodwill

         Goodwill is amortized on the  straight-line  basis over 40 years and is
recorded  at cost less  accumulated  amortization.  The  Company  systematically
reviews the recoverability of its goodwill by comparing the unamortized carrying
value to anticipated  undiscounted  future cash flows. Any impairment is charged
to expense when such determination is made. Accumulated amortization at March 2,
1996 and March 1, 1997 was $2,542,000 and $3,660,000, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation

         All assets,  liabilities  and results of operations are measured in the
primary  currency  ("functional  currency")  in which each entity  conducts  its
business.  Assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in a  currency  other than the
functional  currency are remeasured and stated in the functional  currency based
on current exchange rates. Gains or losses arising therefrom are included in net
income.  Adjustments  resulting from  translating  foreign  functional  currency
assets and liabilities into U.S.  dollars,  based on current exchange rates, are
recorded  as a separate  component  of  stockholders'  equity  (deficit)  called
"Cumulative  Translation  Adjustment." Revenues and expenses are translated into
U.S.  dollars at average monthly  exchange  rates.  The Canadian dollar has been
determined to be the functional  currency for the Company's Canadian  subsidiary
and  the  Netherlands  Guilder  as the  functional  currency  for  the  European
subsidiary.

                                       F-9



                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

3.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

         Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income," was issued in June 1997.  The Company will be required to adopt the new
standard for the fiscal year ending  February 27, 1999,  although early adoption
is permitted.  The primary objective of this statement is to report and disclose
a measure  ("Comprehensive  Income") of all changes in equity of a company  that
result from  transactions  and other  economic  events of the period  other than
transactions  with owners.  The Company will adopt this statement in fiscal year
1999 and does not anticipate  that the statement will have a significant  impact
on its financial statements.

Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments
of an Enterprise and Related  Information," was issued in June 1997. The Company
will be required to adopt the new standard  for the fiscal year ending  February
27, 1999,  although early adoption is permitted.  This statement requires use of
the "management  approach" model for segment reporting.  The management approach
model is based on the way a company's  management  organizes segments within the
company for making  operating  decisions and assessing  performance.  Reportable
segments  are  based on  products  and  services,  geography,  legal  structure,
management  structure,  or any other manner in which management  disaggregates a
company.  The Company will adopt this statement in fiscal year 1999 and does not
anticipate that the adoption of the statement will have a significant  impact on
its financial statements.

Use of Estimates

         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported
period. Actual results can differ from those estimates.

4.  Accounts Receivable

         Accounts  receivable  are net of an allowance for doubtful  accounts of
$1,108,000 and $936,000 at March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997, respectively.


                                      F-10

5.  Financing Arrangements
Outstanding borrowings consist of the following (in thousands):
                                                                                     
                                                            March 2,       March 1,      November 29,
                                                              1996           1997           1997
                                                              ----           ----           ----
                                                                                         (Unaudited)
                                                                                       
Senior Subordinated Notes 97/8%                             $   --          $   --          $130,000
Bankers Trust Co. and Various Banks Tranche A Term                                        
  Loan (weighted average interest rate of 7.72% in                                        
  1996, 8.04% in 1997, and 8.24% for the                                                  
  thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997)                 100,000          92,500        $   --
Bankers Trust Co. and Various Banks Tranche B Term                                        
  Loan (weighted average interest rate of 9.22% in                                        
  1996, 8.54% in 1997, and 8.73% for the                                                  
  thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997)                  55,000          54,450            --
Bankers Trust Co. and Various Banks Revolving Loan                                        
  Commitment (weighted average interest rate of                                           
  7.40% in 1996 and 8.24% in 1997 and 8.32% for                                           
  the thirty-nine weeks ended November 29, 1997)               2,759            --              --
NationsBank and Various Banks Tranche A Term                                              
  Loan (interest rate of ___% at November 29, 1997)             --              --            50,000
NationsBank and Various Banks Tranche B Term                                              
  Loan (interest rate of ___% at November 29, 1997)             --              --            50,000
NationsBank and Various Banks Revolving Loan                                              
  Commitment (interest rate of ___% at November 29, 1997)       --              --            32,855
                                                            --------        --------        --------
Total outstanding borrowings                                 157,759         146,950         262,855
Less current portion:                                                                     
  Revolving loan                                                --              --            17,855
  Tranche A Term Loan                                          7,500          13,700           3,500
  Tranche B Term Loan                                            550           2,650           1,000
                                                            --------        --------        --------
                                                            $149,709        $130,600        $240,500
                                                            ========        ========        ========

         As part of the  Recapitalization  discussed  in  Note  1,  the  Company
entered into a new credit  agreement on January 12, 1996 with Bankers  Trust Co.
and  various  banks  that  consists  of a  Revolving  Loan  Commitment  of up to
$65,000,000,  a Tranche A Term Loan Commitment of  $100,000,000  and a Tranche B
Term Loan Commitment of $55,000,000.

         The Revolving  Loan  Commitment  period extends to August 31, 2001. The
Company  can  utilize  up  to  $10,000,000  in  letters  of  credit  under  this
commitment. As of March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997, the Company has approximately
$1,531,000  and   $1,131,000,   respectively,   in  standby  letters  of  credit
outstanding.  Currently,  interest  is  payable  at the prime rate plus 1.25% or
LIBOR plus 2.25% at the Company's option.

         Borrowings  are generally  limited to specific  percentages of eligible
trade  receivables and inventory.  The Company pays commitment fees of 1/2 of 1%
per annum on the daily unutilized Revolving Loan Commitment.

         The Tranche A Term Loan  Commitment  period  extends to August 31, 2001
with current  interest  payable at the prime rate plus 1.25% or LIBOR plus 2.25%
at  the  Company's  option.  Once  repaid,  Tranche  A  Term  Loans  may  not be
reborrowed.

         The Tranche B Term Loan Commitment  period extends to February 28, 2003
with current  interest payable at the prime rate plus 1.75% or LIBOR plus 2.625%
at  the  Company's  option.  Once  repaid,  Tranche  B  Term  Loans  may  not be
reborrowed.

                                      F-11

5.  Financing Arrangements (continued)

         As part of the  Recapitalization  discussed  in Note  14,  the  Company
entered into a new credit agreement on November 26, 1997 with NationsBank, N.A.,
UBS Securities LLC and Nationsbanc Montgomery Securities,  Inc. that consists of
a Working  Capital Loan  Commitment of up to  $75,000,000,  a Tranch A Term Loan
Commitment of  $50,000,000,  a Tranche B Term Loan Commitment of $50,000,000 and
an Acquisition Loan Commitment of $20,000,000.

         The Working  Capital  Loan  Commitment  period  extends to November 26,
2003.  The Company can utilize up to $10,000,000 in letters of credit under this
commitment. Currently, interest is payable at the prime rate plus 1.25% or LIBOR
plus 2.25% at the Company's option.

        Borrowings  are generally  limited to specific  percentages of eligible
trade  receivables and inventory.  The Company pays commitment fees of 1/2 of 1%
per annum on the daily unutilized Working Capital Loan Commitment.

         The Tranche A Term Loan commitment  period extends to November 26, 1003
with current  interest  payable at the prime rate plus 1.25% or LIBOR plus 2.25%
at  the  Company's  option.  Once  repaid,  Tranche  A  Term  Loans  may  not be
reborrowed.

         The Tranche B Term Loan commitment  period extends to November 26, 1003
with current interest payable at the prime rate plus 1.625% or LIBOR plus 2.625%
at  the  Company's  option.  Once  repaid,  Tranche  B  Term  Loans  may  not be
reborrowed.

         The  Acquisition  Loan  commitment  period extends to November 26, 2003
with current interest payable at the prime rate plus 1.625% or LIBOR plus 2.625%
at the Company's option. Once repaid, Acquisition Loans may not be reborrowed.


         The  following  table shows the required  future  repayments  under the
Tranche A and Tranche B Terms Loans as of March 1, 1997 (in thousands):

                                    Tranche A      Tranche B
 Fiscal Year                        Term Loan      Term Loan      Total
 -----------                        ---------      ---------      -----
1998............................    $13,700        $ 2,650     $ 16,350
1999............................     12,500            550       13,050
2000............................     15,000            550       15,550
2001............................     20,000            550       20,550
2002............................     31,300         19,250       50,550
2003............................         --         30,900       30,900
- - - - -----                               -------        -------     --------
                                    $92,500        $54,450     $146,950
                                    =======        =======     ========

         Commencing in fiscal 1997,  the required  annual  repayments  under the
Tranche A and Tranche B Term Loans are increased by 75% (50% if certain leverage
ratios are met) of any  excess  cash  flows at the end of the  fiscal  year,  as
defined.  Under the terms of this  provision,  the Company is  obligated to make
additional  payments in fiscal 1998 of $5,800,000  (Tranche A -- $3,700,000  and
Tranche B -- $2,100,000).

                                      F-12


5.  Financing Arrangements (continued)

         The  Company's  management  believes  the book values of its term loans
approximate  market  value.  Market value is  determined  based on the effective
interest  rate at which the Company  could borrow  funds with similar  remaining
maturities.

         The Company  purchased an interest  rate  protection  agreement in June
1996 which limits the maximum interest rate payable on the Term Loans to 8%. The
Company is required to purchase an  interest  rate  protection  agreement  on an
annual basis for 50% of the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of its Term
Loans until the aggregate outstanding principal amount is less than $75,000,000.

         This credit  agreement  includes various  restrictive  covenants which,
among other things,  prohibit payment of dividends to common  stockholders,  set
maximum  limits on  capitalized  lease  obligations  and  capital  expenditures,
require minimum  consolidated  EBITDA (as defined) levels,  and set consolidated
interest coverage and leverage ratios. Substantially all of the Company's assets
are pledged under these loan agreements.

         Cash payments for interest for the years ended February 25, 1995, March
2, 1996,  and March 1,  1997,  were  $5,425,000,  $8,186,000,  and  $13,656,000,
respectively.

     The following table shows the required future  repayments under the Tranche
A and  Tranche B Terms  Loans as of November  29,  1997 (in  thousands)  and the
Acquisition Loan (percentage):

                           Tranche A     Tranche B                  Acquisition
 Fiscal Year               Term Loan     Term Loan         Total       Loan
 -----------               ---------     ---------         -----       ----
1998                       $    875       $    250       $  1,125        --
1999                          4,250          1,000          5,250        --
2000                          7,375          1,000          8,375       6.25%
2001                         10,000          1,000         11,000      25.00%
2002                         10,000          1,000         11,000      25.00%
2003                         10,000          1,000         11,000      25.00%
2004                          7,500         18,350         25,850      18.75%
2005                           --           26,400         26,400        --
                           --------       --------       --------      ------
                           $ 50,000       $ 50,000       $146,950      100.00%
                           ========       ========       ========      ======

     Commencing in fiscal 1999, the required annual repayments under the Tranche
A and Tranche B Term Loans are  increased by 50% of any excess cash flows at the
end of the fiscal year, as defined.

     The  Company's  management  believes  the book  values  of its  term  loans
approximate  market  value.  Market value is  determined  based on the effective
interest  rate at which the Company  could borrow  funds with similar  remaining
maturities.

     This credit agreement includes various  restrictive  covenants which, among
other things, prohibit payment of dividends to common stockholders,  set maximum
limits on  capitalized  lease  obligations  and  capital  expenditures,  and set
consolidated  interest  coverage,  fixed charge  coverage  and leverage  ratios.
Substantially  all  of  the  Company's  assets  are  pledged  under  these  loan
agreements.


                                      F-13


                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

6.  Income Taxes

         Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

         Significant  components of the Company's  deferred tax  liabilities and
assets are as follows (in thousands):

                                        February 25,     March 2,     March 1,
                                            1995           1996         1997
                                            ----           ----         ----
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation and amortization            $ 1,861        $2,079       $1,792
  Inventory reserves, including LIFO            --            --          146
  Other-- net                                   --            --           35
                                                --            --           --
Total gross deferred tax liabilities         1,861         2,079        1,973
                                           =======        ======       ======
Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts              390           402          324
  Inventory reserves, including LIFO           421            72           --
  Accrued expenses                           1,556         1,147        1,028
  Other-- net                                   --            --          163
                                                --            --          ---
Total gross deferred tax assets              2,367         1,621        1,515
                                           -------        ------       ------
Net deferred tax liabilities               $  (506)       $  458       $  458
                                           =======        ======       ======

         No valuation  allowance is necessary as  management  believes  that all
deductible  temporary  differences will be utilized as charges against reversals
of future taxable temporary differences and future taxable income.

         The  provision   for  income  taxes   consists  of  the  following  (in
thousands):


                                                                            Thirty-nine weeks ended
                                               Fiscal year                 --------------------------    
                                               -----------                 November 30,    November 29,                             
                                     1995          1996         1997          1996             1997
                                     ----          ----         ----          ----             ----
                                                                                  (Unaudited)
                                                                              
Current:
  Federal                           $ 9,356       $6,191       $5,821         $6,444           $4,207
  State and local                     1,758        1,389        1,110            832            1,003
  Foreign                               210          436          802          1,102            1,352
                                    -------       ------       ------         ------           ------
                                     11,324        8,016        7,733          8,378            6,562
Deferred:
  Federal                            (1,066)         855           --             --              (65)
  State and local                      (194)         109           --             --              (13)
                                    -------       ------       ------         ------           ------
                                     (1,260)         964           --             --              (78)
                                    -------       ------       ------         ------           ------
Total                               $10,064       $8,980       $7,733         $8,378           $6,484
                                    -------       ------       ------         ------           ------


                                      F-14

                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

6.  Income Taxes (continued)

         The income statement  classification  of the provision for income taxes
is as follows (in thousands):


                                                                            Thirty-nine weeks ended
                                               Fiscal year                 --------------------------    
                                               -----------                 November 30,    November 29,                             
                                     1995          1996         1997          1996             1997
                                     ----          ----         ----          ----             ----
                                                                                  (Unaudited)
                                                                              
Income tax expense attributable
  to continuing operations          $10,064       $10,703      $7,733          $8,378          $8,769
Extraordinary item                       --        (1,723)         --              --          (2,285)
                                    -------       -------      ------          ------          ------
Total                               $10,064       $ 8,980      $7,733          $8,378          $6,484
                                    =======       =======      ======          ======          ======


         Included in earnings before income tax expense and  extraordinary  item
for the years ended  February  25,  1995,  March 2, 1996,  and March 2, 1997 are
foreign earnings of $323,000, $747,000, and $1,688,000, respectively.

         Undistributed  earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries  amounted
to approximately  $1,830,000 at March 1, 1997. Approximately $1,438,000 of those
earnings are  considered to be  indefinitely  reinvested  and,  accordingly,  no
provision  for U.S.  federal and state income taxes has been  provided  thereon.
Upon  distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise,  the
Company would be subject to both U.S.  income taxes (net of foreign tax credits)
and  withholding  taxes payable to the various foreign  countries.  In the event
that these indefinitely  reinvested  earnings were distributed,  it is estimated
that U.S.  federal  and state  income  taxes,  net of  foreign  tax  credits  of
approximately $564,000, would be due.

         The  effective  income  tax rate  differs  from the  statutory  rate as
follows (in thousands):


                                                                            Thirty-nine weeks ended
                                               Fiscal year                 --------------------------    
                                               -----------                 November 30,    November 29,                             
                                     1995          1996         1997          1996             1997
                                     ----          ----         ----          ----             ----
                                                                                  (Unaudited)
                                                                              
Federal income tax at statutory
  rate                              $ 8,143       $ 8,822      $6,457         $6,996          $6,653
State income tax, net of Federal
  benefit                             1,017           974         722            541             645
Foreign income taxes                     97           436         212            446             784
Other-- net                             807           471         342            395             687
                                        ---           ---         ---            ---             ---
Provision for income taxes          $10,064       $10,703      $7,733         $8,378          $8,769
                                    =======       =======      ======         ======          ======


         Cash  payments for income taxes for the years ended  February 25, 1995,
March 2, 1996, and March 1, 1997 were $10,344,000,  $8,174,000,  and $7,387,000,
respectively.

7.  Stockholders' Equity

Preferred Stock

         Prior to the Recapitalization  (see Note 1), the Company was authorized
to issue  2,000,000  shares of  Preferred  Stock of which  465,000  shares  were
designated Series A variable rate cumulative  Preferred Stock and 265,000 shares
were designated  Series B variable rate cumulative  Preferred  Stock. The issued
shares were nonvoting.

                                      F-15


                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

7.  Stockholders' Equity (continued)

Series A and B Preferred Stock

         The  holders  of Series A  variable  rate  cumulative  Preferred  Stock
("Series  A") and the holders of Series B variable  cumulative  Preferred  Stock
("Series B") were entitled, until redemption,  to receive quarterly dividends at
various rates, as defined, of the stated value per share.

         Preferred  dividends accrued for fiscal 1995 and 1996 were $899,925 and
$853,100  which were paid in 25,833 and 24,888 shares of Series A and 10,164 and
9,236 shares of Series B, respectively.

         As part of the Recapitalization  transactions  discussed in Note 1, the
Company  redeemed and canceled the outstanding  shares of Series A and Series B,
in whole,  at a price  equal to the stated  value per share  plus the  dividends
which were accrued and unpaid but not added to the stated value.

Stock Option Plan

         In March 1994, the Company established the 1994 Stock Option Plan which
terminates in ten years and provides for the issuance of incentive stock options
or nonqualified  stock options for 1,169,261  shares of common stock.  The stock
options may be granted to key employees or eligible nonemployees, as defined, as
determined by the Option  Committee of the Board of  Directors,  and the term of
the options  cannot exceed ten years from the grant date.  The exercise price of
the incentive options shall be equal to or greater than the fair market value of
the  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant,  and  the  exercise  price  of the
nonqualified options is determined by the Option Committee.

         The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123
("SFAS 123"),  "Accounting  for Stock Based  Compensation,"  during fiscal 1997.
SFAS 123  requires  the  Company to either  adopt a fair value  based  method of
expense  recognition  for all stock based  compensation  awards,  or provide pro
forma net income information as if the recognition and measurement provisions of
SFAS 123 had been  adopted.  The Company  decided to account for its stock based
compensation  awards  following the  provisions of Accounting  Principles  Board
Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"). APB 25 requires compensation expense to be recognized
only if the market price of the  underlying  stock exceeds the exercise price on
the date of grant.  The  Company's  stock based awards  consist of stock options
with an exercise price equal to market price on the date of grant.  As such, the
Company has not recorded  compensation  expense in connection with these awards.
The effect of applying  the SFAS 123 fair value  method to the  Company's  stock
based awards  results in net income that is not  materially  different  from the
amount reported.

         In fiscal 1995,  1996 and 1997,  the Company issued options to purchase
871,876  shares,  75,000 shares,  and 215,000  shares,  respectively,  of common
stock, of which 176,000 incentive options,  51,000 incentive options, and 15,000
incentive  options,  respectively,  vest  in  three  equal  annual  installments
commencing  on the first  anniversary  date.  The  remaining  200,000  incentive
options issued in fiscal 1997,  24,000 incentive  options issued in fiscal 1996,
and 695,876  nonqualified  options issued in fiscal 1995 vest  immediately  upon
grant.

                                      F-16


                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


7.  Stockholders' Equity (continued)

      The following is a summary of transactions:
                                                                                  Number
                                                                                 of Shares
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                             
Non qualified options:
  Outstanding at February 26, 1994                                                   --
  Granted in 1995 at $1.00 per share                                              695,876
  Exercised in 1995 at $1.00 per share                                           (695,876)
                                                                                 --------
  Outstanding at February 25, 1995                                                   --
                                                                                 ========
Incentive options:
  Outstanding at February 26, 1994                                                   --
  Granted on April 1, 1994 at $1.00 per share                                     176,000
  Forfeited in 1995 at $1.00 per share                                            (12,000)
                                                                                 --------
  Outstanding at February 25, 1995 at $1.00 per share                             164,000

  Granted on June 1, 1995 at $2.99 per share                                       24,000
  Exercised in 1996 at $1.00 per share                                           (144,000)
  Exercised in 1996 at $2.99 per share                                            (24,000)
  Forfeited in 1996 at $1.00 per share                                            (20,000)
  Granted on February 22, 1996 at $1.00 per share                                  51,000
                                                                                 --------
  Outstanding at March 2, 1996 at $1.00 per share                                  51,000

  Granted on March 11, 1996 at $1.00 per share                                    100,000
  Granted on May 21, 1996 at $1.00 per share                                      100,000
  Granted on August 1, 1996 at $1.00 per share                                     15,000
  Exercised in 1997 at $1.00 per share                                           (210,000)
                                                                                 --------
  Outstanding at March 1, 1997 at $1.00 per share                                  56,000

  Granted on April 1, 1997 at $2.00 per share (Unaudited)                          21,000
  Granted on August 25, 1997 at $2.00 per share (Unaudited)                        28,385
  Exercised in 1997 at $1.00 per share (Unaudited)                                 (5,000)
  Exercised on November 26, 1997, including 51,000 options at
     $1.00 per share (Unaudited)                                                  (51,000)
   Exercised on November 29, 1997, including 49,385 options at $2.00 per share
     (Unaudited)                                                                  (49,385)
                                                                                 --------
 Outstanding at November 29, 1997                                                       0
                                                                                 ========


Shares Reserved for Issuance

At February 25, 1995, March 2, 1996, and March 1, 1997, 473,385 shares,  305,385
shares and 95,385  shares,  respectively,  of common stock were reserved for the
exercise and future  grants of stock  options.  At February  25, 1995,  March 2,
1996,  and March 1, 1997,  1,781,557  shares of common  stock were  reserved for
issuance upon conversion of the nonvoting common stock.

                                      F-17


8.  Pension Plans

         All eligible salaried  employees are covered by a defined  contribution
plan ("401K").  After an employee has been employed for six months,  the Company
contributes  2% of their  salary.  The  Company  matches  an  additional  50% of
participant  contributions up to a maximum  contribution of 1%. The cost of this
plan was $213,000,  $260,000,  and $299,000 for the fiscal years ended  February
25, 1995, March 2, 1996, and March 1, 1997, respectively.

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of its
industrial  employees.  The defined  benefits are based on a service  multiplier
that is multiplied by years of credited service. The Company's funding policy is
consistent with the requirements of federal laws and regulations.

         Assets of the 401K and deferred  benefit  pension plans are invested in
securities of governmental agencies, common stocks, and insurance contracts.

         A summary of the  Company's  net  periodic  pension cost related to the
defined  benefit  plan for fiscal years 1995,  1996,  and 1997 is as follows (in
thousands):
                                                              Fiscal Year
                                                              -----------
                                                       1995      1996      1997
                                                       ----      ----      ----
Service cost -- benefits earned during the
  period                                              $  54     $  92     $  85
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation            90       110       136
Actual gain on plan assets                               22      (251)     (257)
Net amortization                                       (105)      168       141
                                                      -----     -----     -----
Net pension cost                                      $  61     $ 119     $ 105
                                                      =====     =====     =====

         The  following  table  sets forth the  funded  status of the  Company's
defined  benefit plan and the amount  recognized in the  Company's  consolidated
balance sheets as of March 2, 1996 and March 1, 1997 (in thousands):

                                                               1996       1997
                                                               ----       ----
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligation:
  Vested obligation                                          $ 1,523    $ 1,764
  Unvested obligation                                             42         60
                                                             -------    -------
Accumulated benefit obligation                                 1,565    $ 1,824
Future benefit increases                                          94         54
Projected benefit obligation                                 $ 1,659    $ 1,878
                                                             =======    =======
Plan assets at fair market value                             $ 1,573    $ 2,081
Projected benefit obligation                                   1,659      1,878
                                                             -------    -------
Excess (deficiency) of plan assets over projected benefit
  obligation                                                     (86)       203
Unrecognized net loss                                            209        122
Unrecognized net obligation                                      214        188
                                                             -------    -------
Prepaid asset                                                $   337    $   513
                                                             =======    =======

                                      F-18

                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

8.  Pension Plans (continued)

         The weighted  average  discount rate used in determining  the actuarial
present  value  of  the  projected  benefit  obligation  was  8.25%  and  8.00%,
respectively,  for fiscal years 1996 and 1997.  The expected  long-term  rate of
return on plan  assets  for  fiscal  years  1996 and 1997 was 9%.  The impact in
fiscal year 1997 of the change in the weighted average discount rate used was to
increase the projected benefit obligation by approximately  $28,000. Such change
in the weighted average discount rate used will impact the  determination of the
net periodic pension cost in fiscal 1998.

9.  Foreign Exchange Contracts

         At March 1, 1997,  the Company had forward  exchange  foreign  currency
contracts, with maturities ranging from April 1997 to December 1997, to purchase
approximately  $6.8 million in foreign  currencies  to cover future  payments to
component  suppliers.  The carrying values of forward  exchange foreign currency
contracts approximate their estimated fair values.

10.  Lease Commitments

         The  Company  leases  certain   machinery,   office  and  manufacturing
facilities for periods up to five years under operating lease agreements.  Total
rent  expense for fiscal  1995,  and 1996 and 1997 was  approximately  $665,000,
$1,336,000,  and $1,624,000,  respectively.  Future minimum lease payments under
all  noncancellable  operating  leases  at March  1,  1997  are as  follows  (in
thousands):

Fiscal years ending:
  1998...................................................    $ 1,316
  1999...................................................      1,195
  2000...................................................        701
  2001...................................................        298
  2002...................................................        231
  Thereafter.............................................        430
                                                             -------
Total minimum lease payments.............................    $ 4,171
                                                             =======
11.  Other Assets

         Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

                                                          March 2,     March 1,
                                                            1996         1997
                                                            ----         ----
Investment in joint venture                               $  550        $  550
Deferred financing costs                                   5,511         4,535
Other                                                        122           356
                                                          ------        ------
                                                          $6,183        $5,441
                                                          ======        ======

         In connection with the  Recapitalization  in January 1996 (see Note 1),
the Company  charged to income the  unamortized  balance of  deferred  financing
costs of the Old Term Loans and other related  expenditures  of  $4,361,000  and
recorded a tax benefit of  $1,723,000  (net amount of $2,638,000 is reflected as
an extraordinary item). The financing costs incurred in connection with the 1996
Recapitalization,   which  are  shown  above  net  of  amortization,  have  been
capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the new debt.


                                      F-19


                            DESA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

12.  Foreign Operations

         The  accompanying   consolidated   financial   statements  include  the
following  amounts  related to the  Company's  foreign  operations in Canada and
Europe (in thousands):
                                                       Fiscal Year
                                           1995            1996            1997
                                           ----            ----            ----
Total assets                             $ 3,484         $ 3,211        $ 4,121
Total liabilities                          1,885           1,202          1,228
Net sales                                  8,601          11,160         17,188
Operating profit                             435             953          1,695

13.  Related Party Transactions

         The Company entered into a monitoring and oversight  agreement dated as
of December 1, 1993 pursuant to which Hicks Muse has provided financial advisory
services to the Company in connection  with the negotiation and financing of the
Restructuring  and will continue to provide  financial  advisory services to the
Company in the future.  The term of this  agreement  is for three years and will
continue from year to year  thereafter  unless  terminated  by either party.  As
compensation for such services, the Company will pay Hicks Muse a fee of $25,000
per  quarter  together  with all  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in  connection
therewith.  This fee will be increased or decreased  each fiscal year based on a
specified percentage of sales, as defined, but not less than $100,000 per annum.
Under this  agreement,  Hicks Muse was paid  $114,000,  $189,000 and $211,000 in
fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.

14.  Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

         J.W. Childs Equity Partners,  L.P.  ("Childs") has entered into a Stock
Purchase  Agreement  dated  as of  October  8,  1997  with the  Company  and its
stockholders    (the    "Recapitalization    Agreement").    Pursuant   to   the
Recapitalization   Agreement,   Childs  and  its   affiliates   are  to  acquire
approximately 90% of the equity interests in the Company. The Company will issue
new Common Stock and Redeemable  Preferred Stock to Childs and its affiliates in
exchange for aggregate consideration of $91.4 million. The Company will use such
proceeds together with a portion of the proceeds borrowed under a new term loan,
acquisition,  and revolving  credit  facility (the "New Credit  Facility")  with
NationsBank,  N.A.  ("NationsBank"),  as  administrative  agent,  to  purchase a
portion  of  its  outstanding  common  stock  in a  transaction  intended  to be
accounted for as a recapitalization (the "Recapitalization"). In connection with
the   Recapitalization,   the  Company   will  enter  into   certain   financing
transactions. Additional borrowings under the New Credit Facility, together with
the proceeds  from the offering and issuance by the Company's  subsidiary,  DESA
International,  Inc.  ("International"),  of  $130,000,000  aggregate  principal
amount of Senior  Subordinated Notes, will be used by International to refinance
its existing indebtedness.

     As of January 12,  1998,  the Company  entered  into an  agreement  for the
acquisition  of the  Heath-Zenith  business of Heath  Holding  Corp.However,  no
assurances  can be given that the  acquisition  will be ultimately  consummated.
Heath-Zenith,  headquartered  in Benton  Harbor,  is the leading North  American
manufacturer  and marketer of  residential  motion  sensor  "security"  lighting
products sold primarily to DIY retail home centers.

                                      F-20



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Shareholders
Heath Company
Benton Harbor, Michigan

We have audited the accompanying  balance sheet of Heath Company (a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Heath Holding Corp.) (excluding  Heathkit Division) and subsidiary
as of December 31, 1996, and the related statement of operations,  shareholders'
equity, and cash flows for the year then ended.  These financial  statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our  opinion,  such  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in all material
respects, the financial position of Heath Company (a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Heath Holding Corp.) (excluding Heathkit Division) and subsidiary as of December
31, 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then
ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.




April 24, 1997 (December 12, 1997 as to Note 10)


                                      F-20



HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 1996
(IN THOUSANDS)

ASSETS                                                                     

CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash                                                                 $    129
  Accounts receivable:
    Trade (net of allowances for doubtful accounts
     and customer returns of $399)                                        6,105
    Other                                                                    69
  Inventories                                                            12,197
  Prepaid expenses                                                          273
  Deferred income taxes benefit                                           1,937
                                                                       --------
     Total current assets                                                20,710

     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - NET                                  1,006

     DEFERRED INCOME TAXES BENEFIT                                        1,904
                                                                       --------
     TOTAL ASSETS                                                      $ 23,620
                                                                       ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Note payable                                                         $  7,130
  Trade accounts payable                                                  4,716

  Payable to affiliate                                                    1,426
  Accrued expenses:
    Warranty                                                              1,292
    Compensation and benefits                                               394
    Merchandising programs                                                1,261

         Settlements and other                                            2,370
                                                                       --------
     Total accrued expenses                                               5,317
       Current maturities of long-term debt                                 221
                                                                       --------
     Total current liabilities                                           18,810

     LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities                                498

     NEGATIVE GOODWILL, net of amortization of $286                       1,755

     MINORITY INTEREST IN NET ASSETS OF SUBSIDIARY                            3

     SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
       Common stock, par value $.01 per share - voting, 2,500
   shares authorized; 1,500 shares issued and outstanding, 54
   shares in treasury                                                        15
  Additional paid-in capital                                              1,485
  Retained earnings                                                       1,071
  Foreign currency translation adjustment                                   (17)
                                                                       --------
     Total shareholders' equity                                           2,554
                                                                       --------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                        $ 23,620
                                                                       ========

                       See notes to financial statements.

                                      F-21


HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
(IN THOUSANDS)


NET SALES                                                              $ 44,415
COST OF GOODS SOLD                                                       34,758
                                                                       --------
GROSS PROFIT                                                              9,657
OPERATING EXPENSES                                                        7,837
                                                                       --------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS                                                    1,820
OTHER EXPENSE - SETTLEMENTS AND OTHER - NET                               2,696
                                                                       --------
LOSS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND
   MINORITY INTEREST IN NET INCOME
   OF SUBSIDIARY                                                           (876)
MINORITY INTEREST IN NET INCOME OF SUBSIDIARY                                 6
                                                                       --------
LOSS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                     (882)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                                 (312)
                                                                       --------
NET LOSS                                                               $   (570)
                                                                       ========

                       See notes to financial statements.


                                      F-22





HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)



STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
(IN THOUSANDS)

                                                                                                      Foreign
                                                                  Additional                          Currency
                                                  Common           Paid-In          Retained        Translation
                                                   Stock           Capital          Earnings         Adjustment         Total
                                                   -----           -------          --------         ----------         -----

                                                                                                           
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996                           $ 15             $1,485           $1,641            $ (17)           $3,124

Net Loss                                                                               (570)                              (570)
                                                   ----             ------           ------            ------           ------

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996                         $ 15             $1,485           $1,071            $ (17)           $2,554
                                                   ====             ======           ======            ======           ======


                                              See notes to financial statements.


                                                             F-23




HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)



STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
(IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                          

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Loss                                                                      $  (570)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
   Allocation of Corporate income/expense - net                                  (879)
   Amortization of negative goodwill                                             (149)
   Depreciation                                                                   295
   Gain on sale of equipment                                                       (1)
   Deferred income taxes                                                         (312)
   Minority interest in net income of subsidiary                                    6
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:
      Accounts receivable                                                      (1,211)
      Inventories                                                              (4,577)
      Prepaid expenses                                                            (19)
      Trade accounts payable                                                    2,581
      Payable to affiliate                                                      1,173
      Accrued expenses                                                          2,457
                                                                              -------
     Net cash used in operating activities                                     (1,206)

     CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES -
        Purchases of equipment and tooling                                       (477)
        Proceeds from sales of equipment                                            7
                                                                              -------
     Net cash used in investing activities                                       (470)

     CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
        Net borrowings on note payable (line-of-credit)                         2,230
        Repayment of subordinated debt                                           (250)
        Payments on long-term debt                                               (221)
                                                                              -------
     Net cash provided by financing activities                                  1,759
                                                                              -------

     NET INCREASE IN CASH                                                          83

     CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                                                     46
                                                                              -------

     CASH AT END OF YEAR                                                      $   129
                                                                              =======

     SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION -
        Cash paid during the year for interest                                $   566
                                                                              =======


                       See notes to financial statements.


                                      F-24



HEATH  COMPANY  (EXCLUDING  HEATHKIT  DIVISION) AND  SUBSIDIARY (A  WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     Nature  of  Operations  - Heath  Company,  which is  wholly  owned by Heath
     Holding Corp.,  consists of the Heath Zenith ("Heath Zenith")  division and
     the  HeathKit  ("Heathkit")  division.  Heath  Company  owns 99.5% of Heath
     Limited  which is located in Hong Kong with  assets of  approximately  $4.6
     million. The Heath Zenith division,  located in Benton Harbor,  Michigan is
     engaged in the distribution of motion-senor  lighting products and wireless
     home-control  devices.  Heath  Limited  is  engaged  in the  importing  and
     exporting  of  electronic  components,   parts  and  accessories,  and  the
     supervision  of   manufacturing   of  electronic   components,   parts  and
     accessories  carried out by  sub-contractors.  All of Heath Limited's sales
     are to Heath Zenith. The customers of the Heath Zenith division are located
     throughout the United States and Canada.

     Heath Acquisition Corp. was formed in December 1994, solely for the purpose
     of  acquiring  the  outstanding  common  stock  of  Heath  Company,  a  non
     affiliated Company. In January 1995, Heath Acquisition Corp. acquired Heath
     Company.  Subsequently,  Heath Acquisition Corp.  amended its name to Heath
     Holding Corp.

     Basis of  Presentation - The financial  statements  include the accounts of
     Heath Zenith and Heath Limited. All significant  intercompany  transactions
     have been eliminated.

     Estimates - The  preparation  of financial  statements in  conformity  with
     generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make
     estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and
     liabilities  and  disclosures of contingent  assets and  liabilities at the
     date of the financial  statements and the reported  amounts of revenues and
     expenses  during the reporting  period.  Although  management  believes the
     estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Payable to affiliate - Represents the payable to Heathkit.

     Inventories  -  Inventories  are  carried  at the lower of cost  (first-in,
     first-out method) or market.

     Property,  Plant and  Equipment  - Is  recorded  at cost.  Depreciation  is
     computed by the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of
     the related assets ranging from 2 to 20 years. Expenditures for maintenance
     and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

     Taxes on Income - Deferred  income tax assets and  liabilities are computed
     for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
     liabilities  that will  result in  taxable  or  deductible  amounts  in the
     future. Such deferred income tax asset and liability computations are based
     on  enacted  tax  laws  and  rates  applicable  to  periods  in  which  the
     differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are
     established  when  necessary  to reduce  deferred tax assets to the amounts
     expected  to be  realized.  Income  tax  expense  is  the  tax  payable  or
     refundable  for the period  plus or minus the  change  during the period in
     deferred tax assets and liabilities.

     Heath Company and Heath Limited are separate taxable entities. A portion of
     the deferred tax asset benefit  attributable to Heath Company was allocated
     to the  accounts  of Heath  Zenith  based on the  differences  between  the
     financial  statement and tax bases of the assets and  liabilities  of Heath
     Zenith.  Also  included  in the  deferred  tax asset  benefit  are  amounts
     attributable to Heath Limited. The provision for income taxes was allocated
     to Heath Zenith based on the  effective  income tax rate of Heath  Company.
     Deferred   tax  assets   attributable   to  net   operating   loss  (NOL's)
     carryforwards  available to Heath Company have been allocated 100% to Heath
     Zenith.  No  benefit  related  to  future  utilization  of  NOL's  has been
     allocated to Heathkit.

     Negative  Goodwill - Negative  goodwill  was  allocated  to the accounts of
     Heath  Zenith  and Heath  Limited  based on the  values of the  assets  and
     liabilities  attributable  to Heath Zenith and Heath Limited on January 25,
     1995 (date of acquisition) and is being amortized on a straight-line  basis
     over fifteen years.                                          
                                      F-25


     Foreign Currency Translation - The functional currency for the Heath Zenith
     foreign  operations is the Hong Kong dollar. The translation from Hong Kong
     dollars is performed for balance  sheet  accounts  using  current  exchange
     rates in effect at the date of the  balance  sheet date and for revenue and
     expense  accounts  using an average  exchange  rate during the period.  The
     gains or losses  resulting from such translation are included as a separate
     component of  shareholder's  equity.  Gains or losses from foreign currency
     transactions  were not material during the year ended December 31, 1996 and
     are reflected in income from operations.

     Revenue  Recognition - Sales are recognized at the time product is shipped.
     Returns,  including  "destroy-in-field" items, are netted against sales and
     amounted to approximately $2,707,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996.

     Research  and  Development  Costs - Such costs are expensed as incurred and
     are included in operating expenses in the accompanying statement of income.
     Research and  development  costs  incurred for the year ended  December 31,
     1996 were approximately $1,100,000.

     Corporate Allocations - Interest expense,  management fees (see Note 8) and
     general and  administrative  expenses have been  allocated to Heath Zenith.
     Heath  Company's  bank debt is currently  recorded on the accounts of Heath
     Zenith. An allocation of interest expense was made to Heathkit based on the
     average receivable balance from the division and Heath Company's  borrowing
     rate (see Note 4).  Management fees were allocated to Heath Zenith based on
     the  division's  sales as a % of total Heath Company sales volume.  General
     and administrative expenses, consisting primarily of salaries for corporate
     support  functions and occupancy  costs are allocated based on estimates of
     time attributable to the division and square footage,  respectively.  Other
     administrative  expenses have been allocated based on a budget formula that
     was agreed upon by management at the beginning of the year.

2.   INVENTORY

     Inventory at December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

                  Raw materials                   $    690
                  Work-in-process                    2,944
                  Finished goods                     8,563
                                                  --------
                                                  
                  Total                            $12,197
                                                  ========

3.   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     Property, plant and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following (in
thousands):

         Buildings and improvements               $  688
         Machinery and equipment                   1,194
         Tooling                                     251
         Construction in progress              
                                                  ------
                                                   2,133
         Less accumulated depreciation             1,127
                                                  ------
                                               
         Total                                    $1,006
                                                  ======      

                                      F-26


4.   NOTE PAYABLE

     Heath  Company has a loan  agreement  (the  "Agreement")  with a bank which
     provides a revolving  line of credit and a term loan (see Note 5). Terms of
     the Agreement include certain restrictions on expenditures for property and
     operating  leases.  The Company is also required to maintain minimum levels
     of working  capital  and net worth,  along with  certain  financial  ratios
     measured  annually.  Borrowings under the agreement are  collateralized  by
     substantially all assets of the Company.

     The  revolving  line of credit has a maximum  borrowing  commitment  of $11
     million and is subject to a borrowing formula. The line of credit agreement
     requires  the payment of  interest  at the bank prime rate or base  lending
     rate,  plus 1% (9.25% at December 31,  1996) or the LIBOR rate,  plus 3.00%
     (8.62% at December 31, 1996). The line of credit expires January 26, 1998.

     The  agreement  also  provides  for letters of credit up to $3 million.  No
     advances were taken against the letters at December 31, 1996.


5.   LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
                                                                             

     Term notes payable to bank - payable in monthly  installments  of $12, plus
        interest at 1.25% over the prime rate (9.50% at  December  31,  1996) or
        LIBOR rate plus 3.25% (8.62%
        at December 31, 1996) through January 1998                                $ 719
     Less current portion                                                           221
                                                                                  -----

     Total long-term debt                                                         $ 498
                                                                                  =====

     The annual aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1996, are
     as follows (in thousands):

     1997                                                                         $ 221
     1998                                                                           498
                                                                                  -----

     Total                                                                        $ 719
                                                                                  =====


6.   RETIREMENT

     Heath  Company  has a  401(k)  defined  contribution  profit  sharing  plan
     covering  substantially  all employees.  The Company has the option to make
     matching  contributions  at  the  discretion  of  management.  The  Company
     contributed  approximately  $41,000  on  behalf of Heath  Zenith  employees
     during the year ended December 31, 1996.


7.   FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

     The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):
                                                                            

     Current tax liability                                                       $  180
     Benefit of operating loss carryforward                                        (180)
     Deferred tax credit                                                           (312)
                                                                                --------

     Provision for income taxes                                                 $  (312)
                                                                                ========

                                      F-27


     The effective tax rate on income  differs from the federal  statutory  rate
     primarily  due to  state  income  taxes  and  non-taxable  amortization  of
     negative goodwill.

     Deferred tax assets resulting from temporary  differences are as follows at
     December 31 (in thousands):

                                                 Deferred Tax
                                                   Assets
                                           -----------------------
                                                (In Thousands)
                                           -----------------------
                                           Current    Non Current
                                           -------    -----------

Accounts receivable                        $  136
Inventory                                     248
Settlements                                   620
Accrued warranty                              438
Accrued promotional allowances                429
Accrued vacations                              48
Fixed assets                               $1,056
Net operating loss                          1,063
All other                                      18          23
                                           ------      ------

Subtotal                                    1,937       2,142

Less - valuation allowance                   --           238
                                           ------      ------
Total                                      $1,937      $1,904
                                           ======      ======

     The  Company  has  net  operating  loss   carryforwards   of  approximately
     $2,100,000  available to offset  future  taxable  income.  Of the total net
     operating  loss  carryforward  amount,  $1,343,000  expires  at a  rate  of
     $133,000 each year for the next 10 years, while the remainder expires in 15
     years.

8.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company is required to pay $21,000 per month to HIG Capital Management,
     Inc., a majority  shareholder,  for  management  services.  During the year
     ended  December 31, 1996 the Company paid  approximately  $250,000 of which
     approximately $217,000 was allocated to Heath Zenith.

9.   MAJOR CUSTOMER TRANSACTIONS

     Sales  to one  customer  approximated  $21.7  million  for the  year  ended
     December 31, 1996. Accounts receivable from this customer approximated $2.9
     million at December 31, 1996.

10.  LITIGATION

     On  November  18,  1997,  Heath  Company  reached  a  settlement  in a case
     involving the Company as both a defendant and plaintiff, concerning alleged
     patent  infringement.  The cases were initiated prior to December 31, 1996.
     The  settlement  resulted  in the  Company  paying a net  amount  of $1.825
     million,  for which the parties  received certain licenses and covenant not
     to sue rights.  The  Company  believes  the license  received is of nominal
     future value and,  therefore the settlement  amount has been recorded as an
     expense and accrued as a liability in the 1996 financial statements. During
     1996,  the Company  incurred  other  costs of  approximately  $1.1  million
     related to the lawsuit.

     Heath  Company  has  received   notification   of  other  possible   patent
     infringements,  none of which  is  currently  in  litigation.  The  Company
     believes  it has  no  material  liability  for  which  it is  alleged  that
     infringement of patents has occurred,  however, the ultimate outcome cannot
     be determined at this time.

                                      F-28


     Heath Company's  insurance company has received  notification of litigation
     claim surrounding product liability.  The insurance company's attorneys and
     management of the Company has evaluated the  circumstances  surrounding the
     case and  believe  it has no merit.  In  management's  opinion,  additional
     liability  in  excess  of  insurance  coverages,  if any,  will  not have a
     material affect on the Company's results of operations,  financial position
     or liquidity.

11.  STOCK OPTION PLAN

     During 1995,  the  Company's  Board of  Directors  approved the "1995 stock
     option plan." The plan allows eligible  employees,  as selected by the plan
     administrator,  to receive  options to purchase shares of common stock at a
     price  determined by the  administrator,  but not less than the fair market
     value at date of grant.  The  maximum  term of an option  may not exceed 10
     years. There are 300,000 shares reserved under the plan. Transactions under
     the plan are summarized as follows:

                                                Shares         Price Range

Options outstanding at January 26, 1995         191,000          $1.00
Options granted                                   5,000       $1.00-$1.10
                                              -----------

Options outstanding at December 31, 1995        196,000       $1.00-$1.10
Options granted                                   4,000          $7.00
Options terminated                              (1,000)       $1.00-$1.10
                                              -----------

Options outstanding at December 31, 1996        199,000       $1.00-$7.00
                                              ===========

     Subsequent  to  year-end,  2,000  of  the  options  granted  in  1996  were
     terminated and the exercise price of the remaining 2,000 options granted in
     1996 was revised to $1.00.

     Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  123  became
     effective for the Company  during 1996. The Company has elected to continue
     to follow the  "Intrinsic  Value"  method of  Accounting  Principles  Board
     opinion No. 25 ("APB 25") and include the required  disclosures  under SFAS
     123. Stock options  granted did not have a material affect on the Company's
     financial position or results of operations.

12.  SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

     The Company has authorized  500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a
     par value of $1.00.  The shares contain both voting and conversion  rights.
     Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is  convertible,  at any time at the
     option of the holder, into shares of Common Stock.  Additionally,  Series A
     Preferred  Stock will be  automatically  converted to Common Stock upon the
     occurrence of the closing of an  underwritten  public  offering or upon the
     conversion  by the  holders  of  eighty  percent  of the  then  issued  and
     outstanding  shares of the Series A  Preferred  Stock into shares of Common
     Stock.  No  preferred  shares were  outstanding  at  December  31, 1996 and
     December 31, 1995.

                                      F-29




                          HEATH COMPANY (EXCLUDING HEATHKIT DIVISION) AND SUBSIDIARY
                              (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

                                          BALANCE SHEET (unaudited)
                                                5 October 1997
                                                (IN THOUSANDS)

                                                                                       
ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
      Cash                                                                                  $   131
      Accounts receivable:
        Trade (net of allowance for doubtful accounts and customer returns)                   8,268
        Other                                                                                 1,079
      Inventories                                                                            10,539
      Prepaid expenses                                                                          160
      Deferred income taxes benefit                                                           1,561
                                                                                            -------
           Total current assets                                                              21,738

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - NET                                                           1,040

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES BENEFIT                                                                 1,561
                                                                                            -------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                                                $24,339
                                                                                            =======

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
      Note payable                                                                          $ 7,160
      Trade accounts payable                                                                  3,307
      Payable to affiliate                                                                    1,273
      Accrued expenses:
           Warranty                                                                           1,459
           Compensation and benefits                                                            512
           Merchandising programs                                                             1,411
           Settlements and other                                                              2,739
                                                                                            -------
                Total accrued expenses                                                        6,121
           Current maturities of long-term debt                                                 221
                                                                                            -------
                Total current liabilities                                                    18,082

           LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities                                              313

           NEGATIVE GOODWILL, net of amortization)                                            1,651

           MINORITY INTEREST IN NET ASSETS OF SUBSIDIARY                                       --

           SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
           Common stock, par value $.01 per share - voting, 2500 shares authorized; 1,500
                shares issued and outstanding, 54 shares in treasury                             15
                Additional paid-in-capital                                                    1,485
                Retained Earnings                                                             2,793
                Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                                                            -------
                Total shareholders' equity                                                    4,293
                                                                                            -------

           TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHARHOLDERS' EQUITY                                        $24,339
                                                                                            =======

                                                         F-30




                 HEATH COMPANY (EXCLUDING HEATHKIT DIVISION) AND SUBSIDIARY
                     (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (unaudited)
               Thirty-nine Weeks Ended October 5, 1997 and September 29, 1996
                                       (In thousands)


                                                         Thirty-nine Weeks Ended
                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                               September 29, 1996        October 5, 1997
                                              --------------------    ---------------------
                                                                           
NET SALES                                             30,723                  $41,151
                                                                              
COST OF GOODS SOLD                                    23,937                   31,409
                                                     -------                  -------
                                                                              
GROSS PROFIT                                           6,786                    9,742
                                                                              
OPERATING EXPENSES                                     5,942                    6,256
                                                     -------                  -------
                                                                              
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS                                   844                    3,486
                                                                              
OTHER EXPENSE                                            676                    1,012
                                                     -------                  -------
                                                                              
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                      
  AND MINORITY INTEREST IN NET INCOME                                         
  OF SUBSIDIARY                                          168                    2,474
                                                                              
MINORITY INTEREST IN NET INCOME OF SUBSIDIARY              5                        5
                                                     -------                  -------
                                                                              
GAIN/(LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX              163                    2,469
                                                                              
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX                                  28                      728
                                                     -------                  -------
                                                                              
NET INCOME / (LOSS)                                  $   135                  $ 1,741
                                                     =======                  =======
                                                                         

                                                                    
                                            F-31




                 HEATH COMPANY (EXCLUDING HEATHKIT DIVISION) AND SUBSIDIARY
                     (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)
               Thirty-nine Weeks Ending October 5, 1997 and September 29, 1996
                                       (In thousands)
                                                                             Thirty-nine weeks ending
                                                                            ---------------------------
                                                                             September      October 5,
                                                                             29, 1996          1997
                                                                            -----------     -----------
                                                                                       
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net Income                                                                    $   135         $ 1,741 
Adj. to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:                       
     Amortization of negative Goodwill                                           (113)           (106)
     Depreciation                                                                 256             351
     (Gain) Loss on sale of equipment                                            --                (1)
     Deferred income taxes                                                        253             720
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:                  
         Accounts Recievable                                                     (987)         (3,173)
         Payable to affiliate                                                     210            (156)
         Inventories                                                            1,208           1,658
         Prepaid Expenses                                                           3             113
         Trade Accounts Payable                                                  (444)         (1,409)
         Accrued Expenses                                                         301             803
                                                                              -------         -------
              Net cash used in operating activities                               822             541
                                                                                             
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                                                        
     Purchases of equipment and tooling                                          (389)           (386)
     Proceeds from sales of equipment                                            --                 2
                                                                              -------         -------
              Net cash provided by financing activities                          (389)           (384)
                                                                                             
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                                                        
     Net borrowings on note payable (line of credit)                             (265)             30
     Repayment of subordinated debt                                              --              --
     Payments on long-term debt                                                  (166)           (185)
                                                                              -------         -------
              Net cash provided by financing activities                          (431)           (155)
                                                                                             
NET INCREASE / (DECREASE) IN CASH                                                   2               2
                                                                                             
CASH AT BEGINNING OF FISCAL YEAR                                                   30             129
                                                                              -------         -------
                                                                                             
CASH AT PERIOD END                                                            $    32         $   131
                                                                              =======         =======
                                                                                             
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION -                                           
     Cash paid for Interest                                                   $   566         $   587

                                                         
                              See notes to financial statements

DISCLOSURE:       As of December 1995, balance sheet accounts were not accounted
                  for on a  divisional  basis.  Therefore,  figures  above  were
                  derived   utilizing   estimated  balance  sheet  accounts  for
                  Heath-Zenith at December 1995.

                                            F-32



                           HEATH COMPANY (EXCLUDING HEATHKIT DIVISION) AND SUBSIDIARY
                               (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HEATH HOLDING CORP.)


                                 STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (unaudited)
                         Thirty-nine Weeks Ended October 5, 1997 and September 29, 1996
                                                 (In thousands)


                                                                                        Foreign
                                                            Additional                 Currency
                                                 Common       Paid-In     Retained    Translation
                                                  Stock       Capital     Earnings    Adjustment      Total
                                               -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------

                                                                                           
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996                               $15       $1,485       $1,641        ($17)       $3,124

  Net Income                                                                     135                       135
                                               -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 29, 1996                            $15       $1,485       $1,776        ($17)       $3,259
                                               ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========


BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996                               $15       $1,485       $1,071        ($17)       $2,554

  Net loss                                                                     1,741          (2)        1,739
                                               -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
BALANCE, OCTOBER 5, 1997                               $15       $1,485       $2,812        ($19)       $4,293
                                               ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========




                                       See notes to financial statements.



                                                      F-33


                            DESA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4

                                     PART II

                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS


Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     Section 145 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law (the "DGCL") provides,
in effect, that in the case of a non-derivative  action, any person made a party
to any  action  by reason  of the fact  that he is or was a  director,  officer,
employee or agent of the Company may and, in certain cases,  must be indemnified
by the  Company  against,  judgments,  fines,  amounts  paid in  settlement  and
reasonable expenses (including  attorney's fees), if in either type of action he
acted in good  faith  and in a manner  he  reasonably  believed  to be in or not
opposed to the best  interests of the  Company.  In a  derivative  action,  this
indemnification  does not apply to matters as to which it is  adjudged  that the
director, officer, employee or agent is liable to the Company, unless upon court
order it is determined that, despite such adjudication of liability, but in view
of all the  circumstances  of the case, he is fairly and reasonably  entitled to
indemnity for expenses.

     Article Tenth of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation states that the
Company  shall  indemnify  any person who was, is, or is threatened to be made a
party to a  proceeding  by  reason  of the fact  that the or she (i) is or was a
director  or officer of the  Company or (ii) while a director  or officer of the
Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,
partner, venturer, proprietor,  trustee, employee, agent, or similar functionary
or another foreign or domestic  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  sole
proprietorship,  trust,  employee  benefit  plan,  or other  enterprise,  to the
fullest extent  permitted under the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be
amended.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

     Listed below are the exhibits which are filed as part of this  registration
statement  (according  to the number  assigned to them in Item 601 of Regulation
S-K).



Exhibit No.                        Description of Document                               Exhibit File No.
- - - - -----------                        -----------------------                               ----------------
                                                                                        
  
    2.1    Recapitalization Agreement, dated as of October 8, 1997, among J.W.                  2.1
           Childs Equity Partners, L.P., Desa Holdings Corporation and each
           Stockholder of  Desa Holdings Corporation named therein
    2.2    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 12, 1998, by and among                 2.2
           Heath Holding Corp., its Shareholders and Optionholders and the Company
    3.1    Articles  of   Incorporation  of  the  Company                                       3.1  
    3.1A   Articles  of  Incorporation of Desa Holdings Corporation                             3.1A
    3.2    By-laws of the Company                                                               3.2
   3.2A    By-laws of Desa Holdings Corporation                                                 3.2A
    4.1    Indenture, dated as of November 26, 1997, by and among the Company,                  4.1
           Holdings and Marine Midland Bank relating to $130,000,000 of the
           Company's 97/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007
    4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997 by and                  4.2
           among the Company, Holdings, NationsBanc Montgomery Securities,
           Inc. and UBS Securities LLC


                                      II-1




Exhibit No.                        Description of Document                               Exhibit File No.
- - - - -----------                        -----------------------                               ----------------
                                                                                        


    4.3    Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1997, by and among the                  4.3
           Company, Holdings, NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc. and UBS
           Securities LLC
    4.4    Global Note Payable to CEDE & Co.                                                    4.4
    4.5    Holdings Guarantee                                                                   4.5
     5     Opinion of Sullivan & Worcester LLP                                                   *
   10.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997 by and among the
           Company, Holdings, NationsBank, N.A., UBS Securities LLC and
           NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc.                                              10.1
   10.2    Management Incentive Plans of the Company, dated March 1, 1997                       10.2
   10.3    Sales Compensation and Incentive Plan of the Company for FY 1998                     10.3
   10.4    Services Agreement between the Company and Hamilton Ryker                            10.4
           Company
   10.5    Services Agreement between the Company and Manpower Services                         10.5
   10.6    Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                      10.6
           Sales & Marketing Specialists
   10.7    Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                      10.7
           The Upper Midwest Group
   10.8    Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                      10.8
           Marketing Consultants, Inc.
   10.9    Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                      10.9
           Belmont Enterprises, Inc.
   10.10   Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                     10.10
           Kitchin & Son, Inc.
   10.11   Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                     10.11
           Hurley Marketing Services
   10.12   Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                     10.12
           Marketing Services Group
   10.13   Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                     10.13
           Sales Managers, Inc.
   10.14   Manufacturer's Representative Agreement between the Company and                     10.14
           Manufacturers Products, Inc.
   10.15   Intellectual Property Agreement between the Company and Worgas                      10.15
           Bruciatori SRL dated December 1, 1996
   10.16   Intellectual Property Agreement between the Company and Valor                       10.16
           Limited dated May 21, 1996
   10.17   Intellectual Property Agreement between the Company and Remington                   10.17
           Arms Company dated August 29, 1969
   10.18   Intellectual Property Agreement between the Company and Remington                   10.18
           Arms Company dated January 29, 1988
   10.19   Lease Agreement between the Company and Shelbyville Industrial Spec.                  *
           Building - WRS Partnership
   10.20   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and                  *
           Tangible/Shinn Fu


                                      II-2




Exhibit No.                        Description of Document                               Exhibit File No.
- - - - -----------                        -----------------------                               ----------------
                                                                                        


   10.21   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and                10.21
           BYSE
   10.22   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and                10.22
           NU-TEC
   10.23   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and                10.23
           International Pin
   10.24   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and                10.24
           Kingsman Industries
   10.25   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and                10.25
           Sealey
   10.26   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and                10.26
           Hudson Manufacturing
   10.27   Agreement to produce and sell finished goods between the Company and                10.27
           Sengoka Works, Ltd
   10.28   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997, between the                    10.28
           Company and Robert H. Elman
   10.29   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997, between the                    10.29
           Company and John M. Kelly
   10.30   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997, between the                    10.30
           Company and Terry G. Scariot
    11     Schedule Re Computation of Earnings Per Share.                                        *
    12     Schedule of Earnings to Fixed Charges                                                 *
    21     Subsidiaries of the Company                                                           21
   23.1    Consent of Sullivan & Worcester LLP                                         Contained in Exhibit 5
   23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP                                                          *
   23.3    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP                                                      *
    24     Powers of Attorney                                                        Pages II-4 through II-7 of 
                                                                                     the Registration Statement
    27     Financial Data Schedule                                                               27
   99.1    Statement of Eligibility of Marine Midland Bank as trustee under the                  *
           Indenture
   99.2    Form of Letter of Transmittal to be used in connection with the Exchange              *
           Offer
   99.3    From of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery                                                 *

- - - - ----------
   *       To be filed by amendment.




Item 22. Undertakings.

     (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information  that is incorporated  by reference into the prospectus  pursuant to
Item 4, 10(b),  11, or 13 of this form,  within one  business  day of receipt of
such  request,  and to send the  incorporated  documents  by first class mail or
other equally  prompt means.  This includes  information  contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.

     (b) The undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective  amendment,  all  information  concerning a transaction,  and the
company  being  acquired  involved  therein,  that  was not the  subject  of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.

                                      II-3






                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company has
duly  caused  this  Registration  Statement  to be signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized,  in the city of Bowling Green, state of
Kentucky, on the 26th day of January, 1998.

                                                 Desa International, Inc.

                                                 By: /s/ Robert E. Elman
                                                 Name: Robert H. Elman
                                                 Title:  Chairman and Chief
                                                            Executive Officer


     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities  and on  January  26,  1998.  Each of the  undersigned  officers  and
Directors of the Company hereby  severally  constitutes  and appoints  Robert H.
Elman, Terry G. Scariot, Adam L. Suttin and Dana L. Schmaltz,  and each of them,
to  sign  for  him,  and in his  name  in the  capacity  indicated  below,  such
Registration  Statement for the purpose of registering the securities registered
hereby under the Securities Act, and any and all amendments  thereto,  inclusing
without  limitation  any  registration  statement  or  post-effective  amendment
thereof  filed  under and  meeting the  requirements  of Rule  462(b)  under the
Securities  Act,  hereby  ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be
signed  by our  attorneys  to  such  Registration  Statement  and  any  and  all
amendments thereto.



          Signature                           Title                            Date
          ---------                           -----                            ----

                                                                     

/s/ Robert H. Elman                  Chairman and Chief Executive           January 26, 1998
Robert H. Elman                      Officer

/s/ John W. Childs                   Director                               January 26, 1998
John W. Childs

/s/ Raymond B. Rudy                  Director                               January 26, 1998
Raymond B. Rudy

/s/ Adam L. Suttin                   Director                               January 26, 1998
Adam L. Suttin

/s/ Michael Greene                   Director                               January 26, 1998
Michael Greene


                                      II-4






/s/ Terry G. Scariot                 President and Director                 January 26, 1998
Terry G. Scariot

/s/ Edward G. Patrick                Vice President of Finance,             January 26, 1998
Edward G. Patrick                    Treasurer (principal financial
                                     officer)

/s/ Scott M. Nehm                    Vice President and Controller          January 26, 1998
Scott M. Nehm                        (principal accounting officer)



                                      II-5







                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933,  Holdings has
duly  caused  this  Registration  Statement  to be signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized,  in the city of Bowling Green, state of
Kentucky, on the 26th day of January, 1998.

                                            Desa Holdings Corporation

                                            By: /s/ Robert H. Elman
                                            Name: Robert H. Elman
                                            Title:  Chairman and Chief
                                                       Executive Officer


     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities  and on  January  26,  1998.  Each of the  undersigned  officers  and
Directors of the Company hereby  severally  constitutes  and appoints  Robert H.
Elman, Terry G. Scariot, Adam L. Suttin and Dana L. Schmaltz,  and each of them,
to  sign  for  him,  and in his  name  in the  capacity  indicated  below,  such
Registration  Statement for the purpose of registering the securities registered
hereby under the Securities Act, and any and all amendments  thereto,  inclusing
without  limitation  any  registration  statement  or  post-effective  amendment
thereof  filed  under and  meeting the  requirements  of Rule  462(b)  under the
Securities  Act,  hereby  ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be
signed  by our  attorneys  to  such  Registration  Statement  and  any  and  all
amendments thereto.



          Signature                           Title                            Date
          ---------                           -----                            ----

                                                                     


/s/ Robert H. Elman                  Chairman and Chief Executive            January 26, 1998
Robert H. Elman                      Officer

/s/ John W. Childs                   Director                                January 26, 1998
John W. Childs

/s/ Raymond B. Rudy                  Director                                January 26, 1998
Raymond B. Rudy

/s/ Adam L. Suttin                   Director                                January 26, 1998
Adam L. Suttin

/s/ Michael Greene                   Director                                January 26, 1998
Michael Greene

                                      II-6






/s/ Terry G. Scariot                 President and Director                  January 26, 1998
Terry G. Scariot

/s/ Edward G. Patrick                Vice President of Finance,              January 26, 1998
Edward G. Patrick                    Treasurer (principal financial
                                     officer)

/s/ Scott M. Nehm                    Vice President and Controller           January 26, 1998
Scott M. Nehm                        (principal accounting officer)




                                      II-7